Manuale di PostGIS 2.5.0dev

SVN Revision ()

Il gruppo di sviluppo di PostGIS

Abstract

PostGIS è un'estensione del database object-relational PostgreSQL che consente l'archiviazione di oggetti GIS (Geographic Information Systems). PostGIS comprende il supporto per gli indici spaziali R-Tree basati su GIST, e funzioni per l'analisi e l'elaborazione di oggetti GIS.

Questo è il manuale per la versione 2.5.0dev

Questa opera è rilasciata con una licenza Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 License. Siete liberi di utilizzare questo materiale come volete, ma vi chiediamo di citare il progetto PostGIS come fonte e, ove possibile, di inserire un link a http://postgis.net.


Table of Contents

1. Introduzione
1.1. Comitato di Coordinamento del Progetto
1.2. Principali collaboratori attuali
1.3. Principali collaboratori passati
1.4. Altri collaboratori
1.5. Altre informazioni
2. Installazione PostGIS
2.1. Versione sintetica
2.2. Install Requirements
2.3. Reperire il codice sorgente
2.4. Compiling and Install from Source: Detailed
2.4.1. Configurazione
2.4.2. Compilazione
2.4.3. Compilazione e installazione delle estensioni PostGIS
2.4.4. Testing
2.4.5. Installazione
2.5. Creare un database spaziale con le ESTENSIONI
2.6. Creare un database con funzionalità spaziali a partire da uno schema di esempio
2.7. Installing and Using the address standardizer
2.7.1. Installing Regex::Assemble
2.8. Installare o aggiornare il Geocode per Tiger e caricare i dati
2.8.1. Tiger Geocoder Enabling your PostGIS database: Using Extension
2.8.2. Tiger Geocoder Enabling your PostGIS database: Not Using Extensions
2.8.3. Using Address Standardizer Extension with Tiger geocoder
2.8.4. Caricamento dei dati Tiger
2.8.5. Aggiornamento del installazione del Geocoder Tiger
2.9. Creare un database con funzionalità spaziali a partire da uno schema di esempio
2.10. Aggiornamento
2.10.1. Soft upgrade
2.10.2. Hard upgrade
2.11. Common Problems during installation
2.12. Loader/Dumper
3. Domande frequenti (F.A.Q) su PostGIS
4. Using PostGIS: Data Management and Queries
4.1. GIS Objects
4.1.1. OpenGIS WKB and WKT
4.1.2. PostGIS EWKB, EWKT and Canonical Forms
4.1.3. SQL-MM Part 3
4.2. PostGIS Geography Type
4.2.1. Geography Basics
4.2.2. When to use Geography Data type over Geometry data type
4.2.3. Geography Advanced FAQ
4.3. Using OpenGIS Standards
4.3.1. The SPATIAL_REF_SYS Table and Spatial Reference Systems
4.3.2. The GEOMETRY_COLUMNS VIEW
4.3.3. Creating a Spatial Table
4.3.4. Manually Registering Geometry Columns in geometry_columns
4.3.5. Ensuring OpenGIS compliancy of geometries
4.3.6. Dimensionally Extended 9 Intersection Model (DE-9IM)
4.4. Loading GIS (Vector) Data
4.4.1. Loading Data Using SQL
4.4.2. shp2pgsql: Using the ESRI Shapefile Loader
4.5. Retrieving GIS Data
4.5.1. Using SQL to Retrieve Data
4.5.2. Using the Dumper
4.6. Building Indexes
4.6.1. GiST Indexes
4.6.2. BRIN Indexes
4.6.3. Using Indexes
4.7. Complex Queries
4.7.1. Taking Advantage of Indexes
4.7.2. Examples of Spatial SQL
5. Dati raster: gestione, interrogazione e applicazioni
5.1. Caricare e creare raster
5.1.1. Usare raster2pgsql per caricare i raster
5.1.2. Creazione di raster tramite le funzioni raster di PostGIS
5.2. Cataloghi raster
5.2.1. Catalogo delle colonne raster
5.2.2. Raster Overviews
5.3. Costruire applicazioni personalizzate con PostGIS Raster
5.3.1. Esempio di output in PHP, utilizzando ST_AsPNG assieme ad altre funzioni raster
5.3.2. Esempio ASP.NET C# di output con ST_AsPNG, assieme ad altre funzioni raster
5.3.3. app per Java console per esportare una query raster come file immagine
5.3.4. Utilizzare PLPython per esportare immagini tramite SQL
5.3.5. Produrre raster con PSQL
6. Using PostGIS Geometry: Building Applications
6.1. Using MapServer
6.1.1. Basic Usage
6.1.2. Frequently Asked Questions
6.1.3. Advanced Usage
6.1.4. Examples
6.2. Java Clients (JDBC)
6.3. C Clients (libpq)
6.3.1. Text Cursors
6.3.2. Binary Cursors
7. Consigli per migliori prestazioni
7.1. Piccole tabelle contenenti geometrie di grandi dimensioni
7.1.1. Descrizione del problema
7.1.2. Possibili soluzioni
7.2. CLUSTERing di indici geometrici
7.3. Evitare la conversione della dimensione
7.4. Mettere a punto la configurazione
7.4.1. Startup
7.4.2. Runtime
8. Guida a PostGIS
8.1. PostgreSQL PostGIS tipi Geometry/Geography/Box
8.2. PostGIS Grand Unified Custom Variables (GUCs)
8.3. Funzioni per la gestione del database
8.4. Costruttori geometrici.
8.5. Geometry Accessors
8.6. Geometry Editors
8.7. Geometry Outputs
8.8. Operatori
8.9. Relazioni e misure spaziali
8.10. SFCGAL Functions
8.11. Geometry Processing
8.12. Sistemi di riferimento lineare
8.13. Temporal Support
8.14. Long Transactions Support
8.15. Funzioni varie
8.16. Exceptional Functions
9. Raster Reference
9.1. Raster Support Data types
9.2. Raster Management
9.3. Raster Constructors
9.4. Raster Accessors
9.5. Raster Band Accessors
9.6. Raster Pixel Accessors and Setters
9.7. Raster Editors
9.8. Raster Band Editors
9.9. Raster Band Statistics and Analytics
9.10. Raster Outputs
9.11. Raster Processing
9.11.1. Map Algebra
9.11.2. Built-in Map Algebra Callback Functions
9.11.3. DEM (Elevation)
9.11.4. Raster to Geometry
9.12. Raster Operators
9.13. Raster and Raster Band Spatial Relationships
10. Domande frequenti su PostGIS raster
11. Topologia
11.1. Tipi di dato topologici
11.2. Topology Domains
11.3. Topology and TopoGeometry Management
11.4. Topology Constructors
11.5. Topology Editors
11.6. Topology Accessors
11.7. Topology Processing
11.8. TopoGeometry Constructors
11.9. TopoGeometry Editors
11.10. TopoGeometry Accessors
11.11. TopoGeometry Outputs
11.12. Topology Spatial Relationships
12. Address Standardizer
12.1. How the Parser Works
12.2. Address Standardizer Types
12.3. Address Standardizer Tables
12.4. Address Standardizer Functions
13. PostGIS Extras
13.1. Tiger Geocoder
14. PostGIS Special Functions Index
14.1. PostGIS Aggregate Functions
14.2. PostGIS Window Functions
14.3. PostGIS SQL-MM Compliant Functions
14.4. PostGIS Geography Support Functions
14.5. PostGIS Raster Support Functions
14.6. PostGIS Geometry / Geography / Raster Dump Functions
14.7. PostGIS Box Functions
14.8. PostGIS Functions that support 3D
14.9. PostGIS Curved Geometry Support Functions
14.10. PostGIS Polyhedral Surface Support Functions
14.11. PostGIS Function Support Matrix
14.12. New, Enhanced or changed PostGIS Functions
14.12.1. PostGIS Functions new or enhanced in 2.4
14.12.2. PostGIS Functions new or enhanced in 2.3
14.12.3. PostGIS Functions new or enhanced in 2.2
14.12.4. PostGIS functions breaking changes in 2.2
14.12.5. PostGIS Functions new or enhanced in 2.1
14.12.6. PostGIS functions breaking changes in 2.1
14.12.7. PostGIS Functions new, behavior changed, or enhanced in 2.0
14.12.8. PostGIS Functions changed behavior in 2.0
14.12.9. PostGIS Functions new, behavior changed, or enhanced in 1.5
14.12.10. PostGIS Functions new, behavior changed, or enhanced in 1.4
14.12.11. PostGIS Functions new in 1.3
15. Segnalare Problemi
15.1. Segnalare Bug del Software
15.2. Segnalare Problemi nella Documentazione
A. Appendix
A.1. Release 2.4.0
A.2. Release 2.3.3
A.3. Release 2.3.2
A.4. Release 2.3.1
A.5. Release 2.3.0
A.6. Release 2.2.2
A.7. Release 2.2.1
A.8. Release 2.2.0
A.9. Release 2.1.8
A.10. Release 2.1.7
A.11. Release 2.1.6
A.12. Release 2.1.5
A.13. Release 2.1.4
A.14. Release 2.1.3
A.15. Release 2.1.2
A.16. Release 2.1.1
A.17. Release 2.1.0
A.18. Release 2.0.5
A.19. Release 2.0.4
A.20. Release 2.0.3
A.21. Release 2.0.2
A.22. Release 2.0.1
A.23. Release 2.0.0
A.24. Release 1.5.4
A.25. Release 1.5.3
A.26. Release 1.5.2
A.27. Release 1.5.1
A.28. Release 1.5.0
A.29. Release 1.4.0
A.30. Release 1.3.6
A.31. Release 1.3.5
A.32. Release 1.3.4
A.33. Release 1.3.3
A.34. Release 1.3.2
A.35. Release 1.3.1
A.36. Release 1.3.0
A.37. Release 1.2.1
A.38. Release 1.2.0
A.39. Release 1.1.6
A.40. Release 1.1.5
A.41. Release 1.1.4
A.42. Release 1.1.3
A.43. Release 1.1.2
A.44. Release 1.1.1
A.45. Release 1.1.0
A.46. Release 1.0.6
A.47. Release 1.0.5
A.48. Release 1.0.4
A.49. Release 1.0.3
A.50. Release 1.0.2
A.51. Release 1.0.1
A.52. Release 1.0.0
A.53. Release 1.0.0RC6
A.54. Release 1.0.0RC5
A.55. Release 1.0.0RC4
A.56. Release 1.0.0RC3
A.57. Release 1.0.0RC2
A.58. Release 1.0.0RC1

Chapter 1. Introduzione

PostGIS è stato sviluppato da Refractions Research Inc come progetto di ricerca sui database spaziali. Refractions è una azienda nel settore GIS e database con sede a Victoria, British Columbia, in Canada, specializzata nell'integrazione di dati e nello sviluppo di software su misura. Abbiamo in programma di supportare e sviluppare PostGIS per gestire una gamma di funzionalità GIS importanti, tra cui un completo supporto OpenGIS, operazioni topologiche avanzate (estensioni, superfici, reti), strumenti desktop per la visualizzazione e l'editing di dati GIS, e strumenti web.

PostGIS è in fase di incubazione come progetto della OSGeo Foundation. PostGIS viene continuamente migliorato e sostenuto economicamente da molti sviluppatori FOSS4G e da aziende di tutto il mondo che ricavano grandi benefici dalle sue funzionalità e versatilità.

1.1. Comitato di Coordinamento del Progetto

Il comitato di coordinamento del progetto (in inglese Project Steering Commitee o PSC) coordina la direzione generale, i cicli di rilascio, la documentazione e le iniziative di divulgazione del progetto PostGIS. Inoltre il comitato fornisce supporto agli utenti, accetta e approva patch dalla comunità generale PostGIS e vota su questioni varie che coinvolgono PostGIS come l'accesso di commit per gli sviluppatori, i nuovi membri del comitato e modifiche della API.

Mark Cave-Ayland

Coordina la soluzione dei bug e le iniziative di manutenzione, l'allineamento di PostGIS con i rilasci di PostgreSQL

Regina Obe

Manutenzione Buildbot, build sperimentali e di produzione per Windows, documentazione, supporto per gli utenti nel newsgroup PostGIS, supporto X3D, Supporto per il geocodeo Tiger, funzioni di gestione, test di integrità funzionale per nuove funzioni o variazioni sostanziali del codice.

Bborie Park

Sviluppo raster, integrazione con GDAL, loader raster, supporto agli utenti, generica soluzione di bachi, prove su vari sistemi operativi (Slackware, Mac, Windows e altri)

Paul Ramsey (Coordinatore)

Co-fondatore del progetto PostGIS. Correzione dei bug, supporto alla componente geografica, supporto per gli indici geografici e geometrici (2D, 3D, nD e qualsiasi altra cosa legata agli indici spaziali), strutture interne per la geometria, PointCloud (in sviluppo), integrazione delle funzionalità GEOS e allineamento con le nuove versioni di GEOS, loader/dumper, e interfaccia grafica per il loader Shapefile.

Sandro Santilli

Correzione di bug, manutenzione e integrazione delle nuove funzioalità GEOS, allineamento con le versioni di GEOS, supporto topologico, framework Raster e funzioni API di basso livello.

1.2. Principali collaboratori attuali

Jorge Arévalo

Sviluppo raster, supporto per il driver GDAL, loader

Nicklas Avén

Miglioramenti e aggiunte alla funzione di distanza (comprese le funzioni di distanza e di relazione 3D), formato di output Tiny WKB (TWKB) (in sviluppo) e supporto generale agli utenti

Dan Baston

Geometry clustering function additions, other geometry algorithm enhancements, and general user support

Olivier Courtin

Funzioni di input e ouput XML (KML,GML)/GeoJSON, supporto 3D e correzione di bug.

Björn Harrtell

MapBox Vector Tile and GeoBuf functions. Gogs testing.

Mateusz Loskot

Supporto CMake per PostGIS, ha sviluppato il loader raster originale in python e le funzioni API raster di basso livello.

Pierre Racine

Architettura complessiva raster, prototipazione, supporto alla programmazione

1.3. Principali collaboratori passati

Chris Hodgson

Ex-membro del comitato di coordinamento. Sviluppo generale, manutenzione del sito e del buildbot, gestione dell'incubazione OSGeo

Kevin Neufeld

Ex-membro del comitato di coordinamento. Documentazione e strumenti di supporto alla documentazione, manutenzione dei buildbot, supporto avanzato per gli utenti nel newsgroup PostGIS, miglioramenti alle funzioni di manutenzione PostGIS.

Dave Blasby

Lo sviluppatore iniziale e uno dei cofondatori di PostGIS. Dave ha scritto il codice per gli oggetti lato server, il binding degli indici e molte delle funzioni analitiche lato server.

Jeff Lounsbury

Sviluppo iniziale del loader/dumper per gli Shapefile. Attualmente rappresentante di Project Owner di PostGIS.

Mark Leslie

Continuo sviluppo e manutenzione delle funzioni di base. Supporto avanzanto per le curve. Interfaccia grafica per il loader di Shapefile.

David Zwarg

Sviluppo raster (principalmente funzioni analitiche di map algebra)

1.4. Altri collaboratori

Collaboratori individuali

In alphabetical order: Alex Bodnaru, Alex Mayrhofer, Andrea Peri, Andreas Forø Tollefsen, Andreas Neumann, Anne Ghisla, Barbara Phillipot, Ben Jubb, Bernhard Reiter, Brian Hamlin, Bruce Rindahl, Bruno Wolff III, Bryce L. Nordgren, Carl Anderson, Charlie Savage, Dane Springmeyer, David Skea, David Techer, Eduin Carrillo, Even Rouault, Frank Warmerdam, George Silva, Gerald Fenoy, Gino Lucrezi, Guillaume Lelarge, IIDA Tetsushi, Ingvild Nystuen, Jason Smith, Jeff Adams, Jose Carlos Martinez Llari, Julien Rouhaud, Kashif Rasul, Klaus Foerster, Kris Jurka, Leo Hsu, Loic Dachary, Luca S. Percich, Maria Arias de Reyna, Mark Sondheim, Markus Schaber, Maxime Guillaud, Maxime van Noppen, Michael Fuhr, Mike Toews, Nathan Wagner, Nathaniel Clay, Nikita Shulga, Norman Vine, Rafal Magda, Ralph Mason, Rémi Cura, Richard Greenwood, Silvio Grosso, Steffen Macke, Stephen Frost, Tom van Tilburg, Vincent Mora, Vincent Picavet

Sponsor aziendali

Queste sono realtà aziendali o altre istituzioni che hanno contribuito al progetto PostGIS sotto forma di tempo sviluppatore, hosting o finanziamento economico

In alphabetical order: Arrival 3D, Associazione Italiana per l'Informazione Geografica Libera (GFOSS.it), AusVet, Avencia, Azavea, Cadcorp, CampToCamp, CartoDB, City of Boston (DND), Clever Elephant Solutions, Cooperativa Alveo, Deimos Space, Faunalia, Geographic Data BC, Hunter Systems Group, Lidwala Consulting Engineers, LisaSoft, Logical Tracking & Tracing International AG, Maponics, Michigan Tech Research Institute, Natural Resources Canada, Norwegian Forest and Landscape Institute, Boundless (former OpenGeo), OSGeo, Oslandia, Palantir Technologies, Paragon Corporation, R3 GIS, Refractions Research, Regione Toscana - SITA, Safe Software, Sirius Corporation plc, Stadt Uster, UC Davis Center for Vectorborne Diseases, University of Laval, U.S Department of State (HIU), Zonar Systems

Campagne di finanziamento diffuso

Crowd funding campaigns are campaigns we run to get badly wanted features funded that can service a large number of people. Each campaign is specifically focused on a particular feature or set of features. Each sponsor chips in a small fraction of the needed funding and with enough people/organizations contributing, we have the funds to pay for the work that will help many. If you have an idea for a feature you think many others would be willing to co-fund, please post to the PostGIS newsgroup your thoughts and together we can make it happen.

PostGIS 2.0.0 è stata la prima release con cui abbiamo tentato questa strategia. Abbiamo utilizzato PledgeBank, realizzando due campagne di successo.

postgistopology - Oltre 10 sponsor hanno contribuito con 250 USD ciascuno per realizzare la funzione TopoGeometry e per migliorare il supporto della topologia nella versione 2.0.0. E' successo.

postgis64windows - 20 e passa sponsor hanno contribuito con 100 USD ciascuno per retribuire il lavoro necessario per risolvere varie problematiche su PostGIS per Windows a 64 bit. E' successo. Ora abbiamo una versione per PostGIS 2.0.1 disponibile con lo stack builder PostgreSQL.

Librerie di supporto importanti

La libreria per operazioni geometriche GEOS, e il lavoro sugli algoritmi di Martin Davis per far funzionare il tutto, la manutenzione e il supporto continui di Mateusz Loskot, Sandro Santilli (strk), Paul Ramsey a altri.

La libreria GDAL (Geospatial Data Abstraction Library), di Frank Warmerdam e altri viene utilizzata per far funzionare gran parte delle funzionalità raster introdotte in PostGIS 2.0.0. I miglioramenti realizzati su GDAL per consentire il supporto di PostGIS sono stati restituiti come contributo al progetto GDAL.

La libreria di proiezione cartografica Proj4, e il lavoro di Gerald Evenden e Frank Warmerdam nel crearla e mantenerla.

Ultimo, ma non ultimo, il database PostgreSQL, il gigante sulle cui spalle sta PostGIS. Molta della velolcità e flessibilità di PostGIS non sarebbe possibile senza l'estensibilità, il grande query planner, l'indice GIST, e la varietà di caratteristiche SQL rese disponibili da PostgreSQL.

1.5. Altre informazioni

Chapter 2. Installazione PostGIS

Questo capitolo elenca i passi necessari all'installazione di PostGIS.

2.1. Versione sintetica

Per compilare, assumendo di avere tutte le dipendenze nel percorso di ricerca:

tar xvfz postgis-2.5.0dev.tar.gz
cd postgis-2.5.0dev
./configure
make
make install

Una volta installato PostGIS, bisogna abilitarlo individualmente nei database in cui si vuole usare.

[Note]

Il supporto per i raster è attualmente opzionale, ma installato di default. Per abilitare l'uso di PostGIS come estensione (supportato da PostgreSQL 9.1+) è necessario il supporto raster. Usare PostGIS come estensione è il procedimento preferito e maggiormente user-friendly. Per abilitare spazialmente il tuo database:

psql -d yourdatabase -c "CREATE EXTENSION postgis;"
psql -d yourdatabase -c "CREATE EXTENSION postgis_topology;"
-- if you built with sfcgal support --
psql -d yourdatabase -c "CREATE EXTENSION postgis_sfcgal;"

-- if you want to install tiger geocoder --
psql -d yourdatabase -c "CREATE EXTENSION fuzzystrmatch"
psql -d yourdatabase -c "CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder;"

-- if you installed with pcre 
-- you should have address standardizer extension as well
psql -d yourdatabase -c "CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer;"

Vedi Section 2.4.3, “Compilazione e installazione delle estensioni PostGIS” per maggiori informazioni riguardo l'ispezione delle estensioni installate/disponibili e il loro aggiornamento, o per passare da un'installazione semplice ad una per estensioni.

For those running who decided for some reason not to compile with raster support, or just are old-fashioned, here are longer more painful instructions for you:

All the .sql files once installed will be installed in share/contrib/postgis-2.3 folder of your PostgreSQL install

createdb yourdatabase
createlang plpgsql yourdatabase
psql -d yourdatabase -f postgis.sql
psql -d yourdatabase -f postgis_comments.sql
psql -d yourdatabase -f spatial_ref_sys.sql
psql -d yourdatabase -f topology.sql
psql -d yourdatabase -f topology_comments.sql

-- only if you compiled with raster (GDAL)
psql -d yourdatabase -f rtpostgis.sql
psql -d yourdatabase -f raster_comments.sql

--if you built with sfcgal support --
psql -d yourdatabase -f sfcgal.sql
psql -d yourdatabase -f sfcgal_comments.sql

La restante parte di questo capitolo entra nel dettaglio di ciascuno dei passi di installazione riportati soprta.

As of PostGIS 2.1.3, out-of-db rasters and all raster drivers are disabled by default. In order to re-enable these, you need to set the following environment variables POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS and POSTGIS_ENABLE_OUTDB_RASTERS in the server environment. For PostGIS 2.2, you can use the more cross-platform approach of setting the corresponding Section 8.2, “PostGIS Grand Unified Custom Variables (GUCs)”.

If you want to enable offline raster:

POSTGIS_ENABLE_OUTDB_RASTERS=1

Any other setting or no setting at all will disable out of db rasters.

In order to enable all GDAL drivers available in your GDAL install, set this environment variable as follows

POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS=ENABLE_ALL

If you want to only enable specific drivers, set your environment variable as follows:

POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS="GTiff PNG JPEG GIF XYZ"
[Note]

If you are on windows, do not quote the driver list

Setting environment variables varies depending on OS. For PostgreSQL installed on Ubuntu or Debian via apt-postgresql, the preferred way is to edit /etc/postgresql/9.3/main/environment where 9.3 refers to version of PostgreSQL and main refers to the cluster.

On windows, if you are running as a service, you can set via System variables which for Windows 7 you can get to by right-clicking on Computer->Properties Advanced System Settings or in explorer navigating to Control Panel\All Control Panel Items\System. Then clicking Advanced System Settings ->Advanced->Environment Variables and adding new system variables.

After you set the environment variables, you'll need to restart your PostgreSQL service for the changes to take effect.

2.2. Install Requirements

PostGIS necessita dei seguenti requisiti per la compilazione e l'utilizzo:

Necessari

  • PostgreSQL 9.3 o versioni superiori. E' necessaria un'installazione completa di PostgreSQL (compresi gli header del server). PostgreSQL è disponibile al sito http://www.postgresql.org .

    Per una matrice di supporto completa per PostgreSQL / PostGIS e PostGIS/GEOS vi rimandiamo a http://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/wiki/UsersWikiPostgreSQLPostGIS

  • Compilatore GNU C (gcc). Per la compilazione possono essere utilizzati anche altri compilatori ANSI C, ma abbiamo riscontrato molti meno problemi nella compilazione con gcc.

  • GNU Make (gmake or make). Per molti sistem, GNU make è la versione di default di make. Potete controllare la versione tramite il comando make -v. Altre versioni di make potrebbero non elaborare il Makefile di PostGIS in modo corretto.

  • Libreria di riproiezione Proj4, nella versione 4.6.0 o superiore. La libreria Proj4 è utilizzata in PostGIS per fornire supporto alla riproiezione di coordinate. Proj4 è disponibile all'indirizzo http://trac.osgeo.org/proj/ .

  • GEOS geometry library, version 3.4 or greater, but GEOS 3.7+ is recommended to take full advantage of all the new functions and features. You should have at least GEOS 3.5, without which you will be missing some major enhancements such as ST_ClipByBox2D and ST_Subdivide. GEOS is available for download from http://trac.osgeo.org/geos/ and 3.5+ is backward-compatible with older versions so fairly safe to upgrade.

  • LibXML2, versione 2.5.x superiore. LibXML2 è attualmente usata per alcune delle funzioni di importazione (ST_GeomFromGML and ST_GeomFromKML). LibXML2 può essere scaricata da http://xmlsoft.org/downloads.html.

  • JSON-C, version 0.9 or higher. JSON-C is currently used to import GeoJSON via the function ST_GeomFromGeoJson. JSON-C is available for download from https://github.com/json-c/json-c/releases/.

  • GDAL, version 1.8 or higher (1.9 or higher is strongly recommended since some things will not work well or behavior differently with lower versions). This is required for raster support and to be able to install with CREATE EXTENSION postgis so highly recommended for those running 9.1+. http://trac.osgeo.org/gdal/wiki/DownloadSource.

Opzionali

  • GDAL (pseudo optional) only if you don't want raster and don't care about installing with CREATE EXTENSION postgis can you leave it out. Keep in mind other extensions may have a requires postgis extension which will prevent you from installing them unless you install postgis as an extension. So it is highly recommended you compile with GDAL support.

    Also make sure to enable the drivers you want to use as described in Section 2.1, “Versione sintetica”.

  • GTK (è necessario GTK+2.0, 2.8+) serve per compilare il loader shp2pgsql-gui shape. http://www.gtk.org/ .

  • SFCGAL, version 1.1 (or higher) could be used to provide additional 2D and 3D advanced analysis functions to PostGIS cf Section 8.10, “SFCGAL Functions”. And also allow to use SFCGAL rather than GEOS for some 2D functions provided by both backends (like ST_Intersection or ST_Area, for instance). A PostgreSQL configuration variable postgis.backend allow end user to control which backend he want to use if SFCGAL is installed (GEOS by default). Nota: SFCGAL 1.2 require at least CGAL 4.3 and Boost 1.54 (cf: http://oslandia.github.io/SFCGAL/installation.html) https://github.com/Oslandia/SFCGAL.

  • In order to build the Chapter 12, Address Standardizer you will also need PCRE http://www.pcre.org (which generally is already installed on nix systems). Regex::Assemble perl CPAN package is only needed if you want to rebuild the data encoded in parseaddress-stcities.h. Chapter 12, Address Standardizer will automatically be built if it detects a PCRE library, or you pass in a valid --with-pcre-dir=/path/to/pcre during configure.

  • To enable ST_AsMVT protobuf-c library (for usage) and the protoc-c compiler (for building) are required. Also, pkg-config is required to verify the correct minimum version of protobuf-c. See protobuf-c.

  • CUnit (CUnit). Serve per i collaudi di regressione. http://cunit.sourceforge.net/

  • DocBook (xsltproc) è necessario per creare la documentazione. Docbook è disponibile sul sito http://www.docbook.org/ .

  • DBLatex (dblatex) è necessario per creare la documentazione in formato PDF. DBLatex è disponibile dal sito http://dblatex.sourceforge.net/ .

  • ImageMagick (convert) viene utilizzato per generare le immagini utilizzate nella documentazione. ImageMagick è disponibile sul sito http://www.imagemagick.org/ .

2.3. Reperire il codice sorgente

Retrieve the PostGIS source archive from the downloads website http://postgis.net/stuff/postgis-2.5.0dev.tar.gz

wget http://postgis.net/stuff/postgis-2.5.0dev.tar.gz
tar -xvzf postgis-2.5.0dev.tar.gz

Questo passaggio creerà una cartella denominata postgis-2.5.0dev nella cartella di lavoro attuale.

In alternativa, potete eseguire un checkout del sorgente dalla repository svn http://svn.osgeo.org/postgis/trunk/ .

svn checkout http://svn.osgeo.org/postgis/trunk/ postgis-2.5.0dev

Entrate nella cartella appena creata, postgis-2.5.0dev, per proseguire con l'installazione.

2.4. Compiling and Install from Source: Detailed

[Note]

Ormai molti sistemi operativi contengono pacchetti precompilati per PostgreSQL/PostGIS. In molti casi la compilazione è necessaria solamente se volete l'ultimissima versione o se siete uno dei manutentori dei pacchetti.

Questo paragrafo comprende le istruzioni generali per la compilazione. Se state compilando su Windows o su un altro sistema operativo, potete trovare istruzioni più dettagliate alle pagine PostGIS User contributed compile guides e PostGIS Dev Wiki.

I pacchetti precompilati per i vari sistemi operativi sono elencati alla pagina PostGIS Pre-built Packages

Se siete un utente Windows, potete reperire le versioni stabili tramite Stackbuilder o la pagina PostGIS Windows download. Inoltre potete scaricare le ultimissime versioni sperimentati per Windows, che vengono create una o due volte alla settimana, quando ci sono aggiornamenti interessanti. Potete utilizzare queste versioni per fare prove con le versioni in via di sviluppo di PostGIS

Il modulo PostGIS è un'estensione del server PostgreSQL. Pertanto, + indispensabile che PostGIS 2.5.0dev abbia pieno accesso agli header di PostgreSQL server per potersi compilare. Può essere compilato con versioni di PostgreSQL dalla 9.3 in su. Le versioni precedenti di PostgreSQL non sono supportate.

Vi rimandiamo alle guide per l'installazione di PostgreSQL, se questo non è stato ancora installato. http://www.postgresql.org .

[Note]

Per le funzionalità legate a GEOS, quando installate PostgresSQL è possibile che dobbiate esplicitamente linkare PostgreSQL con la libreria C++ standard:

LDFLAGS=-lstdc++ ./configure [INSERITE QUI LE VOSTRE OPZIONI]

Questa è una soluzione alla buona per l'interazione con finte eccezioni C++ con gli strumenti di sviluppo più datati. Se riscontrate problemi anomali (chiusura inattesa del server o casi simili), provate questo trucco. Ciò richiederà ovviamente di ricompilare PostgreSQL da zero.

I passaggi seguenti ripercorrono la procedura per configurare e compilare il sorgente di PostGIS. Sono scritti per utenti Linux e non funzioneranno su Windows o Mac.

2.4.1. Configurazione

Come in molte installazioni Linux, il primo passo consiste nel generare il Makefile che sarà poi utilizzato che compilare il codice sorgente. Per questo si esegue lo script da shell

./configure

Se non si specificano parametri aggiuntivi, questo comando cercherà di individuare automaticamente le componenti e le librerie necessarie per compilare il codice sorgente PostGIS sul vostro sistema. Benché questa sia la modalità di utilizzo più comune per ./configure, lo script accetta vari parametri per coloro che tengono le librerie e i programmi necessari in percorsi non standard.

La lista seguente riporta solamente i parametri usati più di frequente. Per una lista completa, utilizzate i parametri --help o --help=short.

--prefix=PREFIX

Questo è il percorso in cui saranno installate le librerie PostGIS e gli script SQL. Come default, questo percorso coincide con quello rilevato per l'installazione di PostgreSQL.

[Caution]

Attualmente questo parametro non funzione, dato che il pacchetto si installerà solamente nella cartella di installazione di PostgreSQL. Potete visitare la pagina http://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/ticket/635 per seguire l'evoluzione di questo bug.

--with-pgconfig=FILE

PostgreSQL fornisce una utility chiamata pg_config per consentire a estensioni quali PostGIS di individuare la cartella di installazione di PostgreSQL. Utilizzate questo parametro (--with-pgconfig=/path/to/pg_config) per specificare manualmente una particolare installazione di PostgreSQL per la quale PostGIS sarà compilato.

--with-gdalconfig=FILE

GDAL è una libreria necessaria per il supporto raster. Utilizzare il comando gdal-config per consentire all'installazione di individuare la cartella di installazione di GDAL, oppure utilizzare il parametro --with-gdalconfig=/path/to/gdal-config per indicare manualmente specifica installazione di GDAL con cui compilare PostGIS.

--with-geosconfig=FILE

GEOS, una libreria necessaria per gestire le geometrie, fornisce una utility chiamata geos-config per consentire alla procedura di installazione di individuare la cartella di installazione di GEOS. E' possibile utilizzare questo parametro (--with-geosconfig=/path/to/geos-config) per indicare manualmente una specifica installazione di GEO da utilizzare per la compilazione.

--with-xml2config=FILE

LibXML è la libreria richiesta dai comandi GeomFromKML/GML. Se la libreria è installata, viene normalmente localizzata automaticamente, ma se non è installata, o se volete utilizzare una versione specifica, dovete rimandare PostGIS a uno specifico file di configurazione xml2-config per consentire all'installazione di localizzare la cartella di installazione di LibXML. Utilizzate questo parametro ( >--with-xml2config=/path/to/xml2-config) per indicare manualmente il riferimento a una specifica installazione di LibXML per la compilazione di PostGIS.

--with-projdir=DIR

Proj4 è una libreria di riproiezione richiesta da PostGIS. Utilizzate questo parametro (--with-projdir=/path/to/projdir) per indicare manualmente una specifica cartella di installazione di Proj4 per la compilazione di PostGIS.

--with-libiconv=DIR

Cartella di installazione di iconv.

--with-jsondir=DIR

JSON-C è una libreria JSON con licenza MIR utilizzata da PostGIS per supportare ST_GeomFromJSON. Utilizzare questo parametro (--with-jsondir=/path/to/jsondir) per indicare manualmente una specifica cartella di installazione che PostGIS userà per la compilazione.

--with-pcredir=DIR

PCRE is an BSD-licensed Perl Compatible Regular Expression library required by address_standardizer extension. Use this parameter (--with-pcredir=/path/to/pcredir) to manually specify a particular PCRE installation directory that PostGIS will build against.

--with-gui

Compilare l'interfaccia grafica per l'importazione di dati (richiede GTK+2.0). Questo passaggio creerà shp2pgsql-gui, interfaccia grafica per shp2pgsql.

--with-raster

Compilare con supporto raster. Questo compilerà la libreria rtpostgis-2.5.0dev e il file rtpostgis.sql. Potrebbe non essere necessario nella release finale, dato che si prevede di avere il supporto raster come default.

--without-topology

Compilare con il supporto per la topologia. Questo creerà il file topology.sql. Non c'è una libreria corrispondente, in quanto tutta la logica per la topologia è contenuta nella libreria postgis-2.5.0dev.

--with-gettext=no

Normalmente PostGIS cercherà di rilevare il supporto per gettext e di utilizzarlo nella compilazione. Tuttavia, se risocontrate problemi di compatibilità che determinano interruzioni del loader, potete disabilitare il supporto con questo comando. Potete fare riferimento al ticket http://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/ticket/748 per un esempio di un caso risolto utilizzando questa particolare configurazione. NOTA: disattivanto questa opzione non vi perdete molto, dato che è utilizzata per il supporto internazionale o per le etichette nel loader, che non sono ancora ben documentate e in forma sperimentale.

--with-sfcgal=PATH

By default PostGIS will not install with sfcgal support without this switch. PATH is an optional argument that allows to specify an alternate PATH to sfcgal-config.

[Note]

Se avete ottenuto PostGIS dalla repository SVN , il primo passo consiste nell'eseguire lo script

./autogen.sh

Questo script genererà lo script configure, che a sua volta viente utilizzato per personalizzare l'installazione di PostGIS.

Se invece avete ottenuto PostGIS come file tar, non sarà necessario eseguire ./autogen.sh, dato che configure sarà già stato generato.

2.4.2. Compilazione

Una volta creato il Makefile, compilare PostGIS è semplice come eseguire

make

L'ultima linea dei messaggi in uscita dovrebbe essere "PostGIS was built successfully. Ready to install."

A partire PostGIS v1.4.0, tutte le funzioni hanno commenti generati dalla documentazione. Se desiderate installare questi commenti nei vostri database spaziali in seguito, eseguite il comando che richiede docbook. Il file postgis_comments.sql e altri file di commenti per i pacchetti, raster_comments.sql e topology_comments.sql, sono presenti nella cartella doc della distribuzione tar.gz. Pertanto non è necessario di eseguire il make dei commenti se si esegue l'installazione a partire dal file tar.

make comments

Introdotto in PostGIS 2.0. Questa opzione genera degli opuscoli riassuntivi in formato HTML, utili come riferimento speditivo o per distribuzione agli studenti. Richiede xsltproc e genererà 4 file della cartella doc: topology_cheatsheet.html, tiger_geocoder_cheatsheet.html, raster_cheatsheet.html, postgis_cheatsheet.html

Ne potete scaricare alcuni già pronti sia in formato HTML che PDF dalla pagina PostGIS / PostgreSQL Study Guides

make cheatsheets

2.4.3. Compilazione e installazione delle estensioni PostGIS

Le estensioni di PostGIS vengono compilate e installate automaticamente se state utilizzando PostgreSQL 9.1+.

Se state compilando a partire dalla repository del sorgente, dovete prima compilare le descrizioni delle funzioni. Queste vengono create se avete docbook installato. Potete anche eseguire la compilazione manualmente tramite il comando:

make comments

Creare i file dei commenti non è necessario se state compilando a partire dal file tar, dato che questi file sono inclusi nel file tar stesso.

Se state compilando per PostgreSQL 9.1, le estensioni dovrebbero essere create automaticamente nel corso del processo di make install. Se serve, potete eseguire la compilazione a partire dalle cartelle delle estensioni, o potete copiare i file se ne avete bisogno su un altro server.

cd extensions
cd postgis
make clean
make
make install
cd ..
cd postgis_topology
make clean
make
make install
cd ..
cd postgis_sfcgal
make clean
make
make install

cd ..
cd address_standardizer
make clean
make
make install
make installcheck

cd ..
cd postgis_tiger_geocoder
make clean
make
make install
make installcheck
          

I file delle estensioni sono sempre gli stessi a pari versione di PostGIS, a prescindere dal sistema operativo, per cui non ci sono problemi a copiare i file delle estensioni da un sistema operativo a un altro, fintanto che i file binari di PostGIS sono già installati sui vostri server.

Se volete installare le estensioni manualmente su un server separato, diverso da quello di sviluppo, dovete copiare i seguenti file dalla cartella delle estensioni nella cartella PostgreSQL / share / extension della vostra installazione PostgreSQL, così come i file binari per la versione normale di PostGIS, se questi già non sono presenti sul server.

  • Questi sono i file di controllo che indicano informazioni come la versione dell'estensione da installare, se non specificata. postgis.control, postgis_topology.control.

  • Tutti i file nella cartella /sql di ciascuna estesnione. Da notare che quesi devono essere copiati nella cartella principale delle estensioni di PostgreSQL, share/extension extensions/postgis/sql/*.sql, extensions/postgis_topology/sql/*.sql

Una volta eseguita questa operazione, dovreste vedere postgis, postgis_topology come estensioni disponibili in PgAdmin -> extensions.

Se state utilizzando psql, potete verificare l'avvenuta installazione delle estensioni tramite questa query:

SELECT name, default_version,installed_version
FROM pg_available_extensions WHERE name LIKE 'postgis%' or name LIKE 'address%';

             name             | default_version | installed_version
------------------------------+-----------------+-------------------
 address_standardizer         | 2.5.0dev         | 2.5.0dev
 address_standardizer_data_us | 2.5.0dev         | 2.5.0dev
 postgis                      | 2.5.0dev         | 2.5.0dev
 postgis_sfcgal               | 2.5.0dev         |
 postgis_tiger_geocoder       | 2.5.0dev         | 2.5.0dev
 postgis_topology             | 2.5.0dev         |
(6 rows)

Se avete le estensioni installate nel database che state interrogando, vedrete questo fatto menzionato nella colonna installed_version. Se non vengono riportari record nel risultato, significa che non avete alcuna estensione installata sul server. PgAdmin III 1.14+ fornirà inoltre questa informazione nella sezione extensions dell'albero di navigazione del database e consentirà anche l'aggiornamento o la disinstallazione tramite clic del tasto destro del mouse.

Se le estensioni sono disponibili, potete installare l'estensione postgis nel database da voi scelto utilizzando l'interfaccia pgAdmin per le estensioni o eseguendo i seguenti comandi SQL:

CREATE EXTENSION postgis;
CREATE EXTENSION postgis_sfcgal;
CREATE EXTENSION fuzzystrmatch; --needed for postgis_tiger_geocoder
--optional used by postgis_tiger_geocoder, or can be used standalone
CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer;
CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer_data_us;
CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder;
CREATE EXTENSION postgis_topology;

In psql you can use to see what versions you have installed and also what schema they are installed.

\connect mygisdb
\x
\dx postgis*
List of installed extensions
-[ RECORD 1 ]-------------------------------------------------
-
Name        | postgis
Version     | 2.5.0dev
Schema      | public
Description | PostGIS geometry, geography, and raster spat..
-[ RECORD 2 ]-------------------------------------------------
-
Name        | postgis_tiger_geocoder
Version     | 2.5.0dev
Schema      | tiger
Description | PostGIS tiger geocoder and reverse geocoder
-[ RECORD 3 ]-------------------------------------------------
-
Name        | postgis_topology
Version     | 2.5.0dev
Schema      | topology
Description | PostGIS topology spatial types and functions
[Warning]

Per le tabelle delle estensioni spatial_ref_sys, layer e topology non è possibile eseguire un backup esplicito. Il backup può essere eseguito solo quando viene fatto il backup delle corrispondenti estensioni postgis o postgis_topology, il che pare avvenga solamente quando eseguite un backup dell'intero database. Alla versione 2.0.1, quando viene eseguito il backup del database, gli unici oggetti di cui viene fatta copia sono i record srid non facenti parte di PostGIS. Pertanto non modificare gli SRID facenti parte dell'installazione, aspettandovi poi di trovare le vostre modiche nel backup. Se ci sono problemi, aprite un ticket. Neanche delle strutture delle tabelle delle estensioni viene eseguito un backup, dato che sono create con CREATE EXTENSION, e si presume che siano le stesse per una data versione dell'estensione. Questo comportamento è inserito nell'attuale modello delle estensioni, per cui non c'è molto che l'utente può fare.

If you installed 2.5.0dev, without using our wonderful extension system, you can change it to be extension based by first upgrading to the latest micro version running the upgrade scripts: postgis_upgrade_22_minor.sql,raster_upgrade_22_minor.sql,topology_upgrade_22_minor.sql.

Se avete installato PostGIS senza supporto raster, dovrete prima installare il supporto raster (utilizzando tutto il file rtpostgis.sql

Poi potete eseguire i comandi seguenti per creare i pacchetti di funzioni nelle estensioni corrispondenti.

CREATE EXTENSION postgis FROM unpackaged;
CREATE EXTENSION postgis_topology FROM unpackaged;
CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder FROM unpackaged;

2.4.4. Testing

Se volete eseguire un test sul PostGIS compilato, eseguite

make check

Il comando di cui sopra eseguirà vari controlli e collaudi di regressione, utilizzando la libreria generata per un database PostgreSQL effettivo.

[Note]

Se avete configurato PostGIS utilizzando percorsi non standard per PostgreSQL, GEOS o Proj4, potreste dover aggiungere il percorso di queste librerie nella variabile di ambiente LD_LIBRARY_PATH

[Caution]

Attualmente il comando make check fa riferimento alle variabili di ambiente PATH e PGPORT nello svolgimento dei controlli - e non utilizza la versione PostgreSQL che può essere stata specificata nella configurazione con il parametro --with-pgconfig. Perciò assicuratevi che la vostra variabile PATH corrisponda all'installazione di PostgreSQL rilevata durante al configurazione, o preparatevi ad affrontare una serie di grattacapi.

Se il test è positivo, l'uscita dovrebbe essere simile alla seguente:

CUnit - A unit testing framework for C - Version 2.1-2
     http://cunit.sourceforge.net/


Suite: computational_geometry
  Test: test_lw_segment_side ...passed
  Test: test_lw_segment_intersects ...passed
  Test: test_lwline_crossing_short_lines ...passed
  Test: test_lwline_crossing_long_lines ...passed
  Test: test_lwline_crossing_bugs ...passed
  Test: test_lwpoint_set_ordinate ...passed
  Test: test_lwpoint_get_ordinate ...passed
  Test: test_point_interpolate ...passed
  Test: test_lwline_clip ...passed
  Test: test_lwline_clip_big ...passed
  Test: test_lwmline_clip ...passed
  Test: test_geohash_point ...passed
  Test: test_geohash_precision ...passed
  Test: test_geohash ...passed
  Test: test_geohash_point_as_int ...passed
  Test: test_isclosed ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_simplify ...passed
Suite: buildarea
  Test: buildarea1 ...passed
  Test: buildarea2 ...passed
  Test: buildarea3 ...passed
  Test: buildarea4 ...passed
  Test: buildarea4b ...passed
  Test: buildarea5 ...passed
  Test: buildarea6 ...passed
  Test: buildarea7 ...passed
Suite: geometry_clean
  Test: test_lwgeom_make_valid ...passed
Suite: clip_by_rectangle
  Test: test_lwgeom_clip_by_rect ...passed
Suite: force_sfs
  Test: test_sfs_11 ...passed
  Test: test_sfs_12 ...passed
  Test: test_sqlmm ...passed
Suite: geodetic
  Test: test_sphere_direction ...passed
  Test: test_sphere_project ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_area_sphere ...passed
  Test: test_signum ...passed
  Test: test_gbox_from_spherical_coordinates ...passed
  Test: test_gserialized_get_gbox_geocentric ...passed
  Test: test_clairaut ...passed
  Test: test_edge_intersection ...passed
  Test: test_edge_intersects ...passed
  Test: test_edge_distance_to_point ...passed
  Test: test_edge_distance_to_edge ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_distance_sphere ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_check_geodetic ...passed
  Test: test_gserialized_from_lwgeom ...passed
  Test: test_spheroid_distance ...passed
  Test: test_spheroid_area ...passed
  Test: test_lwpoly_covers_point2d ...passed
  Test: test_gbox_utils ...passed
  Test: test_vector_angle ...passed
  Test: test_vector_rotate ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_segmentize_sphere ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_contains_point_sphere ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_contains_point_sphere_iowa ...passed
Suite: GEOS
  Test: test_geos_noop ...passed
  Test: test_geos_subdivide ...passed
  Test: test_geos_linemerge ...passed
Suite: Clustering
  Test: basic_test ...passed
  Test: nonsequential_test ...passed
  Test: basic_distance_test ...passed
  Test: single_input_test ...passed
  Test: empty_inputs_test ...passed
Suite: Clustering Union-Find
  Test: test_unionfind_create ...passed
  Test: test_unionfind_union ...passed
  Test: test_unionfind_ordered_by_cluster ...passed
Suite: homogenize
  Test: test_coll_point ...passed
  Test: test_coll_line ...passed
  Test: test_coll_poly ...passed
  Test: test_coll_coll ...passed
  Test: test_geom ...passed
  Test: test_coll_curve ...passed
Suite: encoded_polyline_input
  Test: in_encoded_polyline_test_geoms ...passed
  Test: in_encoded_polyline_test_precision ...passed
Suite: geojson_input
  Test: in_geojson_test_srid ...passed
  Test: in_geojson_test_bbox ...passed
  Test: in_geojson_test_geoms ...passed
Suite: twkb_input
  Test: test_twkb_in_point ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_in_linestring ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_in_polygon ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_in_multipoint ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_in_multilinestring ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_in_multipolygon ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_in_collection ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_in_precision ...passed
Suite: serialization/deserialization
  Test: test_typmod_macros ...passed
  Test: test_flags_macros ...passed
  Test: test_serialized_srid ...passed
  Test: test_gserialized_from_lwgeom_size ...passed
  Test: test_gbox_serialized_size ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_from_gserialized ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_count_vertices ...passed
  Test: test_on_gser_lwgeom_count_vertices ...passed
  Test: test_geometry_type_from_string ...passed
  Test: test_lwcollection_extract ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_free ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_flip_coordinates ...passed
  Test: test_f2d ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_clone ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_force_clockwise ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_calculate_gbox ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_is_empty ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_same ...passed
  Test: test_lwline_from_lwmpoint ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_as_curve ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_scale ...passed
  Test: test_gserialized_is_empty ...passed
  Test: test_gbox_same_2d ...passed
Suite: measures
  Test: test_mindistance2d_tolerance ...passed
  Test: test_rect_tree_contains_point ...passed
  Test: test_rect_tree_intersects_tree ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_segmentize2d ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_locate_along ...passed
  Test: test_lw_dist2d_pt_arc ...passed
  Test: test_lw_dist2d_seg_arc ...passed
  Test: test_lw_dist2d_arc_arc ...passed
  Test: test_lw_arc_length ...passed
  Test: test_lw_dist2d_pt_ptarrayarc ...passed
  Test: test_lw_dist2d_ptarray_ptarrayarc ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_tcpa ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_is_trajectory ...passed
Suite: effectivearea
  Test: do_test_lwgeom_effectivearea_lines ...passed
  Test: do_test_lwgeom_effectivearea_polys ...passed
Suite: miscellaneous
  Test: test_misc_force_2d ...passed
  Test: test_misc_simplify ...passed
  Test: test_misc_count_vertices ...passed
  Test: test_misc_area ...passed
  Test: test_misc_wkb ...passed
  Test: test_grid ...passed
Suite: noding
  Test: test_lwgeom_node ...passed
Suite: encoded_polyline_output
  Test: out_encoded_polyline_test_geoms ...passed
  Test: out_encoded_polyline_test_srid ...passed
  Test: out_encoded_polyline_test_precision ...passed
Suite: geojson_output
  Test: out_geojson_test_precision ...passed
  Test: out_geojson_test_dims ...passed
  Test: out_geojson_test_srid ...passed
  Test: out_geojson_test_bbox ...passed
  Test: out_geojson_test_geoms ...passed
Suite: gml_output
  Test: out_gml_test_precision ...passed
  Test: out_gml_test_srid ...passed
  Test: out_gml_test_dims ...passed
  Test: out_gml_test_geodetic ...passed
  Test: out_gml_test_geoms ...passed
  Test: out_gml_test_geoms_prefix ...passed
  Test: out_gml_test_geoms_nodims ...passed
  Test: out_gml2_extent ...passed
  Test: out_gml3_extent ...passed
Suite: kml_output
  Test: out_kml_test_precision ...passed
  Test: out_kml_test_dims ...passed
  Test: out_kml_test_geoms ...passed
  Test: out_kml_test_prefix ...passed
Suite: svg_output
  Test: out_svg_test_precision ...passed
  Test: out_svg_test_dims ...passed
  Test: out_svg_test_relative ...passed
  Test: out_svg_test_geoms ...passed
  Test: out_svg_test_srid ...passed
Suite: x3d_output
  Test: out_x3d3_test_precision ...passed
  Test: out_x3d3_test_geoms ...passed
  Test: out_x3d3_test_option ...passed
Suite: ptarray
  Test: test_ptarray_append_point ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_append_ptarray ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_locate_point ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_isccw ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_signed_area ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_unstroke ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_insert_point ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_contains_point ...passed
  Test: test_ptarrayarc_contains_point ...passed
  Test: test_ptarray_scale ...passed
Suite: printing
  Test: test_lwprint_default_format ...passed
  Test: test_lwprint_format_orders ...passed
  Test: test_lwprint_optional_format ...passed
  Test: test_lwprint_oddball_formats ...passed
  Test: test_lwprint_bad_formats ...passed
Suite: SFCGAL
  Test: test_sfcgal_noop ...passed
Suite: split
  Test: test_lwline_split_by_point_to ...passed
  Test: test_lwgeom_split ...passed
Suite: stringbuffer
  Test: test_stringbuffer_append ...passed
  Test: test_stringbuffer_aprintf ...passed
Suite: surface
  Test: triangle_parse ...passed
  Test: tin_parse ...passed
  Test: polyhedralsurface_parse ...passed
  Test: surface_dimension ...passed
Suite: Internal Spatial Trees
  Test: test_tree_circ_create ...passed
  Test: test_tree_circ_pip ...passed
  Test: test_tree_circ_pip2 ...passed
  Test: test_tree_circ_distance ...passed
  Test: test_tree_circ_distance_threshold ...passed
Suite: triangulate
  Test: test_lwgeom_delaunay_triangulation ...passed
Suite: twkb_output
  Test: test_twkb_out_point ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_out_linestring ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_out_polygon ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_out_multipoint ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_out_multilinestring ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_out_multipolygon ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_out_collection ...passed
  Test: test_twkb_out_idlist ...passed
Suite: varint
  Test: test_zigzag ...passed
  Test: test_varint ...passed
  Test: test_varint_roundtrip ...passed
Suite: wkb_input
  Test: test_wkb_in_point ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_linestring ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_polygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_multipoint ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_multilinestring ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_multipolygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_collection ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_circularstring ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_compoundcurve ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_curvpolygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_multicurve ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_multisurface ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_in_malformed ...passed
Suite: wkb_output
  Test: test_wkb_out_point ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_linestring ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_polygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_multipoint ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_multilinestring ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_multipolygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_collection ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_circularstring ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_compoundcurve ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_curvpolygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_multicurve ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_multisurface ...passed
  Test: test_wkb_out_polyhedralsurface ...passed
Suite: wkt_input
  Test: test_wkt_in_point ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_linestring ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_polygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_multipoint ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_multilinestring ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_multipolygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_collection ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_circularstring ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_compoundcurve ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_curvpolygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_multicurve ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_multisurface ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_tin ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_polyhedralsurface ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_in_errlocation ...passed
Suite: wkt_output
  Test: test_wkt_out_point ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_linestring ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_polygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_multipoint ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_multilinestring ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_multipolygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_collection ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_circularstring ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_compoundcurve ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_curvpolygon ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_multicurve ...passed
  Test: test_wkt_out_multisurface ...passed

Run Summary:    Type  Total    Ran Passed Failed Inactive
              suites     38     38    n/a      0        0
               tests    251    251    251      0        0
             asserts   2468   2468   2468      0      n/a

Elapsed time =    0.298 seconds

Creating database 'postgis_reg'
Loading PostGIS into 'postgis_reg'
  /projects/postgis/branches/2.2/regress/00-regress-install/share/contrib/postgis/postgis.sql
  /projects/postgis/branches/2.2/regress/00-regress-install/share/contrib/postgis/postgis_comments.sql
Loading SFCGAL into 'postgis_reg'
  /projects/postgis/branches/2.2/regress/00-regress-install/share/contrib/postgis/sfcgal.sql
  /projects/postgis/branches/2.2/regress/00-regress-install/share/contrib/postgis/sfcgal_comments.sql
PostgreSQL 9.4.4, compiled by Visual C++ build 1800, 32-bit
  Postgis 2.2.0dev - r13980 - 2015-08-23 06:13:07
  scripts 2.2.0dev r13980
  GEOS: 3.5.0-CAPI-1.9.0 r4088
  PROJ: Rel. 4.9.1, 04 March 2015
  SFCGAL: 1.1.0

Running tests

 loader/Point .............. ok
 loader/PointM .............. ok
 loader/PointZ .............. ok
 loader/MultiPoint .............. ok
 loader/MultiPointM .............. ok
 loader/MultiPointZ .............. ok
 loader/Arc .............. ok
 loader/ArcM .............. ok
 loader/ArcZ .............. ok
 loader/Polygon .............. ok
 loader/PolygonM .............. ok
 loader/PolygonZ .............. ok
 loader/TSTPolygon ......... ok
 loader/TSIPolygon ......... ok
 loader/TSTIPolygon ......... ok
 loader/PointWithSchema ..... ok
 loader/NoTransPoint ......... ok
 loader/NotReallyMultiPoint ......... ok
 loader/MultiToSinglePoint ......... ok
 loader/ReprojectPts ........ ok
 loader/ReprojectPtsGeog ........ ok
 loader/Latin1 .... ok
 loader/Latin1-implicit .... ok
 loader/mfile .... ok
 dumper/literalsrid ....... ok
 dumper/realtable ....... ok
 affine .. ok
 bestsrid .. ok
 binary .. ok
 boundary .. ok
 cluster .. ok
 concave_hull .. ok
 ctors .. ok
 dump .. ok
 dumppoints .. ok
 empty .. ok
 forcecurve .. ok
 geography .. ok
 in_geohash .. ok
 in_gml .. ok
 in_kml .. ok
 in_encodedpolyline .. ok
 iscollection .. ok
 legacy .. ok
 long_xact .. ok
 lwgeom_regress .. ok
 measures .. ok
 operators .. ok
 out_geometry .. ok
 out_geography .. ok
 polygonize .. ok
 polyhedralsurface .. ok
 postgis_type_name .. ok
 regress .. ok
 regress_bdpoly .. ok
 regress_index .. ok
 regress_index_nulls .. ok
 regress_management .. ok
 regress_selectivity .. ok
 regress_lrs .. ok
 regress_ogc .. ok
 regress_ogc_cover .. ok
 regress_ogc_prep .. ok
 regress_proj .. ok
 relate .. ok
 remove_repeated_points .. ok
 removepoint .. ok
 setpoint .. ok
 simplify .. ok
 simplifyvw .. ok
 size .. ok
 snaptogrid .. ok
 split .. ok
 sql-mm-serialize .. ok
 sql-mm-circularstring .. ok
 sql-mm-compoundcurve .. ok
 sql-mm-curvepoly .. ok
 sql-mm-general .. ok
 sql-mm-multicurve .. ok
 sql-mm-multisurface .. ok
 swapordinates .. ok
 summary .. ok
 temporal .. ok
 tickets .. ok
 twkb .. ok
 typmod .. ok
 wkb .. ok
 wkt .. ok
 wmsservers .. ok
 knn .. ok
 hausdorff .. ok
 regress_buffer_params .. ok
 offsetcurve .. ok
 relatematch .. ok
 isvaliddetail .. ok
 sharedpaths .. ok
 snap .. ok
 node .. ok
 unaryunion .. ok
 clean .. ok
 relate_bnr .. ok
 delaunaytriangles .. ok
 clipbybox2d .. ok
 subdivide .. ok
 in_geojson .. ok
 regress_sfcgal .. ok
 sfcgal/empty .. ok
 sfcgal/geography .. ok
 sfcgal/legacy .. ok
 sfcgal/measures .. ok
 sfcgal/regress_ogc_prep .. ok
 sfcgal/regress_ogc .. ok
 sfcgal/regress .. ok
 sfcgal/tickets .. ok
 sfcgal/concave_hull .. ok
 sfcgal/wmsservers .. ok
 sfcgal/approximatemedialaxis .. ok
 uninstall .  /projects/postgis/branches/2.2/regress/00-regress-install/share/contrib/postgis/uninstall_sfcgal.sql
  /projects/postgis/branches/2.2/regress/00-regress-install/share/contrib/postgis/uninstall_postgis.sql
. ok (4336)

Run tests: 118
Failed: 0

-- if you built --with-gui, you should see this too

     CUnit - A unit testing framework for C - Version 2.1-2
     http://cunit.sourceforge.net/


Suite: Shapefile Loader File shp2pgsql Test
  Test: test_ShpLoaderCreate() ...passed
  Test: test_ShpLoaderDestroy() ...passed
Suite: Shapefile Loader File pgsql2shp Test
  Test: test_ShpDumperCreate() ...passed
  Test: test_ShpDumperDestroy() ...passed

Run Summary:    Type  Total    Ran Passed Failed Inactive
              suites      2      2    n/a      0        0
               tests      4      4      4      0        0
             asserts      4      4      4      0      n/a

The postgis_tiger_geocoder and address_standardizer extensions, currenlty only support the standard PostgreSQL installcheck. To test these use the below. Note: the make install is not necessary if you already did make install at root of PostGIS code folder.

For address_standardizer:

cd extensions/address_standardizer
make install
make installcheck
          

Output should look like:

============== dropping database "contrib_regression" ==============
DROP DATABASE
============== creating database "contrib_regression" ==============
CREATE DATABASE
ALTER DATABASE
============== running regression test queries        ==============
test test-init-extensions     ... ok
test test-parseaddress        ... ok
test test-standardize_address_1 ... ok
test test-standardize_address_2 ... ok

=====================
 All 4 tests passed.
=====================

For tiger geocoder, make sure you have postgis and fuzzystrmatch extensions available in your PostgreSQL instance. The address_standardizer tests will also kick in if you built postgis with address_standardizer support:

cd extensions/postgis_tiger_geocoder
make install
make installcheck
          

output should look like:

============== dropping database "contrib_regression" ==============
DROP DATABASE
============== creating database "contrib_regression" ==============
CREATE DATABASE
ALTER DATABASE
============== installing fuzzystrmatch               ==============
CREATE EXTENSION
============== installing postgis                     ==============
CREATE EXTENSION
============== installing postgis_tiger_geocoder      ==============
CREATE EXTENSION
============== installing address_standardizer        ==============
CREATE EXTENSION
============== running regression test queries        ==============
test test-normalize_address   ... ok
test test-pagc_normalize_address ... ok

=====================
All 2 tests passed.
=====================

2.4.5. Installazione

Per installare PostGIS, digitate

make install

Questo comando copierà i file per l'installazione di PostGIS nelle cartelle appropriate, specificate tramite il parametro di configurazione --prefix. In particolare:

  • I file binari del loader e del dumper vengono installati in [prefix]/bin.

  • I file SQL, quali postgis.sql, vengono installati in [prefix]/share/contrib.

  • Le librerie PostGIS vengono installate in [prefix]/lib.

Se avete eseguito il comando make comments per generare i file postgis_comments.sql e raster_comments.sql, installate i file SQL eseguendo

make comments-install

[Note]

postgis_comments.sql, raster_comments.sql, e topology_comments.sql sono separati dai tipici obiettivi per il build e per l'installazione, dato che hanno una ulteriore dipendenza da xsltproc.

2.5. Creare un database spaziale con le ESTENSIONI

Se state utilizzando PostgreSQL9.1 o superiore e avete compilato e installato i moduli delle estensioni postgis, potete creare un database spaziale col nuovo sistema.

createdb [il_tuo_database]

The core postgis extension installs PostGIS geometry, geography, raster, spatial_ref_sys and all the functions and comments with a simple:

CREATE EXTENSION postgis;

command.

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -c "CREATE EXTENSION postgis;"

La topologia è compresa in un'estensione separata e può essere installata con il comando:

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -c "CREATE EXTENSION postgis_topology;"

Se prevedete di ripristinare un vecchio backup, da una versione precedente, nel nuovo database, eseguite:

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -f legacy.sql

Potete successivamente eseguire uninstall_legacy.sql per sbarazzarvi delle funzioni obsolete, dopo che avete concluso il ripristino e la pulizia del database.

2.6. Creare un database con funzionalità spaziali a partire da uno schema di esempio

[Note]

This is generally only needed if you built-PostGIS without raster support. Since raster functions are part of the postgis extension, extension support is not enabled if PostGIS is built without raster.

Il primo passo per creare un database PostGIS consiste nel creare un semplice database PostgreSQL.

createdb [il_tuo_database]

Molte delle funzioni PostGIS sono scritte nel linguaggio procedurale PL/pgSQL. Pertanto, il prossimo passo per creare un database PostGIS consiste nell'abilitare il linguaggio PL/pgSQL nel vostro database. Per questo deve essere eseguito il comando riportato sotto. Per PostgreSQL 8.4+, in genere PL/pgSQL è già installato

createlang plpgsql [il_tuo_database]

Poi caricate le definizioni degli oggetti e delle funzioni PostGIS, tramite il file di definizioni postgis.sql (ubicato in [prefix]/share/contrib come specificato in fase di configurazione).

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -f postgis.sql

Per un insieme completo dei sistemi di coordinate con gli identificatori EPSG potete caricare il file di definizioni spatial_ref_sys.sql e caricare i valori nella tabella spatial_ref_sys. Ciò vi consentirà di eseguire le operazioni ST_Transform() sulle geometrie.

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -f spatial_ref_sys.sql

Se volete aggiungere i commenti alle funzioni PostGIS, l'ultimo passo consiste nel caricare postgis_comments.sql nel vostro database spaziale. I commenti possono essere visti digitando \dd [nome funzione] da una finestra psql.

psql -d [[il_tuo_database] -f postgis_comments.sql

Installazione del supporto raster

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -f rtpostgis.sql

Installazione dei commenti per il supporto raster. Questo fornisce una guida sintetica per ciascuna funzione raster utilizzando psql o PgAdmin o qualsiasi altro strumento di PostgreSQL che possa mostrare i commenti alle funzioni

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -f raster_comments.sql

Installazione del supporto per la topologia

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -f topology/topology.sql

Installa i commenti per il supporto topologico. Questa opzione fornisce una guida rapida per ciascuna delle funzioni e i tipi topologici, tramite psql o PgAdmin o qualsiasi altro strumento PostgreSQL con la capacità di mostrare i commenti delle funzioni

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -f topology/topology_comments.sql

Se prevedete di ripristinare un vecchio backup, da una versione precedente, nel nuovo database, eseguite:

psql -d [il_tuo_database] -f legacy.sql

[Note]

E' inoltre disponibile un file alternativo (legacy_minimal.sql) che potete eseguire per installare i componenti minimi richiesti per ripristinare le tabelle e operare con applicazioni come MapServer e GeoServer. Se avete delle viste che utilizzano elementi come distanza, lunghezza, ecc, vi servirà il file completo legacy.sql

Potete successivamente eseguire uninstall_legacy.sql per sbarazzarvi delle funzioni obsolete, dopo che avete concluso il ripristino e la pulizia del database.

2.7. Installing and Using the address standardizer

The address_standardizer extension used to be a separate package that required separate download. From PostGIS 2.2 on, it is now bundled in. For more information about the address_standardize, what it does, and how to configure it for your needs, refer to Chapter 12, Address Standardizer.

This standardizer can be used in conjunction with the PostGIS packaged tiger geocoder extension as a replacement for the Normalize_Address discussed. To use as replacement refer to Section 2.8.3, “Using Address Standardizer Extension with Tiger geocoder”. You can also use it as a building block for your own geocoder or use it to standardize your addresses for easier compare of addresses.

The address standardizer relies on PCRE which is usually already installed on many Nix systems, but you can download the latest at: http://www.pcre.org. If during Section 2.4.1, “Configurazione”, PCRE is found, then the address standardizer extension will automatically be built. If you have a custom pcre install you want to use instead, pass to configure --with-pcredir=/path/to/pcre where /path/to/pcre is the root folder for your pcre include and lib directories.

For Windows users, the PostGIS 2.1+ bundle is packaged with the address_standardizer already so no need to compile and can move straight to CREATE EXTENSION step.

Once you have installed, you can connect to your database and run the SQL:

CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer;

The following test requires no rules, gaz, or lex tables

SELECT num, street, city, state, zip
 FROM parse_address('1 Devonshire Place PH301, Boston, MA 02109');

Output should be

num |         street         |  city  | state |  zip
-----+------------------------+--------+-------+-------
 1   | Devonshire Place PH301 | Boston | MA    | 02109

2.7.1. Installing Regex::Assemble

Perl Regex:Assemble is no longer needed for compiling address_standardizer extension since the files it generates are part of the source tree. However if you need to edit the usps-st-city-orig.txt or usps-st-city-orig.txt usps-st-city-adds.tx, you need to rebuild parseaddress-stcities.h which does require Regex:Assemble.

cpan Regexp::Assemble

or if you are on Ubuntu / Debian you might need to do

sudo perl -MCPAN -e "install Regexp::Assemble"

2.8. Installare o aggiornare il Geocode per Tiger e caricare i dati

Extras like Tiger geocoder may not be packaged in your PostGIS distribution. If you are missing the tiger geocoder extension or want a newer version than what your install comes with, then use the share/extension/postgis_tiger_geocoder.* files from the packages in Windows Unreleased Versions section for your version of PostgreSQL. Although these packages are for windows, the postgis_tiger_geocoder extension files will work on any OS since the extension is an SQL/plpgsql only extension.

2.8.1. Tiger Geocoder Enabling your PostGIS database: Using Extension

If you are using PostgreSQL 9.1+ and PostGIS 2.1+, you can take advantage of the new extension model for installing tiger geocoder. To do so:

  1. First get binaries for PostGIS 2.1+ or compile and install as usual. This should install the necessary extension files as well for tiger geocoder.

  2. Connect to your database via psql or pgAdmin or some other tool and run the following SQL commands. Note that if you are installing in a database that already has postgis, you don't need to do the first step. If you have fuzzystrmatch extension already installed, you don't need to do the second step either.

    CREATE EXTENSION postgis;
    CREATE EXTENSION fuzzystrmatch;
    --this one is optional if you want to use the rules based standardizer (pagc_normalize_address)
    CREATE EXTENSION address_standardizer;
    CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder;

    If you already have postgis_tiger_geocoder extension installed, and just want to update to the latest run:

    ALTER EXTENSION postgis UPDATE TO "2.5.0dev";
    ALTER EXTENSION postgis_topology UPDATE TO "2.5.0dev";

    If you made custom entries or changes to tiger.loader_platform and tiger.loader_variables you may need to update these.

  3. To confirm your install is working correctly, run this sql in your database:

    SELECT na.address, na.streetname,na.streettypeabbrev, na.zip
            FROM normalize_address('1 Devonshire Place, Boston, MA 02109') AS na;

    Which should output

    address | streetname | streettypeabbrev |  zip
    ---------+------------+------------------+-------
               1 | Devonshire | Pl               | 02109
  4. Create a new record in tiger.loader_platform table with the paths of your executables and server.

    So for example to create a profile called debbie that follows sh convention. You would do:

    INSERT INTO tiger.loader_platform(os, declare_sect, pgbin, wget, unzip_command, psql, path_sep,
                       loader, environ_set_command, county_process_command)
    SELECT 'debbie', declare_sect, pgbin, wget, unzip_command, psql, path_sep,
               loader, environ_set_command, county_process_command
      FROM tiger.loader_platform
      WHERE os = 'sh';

    And then edit the paths in the declare_sect column to those that fit Debbie's pg, unzip,shp2pgsql, psql, etc path locations.

    If you don't edit this loader_platform table, it will just contain common case locations of items and you'll have to edit the generated script after the script is generated.

  5. Create a folder called gisdata on root of server or your local pc if you have a fast network connection to the server. This folder is where the tiger files will be downloaded to and processed. If you are not happy with having the folder on the root of the server, or simply want to change to a different folder for staging, then edit the field staging_fold in the tiger.loader_variables table.

  6. Create a folder called temp in the gisdata folder or whereever you designated the staging_fold to be. This will be the folder where the loader extracts the downloaded tiger data.

  7. Then run the Loader_Generate_Nation_Script SQL function make sure to use the name of your custom profile and copy the script to a .sh or .bat file. So for example to build the nation load:

    psql -c "SELECT Loader_Generate_Nation_Script('debbie')" -d geocoder -tA > /gisdata/nation_script_load.sh
  8. Eseguite i comandi SQL DROP che vengono generati.

    cd /gisdata
    sh nation_script_load.sh
  9. After you are done running the nation script, you should have three tables in your tiger_data schema and they should be filled with data. Confirm you do by doing the following queries from psql or pgAdmin

    SELECT count(*) FROM tiger_data.county_all;
    count
    -------
      3233
    (1 row)
    SELECT count(*) FROM tiger_data.state_all;
    count
    -------
        56
    (1 row)
    
  10. By default the tables corresponding to bg, tract, tabblock are not loaded. These tables are not used by the geocoder but are used by folks for population statistics. If you wish to load them as part of your state loads, run the following statement to enable them.

    UPDATE tiger.loader_lookuptables SET load = true WHERE load = false AND lookup_name IN('tract', 'bg', 'tabblock');

    Generate uno script per il caricamento di uno stato con l'istruzione SELECT come illustrato in Loader_Generate_Nation_Script

  11. Generate uno script per il caricamento di uno stato con l'istruzione SELECT come illustrato in Loader_Generate_Nation_Script

    [Warning]

    DO NOT Generate the state script until you have already loaded the nation data, because the state script utilizes county list loaded by nation script.

  12. psql -c "SELECT Loader_Generate_Script(ARRAY['MA'], 'debbie')" -d geocoder -tA > /gisdata/ma_load.sh
  13. Eseguite i comandi SQL DROP che vengono generati.

    cd /gisdata
    sh ma_load.sh
  14. After you are done loading all data or at a stopping point, it's a good idea to analyze all the tiger tables to update the stats (include inherited stats)

    SELECT install_missing_indexes();
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.addr;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.edges;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.faces;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.featnames;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.place;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.cousub;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.county;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.state;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.zip_lookup_base;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.zip_state;
    vacuum analyze verbose tiger.zip_state_loc;

2.8.1.1. Converting a Tiger Geocoder Regular Install to Extension Model

If you installed the tiger geocoder without using the extension model, you can convert to the extension model as follows:

  1. Follow instructions in Section 2.8.5, “Aggiornamento del installazione del Geocoder Tiger” for the non-extension model upgrade.

  2. Connect to your database with psql or pgAdmin and run the following command:

    CREATE EXTENSION postgis_tiger_geocoder FROM unpackaged;

2.8.2. Tiger Geocoder Enabling your PostGIS database: Not Using Extensions

Anzitutto installate PostGIS utilizzando le istruzioni riportate sopra.

If you don't have an extras folder, download http://postgis.net/stuff/postgis-2.5.0dev.tar.gz

tar xvfz postgis-2.5.0dev.tar.gz

cd postgis-2.5.0dev/extras/tiger_geocoder

Edit the tiger_loader_2015.sql (or latest loader file you find, unless you want to load different year) to the paths of your executables server etc or alternatively you can update the loader_platform table once installed. If you don't edit this file or the loader_platform table, it will just contain common case locations of items and you'll have to edit the generated script after the fact when you run the Loader_Generate_Nation_Script and Loader_Generate_Script SQL functions.

If you are installing Tiger geocoder for the first time edit either the create_geocode.bat script If you are on windows or the create_geocode.sh if you are on Linux/Unix/Mac OSX with your PostgreSQL specific settings and run the corresponding script from the commandline.

Verify that you now have a tiger schema in your database and that it is part of your database search_path. If it is not, add it with a command something along the line of:

ALTER DATABASE geocoder SET search_path=public, tiger;

The normalizing address functionality works more or less without any data except for tricky addresses. Run this test and verify things look like this:

SELECT pprint_addy(normalize_address('202 East Fremont Street, Las Vegas, Nevada 89101')) As pretty_address;
pretty_address
---------------------------------------
202 E Fremont St, Las Vegas, NV 89101
                        

2.8.3. Using Address Standardizer Extension with Tiger geocoder

One of the many complaints of folks is the address normalizer function Normalize_Address function that normalizes an address for prepping before geocoding. The normalizer is far from perfect and trying to patch its imperfectness takes a vast amount of resources. As such we have integrated with another project that has a much better address standardizer engine. To use this new address_standardizer, you compile the extension as described in Section 2.7, “Installing and Using the address standardizer” and install as an extension in your database.

Once you install this extension in the same database as you have installed postgis_tiger_geocoder, then the Pagc_Normalize_Address can be used instead of Normalize_Address. This extension is tiger agnostic, so can be used with other data sources such as international addresses. The tiger geocoder extension does come packaged with its own custom versions of rules table ( tiger.pagc_rules) , gaz table (tiger.pagc_gaz), and lex table (tiger.pagc_lex). These you can add and update to improve your standardizing experience for your own needs.

2.8.4. Caricamento dei dati Tiger

Le istruzioni dettagliate per il caricamento dei dati sono disponibili nel file extras/tiger_geocoder/tiger_2011/README. Di seguito si illustrano i passaggi generali.

Il processo di caricamento scarica i dati per ciascuno stato richiesto dal sito del censimento, estrare i file, e li carica nelle rispettive tabelle. La tabella di ogni stato eredita le proprietà dalle tabelle definite nello schema tiger, per cui è sufficiente eseguire le interrogazioni su queste tabelle per accedere a tutti i dati. E' altresì possibile cancellare le tabelle per un dato stato tramite lo script Drop_State_Tables_Generate_Script, qualora aveste necessità di ricaricare uno stato o se questo non vi serve più.

Per caricare i dati avrete bisogno dei seguenti strumenti:

  • Uno strumento per decomprimere i file zip dal sito web dei censimenti.

    Per sistemi tipo Unix: l'eseguibile unzip è di soiito già installato.

    Per Windows, 7-zip è uno strumento libero di compressione/decompressione, che può essere scaricato dal sito http://www.7-zip.org/

  • Il programam da riga di comando shp2pgsql, che viene installato di base quando nistallate PostGIS.

  • wget è uno strumento per la copia di file da web, solitamente installato nella maggior parte dei sistemi Unix/Linux.

    Se siete su Windows, potete reperire i file binari precompilati da http://gnuwin32.sourceforge.net/packages/wget.htm

If you are upgrading from tiger_2010, you'll need to first generate and run Drop_Nation_Tables_Generate_Script. Before you load any state data, you need to load the nation wide data which you do with Loader_Generate_Nation_Script. Which will generate a loader script for you. Loader_Generate_Nation_Script is a one-time step that should be done for upgrading (from 2010) and for new installs.

To load state data refer to Loader_Generate_Script to generate a data load script for your platform for the states you desire. Note that you can install these piecemeal. You don't have to load all the states you want all at once. You can load them as you need them.

Dopo aver caricato i dati per gli stati cui siete interessati, assicuratevi di eseguire:

SELECT install_missing_indexes();

come descritto in Install_Missing_Indexes.

Per vedere se le cose funzionano come dovrebbero, provate a eseguire la geocodifica di un indirizzo nel vostro stato utilizzando Geocode

2.8.5. Aggiornamento del installazione del Geocoder Tiger

If you have Tiger Geocoder packaged with 2.0+ already installed, you can upgrade the functions at any time even from an interim tar ball if there are fixes you badly need. This will only work for Tiger geocoder not installed with extensions.

If you don't have an extras folder, download http://postgis.net/stuff/postgis-2.5.0dev.tar.gz

tar xvfz postgis-2.5.0dev.tar.gz

cd postgis-2.5.0dev/extras/tiger_geocoder/tiger_2011

Locate the upgrade_geocoder.bat script If you are on windows or the upgrade_geocoder.sh if you are on Linux/Unix/Mac OSX. Edit the file to have your postgis database credentials.

If you are upgrading from 2010 or 2011, make sure to unremark out the loader script line so you get the latest script for loading 2012 data.

Then run th corresponding script from the commandline.

Poi cancellate tutte le tabelle delle nazioni e caricate quelle nuove. Potete generare uno script per la cancellazione con il codice SQL illustrato in Drop_Nation_Tables_Generate_Script

SELECT drop_nation_tables_generate_script();

Eseguite i comandi SQL DROP che vengono generati.

Generate uno script per il caricamento di uno stato con l'istruzione SELECT come illustrato in Loader_Generate_Nation_Script

Per Windows

SELECT loader_generate_nation_script('windows'); 

Per unix/linux

SELECT loader_generate_nation_script('sh');

Fate riferimento a Section 2.8.4, “Caricamento dei dati Tiger” per istruzioni su come eseguire lo script generato. Questo passaggio deve essere eseguito solo una volta.

[Note]

Potete avere una combinazione di tabelle degli stati sia per il 2010 che per il 2011 e potete aggiornare ogni stato separatamente. Prima di aggiornare uno stato al 2011, dovete prima eliminare la corrispondente tabella 2012 utilizzando Drop_State_Tables_Generate_Script.

2.9. Creare un database con funzionalità spaziali a partire da uno schema di esempio

Alcune distribuzioni pacchettizzate di PostGIS (in particolare i file di installazione Win32 per PostGIS > 1.1.5) caricano le funzioni PostGIS in un database di esempio denominato template_postgis. Se il database template_postgis esiste nella vostra installazione PostgreSQL, allora è possibile per utenti e applicazioni creare database con funzioni spaziali utilizzando un singolo comando. Da notare che in entrambi i casi all'utente del database deve essere riconosciuto il ruolo di creare nuovi database.

Dalla riga di comando:

# createdb -T template_postgis my_spatial_db

Da SQL:

postgres=# CREATE DATABASE my_spatial_db TEMPLATE=template_postgis

2.10. Aggiornamento

L'aggiornamento di database spaziali preesistenti può essere complicato, perché richiede la sostituzione o l'introduzione di nuove definizioni di oggetti PostGIS.

Purtroppo non tutte le definizioni possono essere sostituite facilmente in un database attivo, per cui in alcuni casi la cosa migliore è seguire un processo di scaricamento e ricaricamento dei dati.

PostGIS provides a SOFT UPGRADE procedure for minor or bugfix releases, and a HARD UPGRADE procedure for major releases.

Before attempting to upgrade PostGIS, it is always worth to backup your data. If you use the -Fc flag to pg_dump you will always be able to restore the dump with a HARD UPGRADE.

2.10.1. Soft upgrade

Se avete installato il database con le estensioni, dovrete eseguire anche l'aggiornamento con il modello delle estensioni. Se avete invece eseguito l'installazione con il vecchio sistema dello script SQL, anche l'aggiornamento dovrà essere eseguito con lo script SQL. Fate riferimento al paragrafo corrispondente.

2.10.1.1. Soft Upgrade Pre 9.1+ or without extensions

Questo paragrafo vale solo per coloro che hanno installato PostGIS senza estensioni. Se avete le estensioni e provate a eseguire l'aggiornamento con questo sistema, otterrete messaggi tipo:

non posso eseguire il DROP, dato che c'è una dipendenza dell'estensione PostGIS

After compiling and installing (make install) you should find a postgis_upgrade.sql and rtpostgis_upgrade.sql in the installation folders. For example /usr/share/postgresql/9.3/contrib/postgis_upgrade.sql. Install the postgis_upgrade.sql. If you have raster functionality installed, you will also need to install the /usr/share/postgresql/9.3/contrib/postgis_upgrade.sql. If you are moving from PostGIS 1.* to PostGIS 2.* or from PostGIS 2.* prior to r7409, you need to do a HARD UPGRADE.

psql -f postgis_upgrade.sql -d your_spatial_database

La stessa procedura si applica alle estensioni per i raster e per la topologia, i cui file si chiamano rispettivamente rtpostgis_upgrade*.sql e topology_upgrade*.sql respectively. Se vi servono:

psql -f rtpostgis_upgrade.sql -d your_spatial_database
psql -f topology_upgrade.sql -d your_spatial_database
[Note]

If you can't find the postgis_upgrade*.sql specific for upgrading your version you are using a version too early for a soft upgrade and need to do a HARD UPGRADE.

La funzione PostGIS_Full_Version dovrebbe informarvi della necessita di eseguire questo tipo di aggiornamento attraverso un messaggio tipo "procs need upgrade".

2.10.1.2. Soft Upgrade 9.1+ using extensions

Se inizialmente avete installato PostGIS con le estensioni, anche l'aggiornamento dovrà essere eseguito con le estensioni. Eseguire un aggiornamento di una versione minore con le estensioni è un'operazione abbastanza tranquilla.

ALTER EXTENSION postgis UPDATE TO "2.5.0dev";
ALTER EXTENSION postgis_topology UPDATE TO "2.5.0dev";

Se ottenete un errore tipo:

No migration path defined for ... to 2.5.0dev

Then you'll need to backup your database, create a fresh one as described in Section 2.5, “Creare un database spaziale con le ESTENSIONI” and then restore your backup ontop of this new database.

If you get a notice message like:

Version "2.5.0dev" of extension "postgis" is already installed

Then everything is already up to date and you can safely ignore it. UNLESS you're attempting to upgrade from an SVN version to the next (which doesn't get a new version number); in that case you can append "next" to the version string, and next time you'll need to drop the "next" suffix again:

ALTER EXTENSION postgis UPDATE TO "2.5.0devnext";
ALTER EXTENSION postgis_topology UPDATE TO "2.5.0devnext";
[Note]

If you installed PostGIS originally without a version specified, you can often skip the reinstallation of postgis extension before restoring since the backup just has CREATE EXTENSION postgis and thus picks up the newest latest version during restore.

2.10.2. Hard upgrade

By HARD UPGRADE we mean full dump/reload of postgis-enabled databases. You need a HARD UPGRADE when PostGIS objects' internal storage changes or when SOFT UPGRADE is not possible. The Release Notes appendix reports for each version whether you need a dump/reload (HARD UPGRADE) to upgrade.

Il processo di scaricamento e ricaricamento dei dati viene assistito dallo script postgis_restore.pl. Questo si fa carico di saltare nello scaricamento tutte le definizioni che fanno parte di PostGIS (comprese quelle obsolete), consentendo così di ripristinare gli schemi e i dati in un database con PostGIS senza ottenere errori legati alla presenza di simboli duplicati e senza portarsi dietro oggetti obsoleti.

Ulteriori istruzioni per gli utenti Windows sono disponibili alla pagina Windows Hard upgrade.

La procedura è la seguente:

  1. Create un dump "con formato personalizzato" del database da aggiornare (che chiameremo olddb), includendo i blob binari (-b) e con uscita dettagliata (-v). L'utente può essere il proprietario del database, non serve avere privilegi da amministratore.

    pg_dump -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres -Fc -b -v -f "/somepath/olddb.backup" olddb
  2. Eseguire un'installazione da zero di PostGIS in un nuovo database -- chiameremo questo database newdb. Vi rimandiamo a Section 2.6, “Creare un database con funzionalità spaziali a partire da uno schema di esempio” e Section 2.5, “Creare un database spaziale con le ESTENSIONI” per le relative istruzioni.

    Le voci spatial_ref_sys presenti nel vostro dump saranno ripristinate, ma non avranno la precedenza su quelle esistenti in spatial_ref_sys. Ciò è per assicurarsi che l'elenco ufficiale venga correttamente trasmesso ai database ripristinati. Se per una qualsiasi ragione volete davvero che le vostre definizioni siano considerate al posto di quelle standard, potete evitare di caricare spatial_ref_sys.sql nel momento in cui create il nuovo database.

    Se il vostro database è molto vecchio, o sapete che avete utilizzato nelle vostre viste e nelle vostre funzioni delle funzioni obsolete, potreste dover caricare il file legacy.sql. Eseguite questa operazione solo se vi serve _veramente_. Considerate la possibilità di aggiornare le vostre viste e le voste funzioni prima di eseguire il dump, se possibile. Le funzioni obsolete possono poi essere rimosse caricando il file uninstall_legacy.sql.

  3. Ripristinate il vostro backup nel nuovo database newdb tramite postgis_restore.pl. Eventuali errori imprevisti, se presenti, saranno trascritti da psql sull'uscita standard error. Tenete una traccia di tali errori.

    perl utils/postgis_restore.pl "/somepath/olddb.backup" | psql -h localhost -p 5432 -U postgres newdb 2
    > errors.txt

Si potrebbero riscontrare errori nei casi seguenti:

  1. Alcune delle vostre viste o funzioni fanno uso di oggetti PostGIS obsoleti. Per risolvere questo problema potete provare a caricare lo script legacy.sql prima del ripristino, oppure dovrete eseguire il ripristino in una versione di PostGIS che ancora contenga quegli oggetti, e poi ritentare la migrazione dopo aver adattato il codice alla nuova versione. Se il sistema legacy.sql vi funziona, non dimenticate di sistemare il vostro codice, eliminando i riferimenti alle funzioni obsolete, e poi disinstallate tutti i vecchi riferimenti tramite uninstall_legacy.sql.

  2. Alcuni record personalizzati di spatial_ref_sys nel file dump hanno un valore non valido per SRID. I valori validi di SRID sono maggiori di 0 e minori di 999000. I valori tra 999000 e 999999 sono riservati ad uso interno, mentre i valori superiori a 999999 non possono essere usati. Tutti i vostri record personalizzati con valori SRID non validi saranno conservati, con quelli >999999 spostati nell'intervallo riservato, ma la tabella spatial_ref_sys perderebbe un controllo e possibilmente anche la propria chiave primaria (quando più SRID non validi vengono convertiti allo stesso valore di SRID riservato).

    Per sistemare questo problema dovete copiare il vostro SRS personalizzato in un SRID con un valore valido (nell'intervallo 910000..910999), convertire tutte le tabelle nel nuovo SRID (vedi UpdateGeometrySRID), cancellare la voce non valida da spatial_ref_sys e ricostruire il controllo o in controlli con:

    ALTER TABLE spatial_ref_sys ADD CONSTRAINT spatial_ref_sys_srid_check check (srid > 0 AND srid < 999000 );

    ALTER TABLE spatial_ref_sys ADD PRIMARY KEY(srid));

2.11. Common Problems during installation

Quando l'installazione o l'aggiornamento non vanno come previsto, diverse cose vanno controllate.

  1. Controllate di aver installato PostgreSQL 9.3 o più recente, e che state compilando con il sorgente PostgreSQL nella versione corrispondente alla versione di PostgreSQL che sta girando. Si possono verificare casi di confusione quando la vostra distribuzione (Linux) ha PostgreSQL già installao, o quando avete installato PostgreSQL in precedenza e ve ne siete dimenticati. PostGIS funzionerà solo con PostgreSQL 9.3 o più recente, e si potrebbero ricevere messaggi di errore strani o inattesi se utilizzate una versione più vecchia. Per verificare quale versione di PostgreSQL sta girando, collegatevi al database utilizzando psql ed eseguite la seguente query:

    SELECT version();

    Se state utilizzando una distribuzione basata su RPM, potete verificare la presenza di pacchetti preinstallati utilizzando il comando rpm con la seguente sintassi: rpm -qa | grep postgresql

  2. Se l'aggiornamento non funziona, assicuratevi di eseguire il ripristino in un database che abbia già PostGIS installato.

    SELECT postgis_full_version();

Inoltre, verificate che configure abbia correttamente individuato il percorso e la versione di PostgreSQL, della libreria Proj4 e della libreria GEOS.

  1. L'uscita da configure viene utilizzata per generare il file postgis_config.h. Controllate che le variabili POSTGIS_PGSQL_VERSION, POSTGIS_PROJ_VERSION e POSTGIS_GEOS_VERSION siano assegnate correttamente.

2.12. Loader/Dumper

Il loader e il dumper dei dati sono compilati e installati automaticamente con PostGIS. Per compilarli e installarli manualmente:

# cd postgis-2.5.0dev/loader
# make
# make install

Il loader si chiama shp2pgsql e converte gli Shapefile ESRI in formato SQL adatto al caricamento in PostGIS/PostgreSQL. Il dumper si chiama pgsql2shp e converte le tabelle (o le query) di PostGIS in formato Shapefile ESRI. Per una documentazione più estesa, si rimanda alla guida in linea e alle pagine del manuale.

Chapter 3. Domande frequenti (F.A.Q) su PostGIS

3.1. Where can I find tutorials, guides and workshops on working with PostGIS
3.2. Le mie applicazioni e i miei strumenti desktop funzionavano con PostGIS 1.5, ma non funzionano con PostGIS 2.0. Come posso risolvere la cosa?
3.3. When I load OpenStreetMap data with osm2pgsql, I'm getting an error failed: ERROR: operator class "gist_geometry_ops" does not exist for access method "gist" Error occurred. This worked fine in PostGIS 1.5.
3.4. Sto usando PostgreSQL 9.0 e non posso più leggere le geometrie in OpenJump, Safe FME e altri strumenti. Come mai?
3.5. Ho provato a usare PgAdmin per visualizzare la mia colonna della geometria e questa risulta vuota. Perché?
3.6. Quale tipo di oggetti geometrici posso memorizzare?
3.7. Sono confuso. Quale tipo di dati dovrei usare, quello geometrico o quello geografico?
3.8. Ho altre domande più profonde sulla geografia, ad esempio qual è la massima dimensione di una regione geografica che posso inserire in una colonna di tipo geography per continuare ad avere risultati ragionevoli. Ci sono limitazioni ai poli, tutto deve essere in un unico emisfero (come per SQL Server 2008)?
3.9. Come posso inserire un oggetto GIS nel database?
3.10. Come posso creare una query spaziale?
3.11. Come posso accelerare le query spaziali su grandi tabelle?
3.12. Perché gli indici R-Tree di PostgreSQL non sono supportati?
3.13. Perché dovrei usare la funzione AddGeometryColumn() e tutti gli altri elementi OpenGIS?
3.14. Qual è il modo migliore per trovare tutti gli oggetti entro un dato raggio da un altro oggetto?
3.15. Come posso eseguire una riproiezione di coordinate come parte di una query?
3.16. Ho eseguito una ST_AsEWKT e ST_AsText su una geometria piuttosto grossa ed ho ottenuto un campo vuoto. Come mai?
3.17. Quando eseguo ST_Intersects, mi dice che le mie due geometrie non si intersecano, mentre SO CHE LO FANNO. Come mai?
3.18. Sto rilasciando software che utilizza PostGIS. Significa che dovrà utilizzare per questo la licenza GPL come PostGIS? Dovrò pubblicare tutto il mio codice se uso PostGIS?

3.1.

Where can I find tutorials, guides and workshops on working with PostGIS

OpenGeo has a step by step tutorial guide workshop Introduction to PostGIS. It includes packaged data as well as intro to working with OpenGeo Suite. It is probably the best tutorial on PostGIS.

BostonGIS also has a PostGIS almost idiot's guide on getting started. That one is more focused on the windows user.

3.2.

Le mie applicazioni e i miei strumenti desktop funzionavano con PostGIS 1.5, ma non funzionano con PostGIS 2.0. Come posso risolvere la cosa?

Diverse funzioni obsolete sono state eliminate dal codice PostGIS nella versione 2.0. Ciò ha avuto un effetto sulle applicazioni, oltre che su strumenti di terze parti quali Geoserver, MapServer, QuantumGIS e OpenJump, per citarne alcuni. Ci sono un paio di modi per risolvere il problema. Per le applicazioni di terze parti, potere provare ad aggiornarle alla versione più recente, in cui molti di questi problemi sono stati sistemati. Per il codice da che hai sviluppato tu, puoi modificare il codice in modo da non utilizzare le funzioni eliminate. [TO BE COMPLETED HAVING CLARIFIED ISSUE]

Il file legacy.sql è ubicato nella stessa cartella di postgis.sql. Puoi installare questo file dopo aver installato postgis.sql e spatial_ref_sys.sql per recuperare le circa 200 vecchie funzioni che abbiamo eliminato.

3.3.

When I load OpenStreetMap data with osm2pgsql, I'm getting an error failed: ERROR: operator class "gist_geometry_ops" does not exist for access method "gist" Error occurred. This worked fine in PostGIS 1.5.

In PostGIS 2, the default geometry operator class gist_geometry_ops was changed to gist_geometry_ops_2d and the gist_geometry_ops was completely removed. This was done because PostGIS 2 also introduced Nd spatial indexes for 3D support and the old name was deemed confusing and a misnomer.

Some older applications that as part of the process create tables and indexes, explicitly referenced the operator class name. This was unnecessary if you want the default 2D index. So if you manage said good, change index creation from:

BAD:

CREATE INDEX idx_my_table_geom ON my_table USING gist(geom gist_geometry_ops);

To GOOD:

CREATE INDEX idx_my_table_geom ON my_table USING gist(geom);

The only case where you WILL need to specify the operator class is if you want a 3D spatial index as follows:

CREATE INDEX idx_my_super3d_geom ON my_super3d USING gist(geom gist_geometry_ops_nd);

If you are unfortunate to be stuck with compiled code you can't change that has the old gist_geometry_ops hard-coded, then you can create the old class using the legacy_gist.sql packaged in PostGIS 2.0.2+. However if you use this fix, you are advised to at a later point drop the index and recreate it without the operator class. This will save you grief in the future when you need to upgrade again.

3.4.

Sto usando PostgreSQL 9.0 e non posso più leggere le geometrie in OpenJump, Safe FME e altri strumenti. Come mai?

In PostgreSQL 9.0+, la codifica di default per i dati di tipo bytea è stata modificata in esadecimale e i vecchi driver JDBC considerano sempre il formato di escape. Ciò ha avuto un effetto su alcune applicazioni, quali le applicazioni Java con i driver JDBC più vecchi o le applicazioni .NET che utilizzano il vecchio driver npgsql, che si aspetta di incontrare il vecchio comportamento di ST_AsBinary. Ci sono due approcci per far funzionare nuovamente il tutto.

Puoi aggiornare il driver JDBC alla versione PostgreSQL 9.0 più recente dal sito http://jdbc.postgresql.org/download.html

Se stai usando un'applicazione .NET, puoi utilizzare Npgsql 2.0.11 o versioni superiori, scaricandolo da http://pgfoundry.org/frs/?group_id=1000140 e seguendo le istruzioni descritte nel blog di Francisco Figueiredo su NpgSQL 2.0.11

Se non è possibile aggiornare il tuo driver PostgreSQL, puoi ripristinare il comportamento precedente con la seguente modifica:

ALTER DATABASE mypostgisdb SET bytea_output='escape';

3.5.

Ho provato a usare PgAdmin per visualizzare la mia colonna della geometria e questa risulta vuota. Perché?

PgAdmin non mostra nulla nel caso di grandi geometrie. I modi migliori per verificare che vi siano dati presenti nelle vostre colonne di geometria sono:

-- se tutti i tuoi campi geometrici sono popolati, questa query non dovrebbe restituire alcun record        
SELECT somefield FROM mytable WHERE geom IS NULL;
-- Per conoscere giusto la dimensione di una geometria, è possibile eseguire una query in una forma 
--che vi dirà il più elevato numero di punti in una colonna di geometria
SELECT MAX(ST_NPoints(geom)) FROM sometable;

3.6.

Quale tipo di oggetti geometrici posso memorizzare?

You can store Point, LineString, Polygon, MultiPoint, MultiLineString, MultiPolygon, and GeometryCollection geometries. In PostGIS 2.0 and above you can also store TINS and Polyhedral Surfaces in the basic geometry type. These are specified in the Open GIS Well Known Text Format (with Z, M, and ZM extensions). There are three data types currently supported. The standard OGC geometry data type which uses a planar coordinate system for measurement, the geography data type which uses a geodetic coordinate system, with calculations on either a sphere or spheroid. The newest family member of the PostGIS spatial type family is raster for storing and analyzing raster data. Raster has its very own FAQ. Refer to Chapter 10, Domande frequenti su PostGIS raster and Chapter 9, Raster Reference for more details.

3.7.

Sono confuso. Quale tipo di dati dovrei usare, quello geometrico o quello geografico?

Short Answer: geography is a newer data type that supports long range distances measurements, but most computations on it are slower than they are on geometry. If you use geography, you don't need to learn much about planar coordinate systems. Geography is generally best if all you care about is measuring distances and lengths and you have data from all over the world. Geometry data type is an older data type that has many more functions supporting it, enjoys greater support from third party tools, and operations on it are generally faster -- sometimes as much as 10 fold faster for larger geometries. Geometry is best if you are pretty comfortable with spatial reference systems or you are dealing with localized data where all your data fits in a single spatial reference system (SRID), or you need to do a lot of spatial processing. Note: It is fairly easy to do one-off conversions between the two types to gain the benefits of each. Refer to Section 14.11, “PostGIS Function Support Matrix” to see what is currently supported and what is not.

Risposta lunga: ti rimandiamo alla discussione più estesa Section 4.2.2, “When to use Geography Data type over Geometry data type” e matrice dei tipi di funzione.

3.8.

Ho altre domande più profonde sulla geografia, ad esempio qual è la massima dimensione di una regione geografica che posso inserire in una colonna di tipo geography per continuare ad avere risultati ragionevoli. Ci sono limitazioni ai poli, tutto deve essere in un unico emisfero (come per SQL Server 2008)?

Le tue domande sono troppo profonde e complesse per avere una risposta in questa sezione del documento. Ti rimandiamo alle nostre Section 4.2.3, “Geography Advanced FAQ”.

3.9.

Come posso inserire un oggetto GIS nel database?

Anzitutto devi creare una tabella con una colonna di tipo "geometry" o "geography" per contenere i dati GIS. Memorizzare i dati di tipo geografico e un po' diverso dal memorizzare dati geometrici. Ti rimandiamo a Section 4.2.1, “Geography Basics” per i dettagli sulla gestione dei dati geografici.

Per la geometria: collegati al database con psql e prova a eseguire il seguente codice SQL:

CREATE TABLE gtest ( gid serial primary key, name varchar(20)
        , geom geometry(LINESTRING) );

If the geometry column definition fails, you probably have not loaded the PostGIS functions and objects into this database or are using a pre-2.0 version of PostGIS. See the Section 2.4, “Compiling and Install from Source: Detailed”.

Fatto questo, puoi inserire una geometria nella tabella utilizzando un comando di INSERT SQL. L'oggetto GIS vero e proprio è formattato utilizzando le specifiche "well-known text" dell'OpenGIS Consortium:

INSERT INTO gtest (ID, NAME, GEOM)
VALUES (
  1,
  'First Geometry',
  ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(2 3,4 5,6 5,7 8)')
);

Per ulteriori informazioni su altri oggetti GIS, si rimanda alla guida di riferimento sugli oggetti.

Per visualizzare i dati GIS nella tabella:

SELECT id, name, ST_AsText(geom) AS geom FROM gtest;

Il valore restituito dovrebbe essere qualcosa tipo:

id | name           | geom
----+----------------+-----------------------------
  1 | First Geometry | LINESTRING(2 3,4 5,6 5,7 8) 
(1 row)

3.10.

Come posso creare una query spaziale?

Nello stesso modo in cui creeresti qualsiasi altra query per il database, come combinazione SQL di valori, funzioni e test booleani.

Per le query spaziali, è bene tenere a mente due aspetti: se esiste un indice spaziale che puoi utilizzare, e se stai eseguendo calcoli impegnativi su un grande numero di geometrie.

In generale, vorrai considerare l'uso dell'operatore di intersezione (&&) che verifica se le bounding box degli elementi si intersecano. La ragione per cui l'operatore &&) è utile è perché questo operatore ne farà uso, accelerando di molto le query.

Utilizzerai anche funzioni spaziali quali Distance(), ST_Intersects(), ST_Contains() and ST_Within(), tra le altre, per ridurre l'insieme dei risultati della ricerca. Molte interrogazioni spaziali comprendono sia un test legato a un indice, che un test spaziale. Il test legato all'indice serve a limitare il numero di tuple a quelle che potrebbero rispondere alle condizioni richieste. Le funzioni spaziali vanno poi a verificare in modo più esatto le condizioni.

SELECT id, the_geom 
FROM thetable 
WHERE 
  ST_Contains(the_geom,'POLYGON((0 0, 0 10, 10 10, 10 0, 0 0))');

3.11.

Come posso accelerare le query spaziali su grandi tabelle?

La velocità delle query su tabelle di grandi dimensioni è la raison d'etre dei database spaziali (assieme al supporto delle transazioni), per cui avere un buon indice è importante.

Per creare un indice spaziale per una tabella con colonna geometry , utilizza la funzione "CREATE INDEX" secono le istruzioni seguenti:

CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING GIST ( [geometrycolumn] );

L'opzione "USING GIST" dice al server di utilizzare un indice GiST (Generalized Search Tree).

[Note]

GiST indexes are assumed to be lossy. Lossy indexes uses a proxy object (in the spatial case, a bounding box) for building the index.

You should also ensure that the PostgreSQL query planner has enough information about your index to make rational decisions about when to use it. To do this, you have to "gather statistics" on your geometry tables.

Per PostgreSQL 8.0.x e versioni superiori, è sufficiente eseguire il comando VACUUM ANALYZE.

Per PostgreSQL 7.4.x e versioni precedenti, eseguite il comando SELECT UPDATE_GEOMETRY_STATS().

3.12.

Perché gli indici R-Tree di PostgreSQL non sono supportati?

Le prime versioni di PostGIS usavano gli indici R-Tree di PostgreSQL. Tuttavia questi sono stati completamente abbandonati a partire dalla versione 0.6, e l'indicizzazione spaziale viene fornita con un approccio R-Tree attraverso GiST.

I nostri test hanno mostrato che la velocità di ricerca per gli indici nativi con R-tree e quelli con GiST sono paragonabili. Gli indici nativi di PostgreSQL hanno due limitazioni che li rendono non desiderabili quando si tratta di elementi GIS (si noti che queste limitazioni sono dovute all'attuale implementazione degli indici R-Tree da parte di PostgreSQL e non al concetto di R-Tree in generale):

  • R-Tree indexes in PostgreSQL cannot handle features which are larger than 8K in size. GiST indexes can, using the "lossy" trick of substituting the bounding box for the feature itself.

  • Gli indici R-Tree di PostgreSQL non sono "a prova di NULL", per cui creare un indice su una colonna di geometria che contenga valori nulli non funzionerà.

3.13.

Perché dovrei usare la funzione AddGeometryColumn() e tutti gli altri elementi OpenGIS?

Se non volete utilizzare le funzioni di supporto per OpenGIS, non siete obbligati. E' sufficiente creare le tabelle come nelle versioni più vecchie, definendo le colonne per la geometria nel comando CREATE. Tutte le geometrie avranno uno SRID uguale a -1, e le tabelle con i metadati OpenGIS non saranno compilate correttamente. Tuttavia, ciò farà sì che la maggior parte delle applicazioni basate su PostGIS abbia problemi, e in genere è consigliabile usare AddGeometryColumn() per creare tabelle con la geometria.

MapServer è un'applicazione che fa uso dei medatati AddGeometryColumn()geometry_columns. In particolare, MapServer può utilizzare il valore SRID della colonna geometrica per eseguire riproiezioni cartografiche al volo.

3.14.

Qual è il modo migliore per trovare tutti gli oggetti entro un dato raggio da un altro oggetto?

Per utilizzare il database in modo efficiente, la cosa migliore è eseguire le query con un raggio assieme al test sulla bounding box: il test sulla bounding box ricorre all'indice spaziale, dando un accesso velocizzato a un sottoinsieme dei dati cui poi viene applicato il test sul raggio.

La funzione ST_DWithin(geometry, geometry, distance) è un sistema pratico per eseguire una ricerca per distanza indicizzata. Funziona creando un rettangolo di ricerca grande abbastanza da racchiudere il raggio di distanza specificato, e poi eseguendo una ricerca per distanza precisa sul sottoinsieme dei risultati, che viene indicizzato.

Per esempio, per trovare tutti gli oggetti entro 100 metri dal punto POINT(1000 1000), la seguente query funzionerebbe bene:

SELECT * FROM geotable 
WHERE ST_DWithin(geocolumn, 'POINT(1000 1000)', 100.0);

3.15.

Come posso eseguire una riproiezione di coordinate come parte di una query?

Per eseguire una riproiezione, sia il sistema di riferimento di coordinate di origine che quello di destinazione devono essere definiti nella tabella SPATIAL_REF_SYS, e le geometrie da riproiettare devono già avere uno SRID assegnato. Fatto questo, la riproiezione è semplice come riferirsi allo SRID desiderato per la destinazione. L'esempio proietta una geometria in NAD 83 long lat. Il caso sotto funzionerà solamente se lo SRID di the_geom non è -1 (il riferimento spaziale non deve essere indefinito).

SELECT ST_Transform(the_geom,4269) FROM geotable;

3.16.

Ho eseguito una ST_AsEWKT e ST_AsText su una geometria piuttosto grossa ed ho ottenuto un campo vuoto. Come mai?

Probabilmente stato usando PgAdmin o qualche altro strumento che non dà in uscita testi di grandi dimensioni. Se la vostra geometria è abbastanza grande, risulterà vuota in questi strumenti. Se dovete vederla o dovete vedere l'uscita in formato WKT potete usare PSQL,

--Per verificare il numero di geometrie che sono effettivamente vuote
                                SELECT count(gid) FROM geotable WHERE the_geom IS NULL;

3.17.

Quando eseguo ST_Intersects, mi dice che le mie due geometrie non si intersecano, mentre SO CHE LO FANNO. Come mai?

Ciò in genere accade in due casi frequenti. O la tua geometria non è valida (controlla ST_IsValid), oppure presumi che si intersechi perche ST_AsText esegue un troncamento dei numeri e hai molti decimali che non vengono mostrati.

3.18.

Sto rilasciando software che utilizza PostGIS. Significa che dovrà utilizzare per questo la licenza GPL come PostGIS? Dovrò pubblicare tutto il mio codice se uso PostGIS?

Quasi sicuramente no. Per esempio, considera un database Oracle su Linux. Linux è GPL. Oracle non lo è. L'Oracle che gira su Linux deve essere distribuito con licenza GPL? No. Pertanto il tuo software può utilizzare PostgreSQL/PostGIS quanto vuole, ed essere rilasciato sotto qualsiasi tipo di licenza.

L'unica eccezione sarebbe se hai eseguito delle modifiche al sorgente di PostGIS, e hai distribuito la versione modificata di PostGIS. In questo caso devi condividere il codice del PostGIS modificato (ma non il codice delle applicazioni che girano su questo). Anche in questo caso particolare, dovrai distribuire il codice sorgente a coloro cui hai distribuito i file binari. La licenza GPL non richiede che tu pubblichi il sorgente, ma solo che tu lo condivida con coloro a cui dai i file binari.

The above remains true even if you use PostGIS in conjunction with the optional CGAL-enabled functions. Portions of CGAL are GPL, but so is all of PostGIS already: using CGAL does not make PostGIS any more GPL than it was to start with.

Chapter 4. Using PostGIS: Data Management and Queries

4.1. GIS Objects

The GIS objects supported by PostGIS are a superset of the "Simple Features" defined by the OpenGIS Consortium (OGC). As of version 0.9, PostGIS supports all the objects and functions specified in the OGC "Simple Features for SQL" specification.

PostGIS extends the standard with support for 3DZ,3DM and 4D coordinates.

4.1.1. OpenGIS WKB and WKT

The OpenGIS specification defines two standard ways of expressing spatial objects: the Well-Known Text (WKT) form and the Well-Known Binary (WKB) form. Both WKT and WKB include information about the type of the object and the coordinates which form the object.

Examples of the text representations (WKT) of the spatial objects of the features are as follows:

  • POINT(0 0)

  • LINESTRING(0 0,1 1,1 2)

  • POLYGON((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0),(1 1, 2 1, 2 2, 1 2,1 1))

  • MULTIPOINT((0 0),(1 2))

  • MULTILINESTRING((0 0,1 1,1 2),(2 3,3 2,5 4))

  • MULTIPOLYGON(((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0),(1 1,2 1,2 2,1 2,1 1)), ((-1 -1,-1 -2,-2 -2,-2 -1,-1 -1)))

  • GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(2 3),LINESTRING(2 3,3 4))

The OpenGIS specification also requires that the internal storage format of spatial objects include a spatial referencing system identifier (SRID). The SRID is required when creating spatial objects for insertion into the database.

Input/Output of these formats are available using the following interfaces:

bytea WKB = ST_AsBinary(geometry);
text WKT = ST_AsText(geometry);
geometry = ST_GeomFromWKB(bytea WKB, SRID);
geometry = ST_GeometryFromText(text WKT, SRID);

For example, a valid insert statement to create and insert an OGC spatial object would be:

INSERT INTO geotable ( the_geom, the_name )
  VALUES ( ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-126.4 45.32)', 312), 'A Place');

4.1.2. PostGIS EWKB, EWKT and Canonical Forms

OGC formats only support 2d geometries, and the associated SRID is *never* embedded in the input/output representations.

PostGIS extended formats are currently superset of OGC one (every valid WKB/WKT is a valid EWKB/EWKT) but this might vary in the future, specifically if OGC comes out with a new format conflicting with our extensions. Thus you SHOULD NOT rely on this feature!

PostGIS EWKB/EWKT add 3dm,3dz,4d coordinates support and embedded SRID information.

Examples of the text representations (EWKT) of the extended spatial objects of the features are as follows.

  • POINT(0 0 0) -- XYZ

  • SRID=32632;POINT(0 0) -- XY with SRID

  • POINTM(0 0 0) -- XYM

  • POINT(0 0 0 0) -- XYZM

  • SRID=4326;MULTIPOINTM(0 0 0,1 2 1) -- XYM with SRID

  • MULTILINESTRING((0 0 0,1 1 0,1 2 1),(2 3 1,3 2 1,5 4 1))

  • POLYGON((0 0 0,4 0 0,4 4 0,0 4 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,2 1 0,2 2 0,1 2 0,1 1 0))

  • MULTIPOLYGON(((0 0 0,4 0 0,4 4 0,0 4 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,2 1 0,2 2 0,1 2 0,1 1 0)),((-1 -1 0,-1 -2 0,-2 -2 0,-2 -1 0,-1 -1 0)))

  • GEOMETRYCOLLECTIONM( POINTM(2 3 9), LINESTRINGM(2 3 4, 3 4 5) )

  • MULTICURVE( (0 0, 5 5), CIRCULARSTRING(4 0, 4 4, 8 4) )

  • POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )

  • TRIANGLE ((0 0, 0 9, 9 0, 0 0))

  • TIN( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 0 0 0)) )

Input/Output of these formats are available using the following interfaces:

bytea EWKB = ST_AsEWKB(geometry);
text EWKT = ST_AsEWKT(geometry);
geometry = ST_GeomFromEWKB(bytea EWKB);
geometry = ST_GeomFromEWKT(text EWKT);

For example, a valid insert statement to create and insert a PostGIS spatial object would be:

INSERT INTO geotable ( the_geom, the_name )
  VALUES ( ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=312;POINTM(-126.4 45.32 15)'), 'A Place' )

The "canonical forms" of a PostgreSQL type are the representations you get with a simple query (without any function call) and the one which is guaranteed to be accepted with a simple insert, update or copy. For the postgis 'geometry' type these are:

- Output
  - binary: EWKB
        ascii: HEXEWKB (EWKB in hex form)
- Input
  - binary: EWKB
        ascii: HEXEWKB|EWKT 

For example this statement reads EWKT and returns HEXEWKB in the process of canonical ascii input/output:

=# SELECT 'SRID=4;POINT(0 0)'::geometry;

geometry
----------------------------------------------------
01010000200400000000000000000000000000000000000000
(1 row)

4.1.3. SQL-MM Part 3

The SQL Multimedia Applications Spatial specification extends the simple features for SQL spec by defining a number of circularly interpolated curves.

The SQL-MM definitions include 3dm, 3dz and 4d coordinates, but do not allow the embedding of SRID information.

The well-known text extensions are not yet fully supported. Examples of some simple curved geometries are shown below:

  • CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 1 1, 1 0)

    CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0)

    The CIRCULARSTRING is the basic curve type, similar to a LINESTRING in the linear world. A single segment required three points, the start and end points (first and third) and any other point on the arc. The exception to this is for a closed circle, where the start and end points are the same. In this case the second point MUST be the center of the arc, ie the opposite side of the circle. To chain arcs together, the last point of the previous arc becomes the first point of the next arc, just like in LINESTRING. This means that a valid circular string must have an odd number of points greater than 1.

  • COMPOUNDCURVE(CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 1 1, 1 0),(1 0, 0 1))

    A compound curve is a single, continuous curve that has both curved (circular) segments and linear segments. That means that in addition to having well-formed components, the end point of every component (except the last) must be coincident with the start point of the following component.

  • CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0),(1 1, 3 3, 3 1, 1 1))

    Example compound curve in a curve polygon: CURVEPOLYGON(COMPOUNDCURVE(CIRCULARSTRING(0 0,2 0, 2 1, 2 3, 4 3),(4 3, 4 5, 1 4, 0 0)), CIRCULARSTRING(1.7 1, 1.4 0.4, 1.6 0.4, 1.6 0.5, 1.7 1) )

    A CURVEPOLYGON is just like a polygon, with an outer ring and zero or more inner rings. The difference is that a ring can take the form of a circular string, linear string or compound string.

    As of PostGIS 1.4 PostGIS supports compound curves in a curve polygon.

  • MULTICURVE((0 0, 5 5),CIRCULARSTRING(4 0, 4 4, 8 4))

    The MULTICURVE is a collection of curves, which can include linear strings, circular strings or compound strings.

  • MULTISURFACE(CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0),(1 1, 3 3, 3 1, 1 1)),((10 10, 14 12, 11 10, 10 10),(11 11, 11.5 11, 11 11.5, 11 11)))

    This is a collection of surfaces, which can be (linear) polygons or curve polygons.

[Note]

PostGIS prior to 1.4 does not support compound curves in a curve polygon, but PostGIS 1.4 and above do support the use of Compound Curves in a Curve Polygon.

[Note]

All floating point comparisons within the SQL-MM implementation are performed to a specified tolerance, currently 1E-8.

4.2. PostGIS Geography Type

The geography type provides native support for spatial features represented on "geographic" coordinates (sometimes called "geodetic" coordinates, or "lat/lon", or "lon/lat"). Geographic coordinates are spherical coordinates expressed in angular units (degrees).

The basis for the PostGIS geometry type is a plane. The shortest path between two points on the plane is a straight line. That means calculations on geometries (areas, distances, lengths, intersections, etc) can be calculated using cartesian mathematics and straight line vectors.

The basis for the PostGIS geographic type is a sphere. The shortest path between two points on the sphere is a great circle arc. That means that calculations on geographies (areas, distances, lengths, intersections, etc) must be calculated on the sphere, using more complicated mathematics. For more accurate measurements, the calculations must take the actual spheroidal shape of the world into account, and the mathematics becomes very complicated indeed.

Because the underlying mathematics is much more complicated, there are fewer functions defined for the geography type than for the geometry type. Over time, as new algorithms are added, the capabilities of the geography type will expand.

One restriction is that it only supports WGS 84 long lat (SRID:4326). It uses a new data type called geography. None of the GEOS functions support this new type. As a workaround one can convert back and forth between geometry and geography types.

The new geography type uses the PostgreSQL 8.3+ typmod definition format so that a table with a geography field can be added in a single step. All the standard OGC formats except for curves are supported.

4.2.1. Geography Basics

The geography type only supports the simplest of simple features. Standard geometry type data will autocast to geography if it is of SRID 4326. You can also use the EWKT and EWKB conventions to insert data.

  • POINT: Creating a table with 2d point geometry:

    CREATE TABLE testgeog(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, the_geog geography(POINT,4326) );

    Creating a table with z coordinate point

    CREATE TABLE testgeog(gid serial PRIMARY KEY, the_geog geography(POINTZ,4326) );
  • LINESTRING

  • POLYGON

  • MULTIPOINT

  • MULTILINESTRING

  • MULTIPOLYGON

  • GEOMETRYCOLLECTION

The new geography fields don't get registered in the geometry_columns. They get registered in a new view called geography_columns which is a view against the system catalogs so is always automatically kept up to date without need for an AddGeom... like function.

Now, check the "geography_columns" view and see that your table is listed.

You can create a new table with a GEOGRAPHY column using the CREATE TABLE syntax. Unlike GEOMETRY, there is no need to run a separate AddGeometryColumns() process to register the column in metadata.

CREATE TABLE global_points (
    id SERIAL PRIMARY KEY,
    name VARCHAR(64),
    location GEOGRAPHY(POINT,4326)
  );

Note that the location column has type GEOGRAPHY and that geography type supports two optional modifier: a type modifier that restricts the kind of shapes and dimensions allowed in the column; an SRID modifier that restricts the coordinate reference identifier to a particular number.

Allowable values for the type modifier are: POINT, LINESTRING, POLYGON, MULTIPOINT, MULTILINESTRING, MULTIPOLYGON. The modifier also supports dimensionality restrictions through suffixes: Z, M and ZM. So, for example a modifier of 'LINESTRINGM' would only allow line strings with three dimensions in, and would treat the third dimension as a measure. Similarly, 'POINTZM' would expect four dimensional data.

The SRID modifier is currently of limited use: only 4326 (WGS84) is allowed as a value. If you do not specify an SRID, the a value 0 (undefined spheroid) will be used, and all calculations will proceed using WGS84 anyways.

In the future, alternate SRIDs will allow calculations on spheroids other than WGS84.

Once you have created your table, you can see it in the GEOGRAPHY_COLUMNS table:

-- See the contents of the metadata view
SELECT * FROM geography_columns;

You can insert data into the table the same as you would if it was using a GEOMETRY column:

-- Add some data into the test table
INSERT INTO global_points (name, location) VALUES ('Town', ST_GeographyFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(-110 30)') );
INSERT INTO global_points (name, location) VALUES ('Forest', ST_GeographyFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(-109 29)') );
INSERT INTO global_points (name, location) VALUES ('London', ST_GeographyFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(0 49)') );

Creating an index works the same as GEOMETRY. PostGIS will note that the column type is GEOGRAPHY and create an appropriate sphere-based index instead of the usual planar index used for GEOMETRY.

-- Index the test table with a spherical index
  CREATE INDEX global_points_gix ON global_points USING GIST ( location );

Query and measurement functions use units of meters. So distance parameters should be expressed in meters, and return values should be expected in meters (or square meters for areas).

-- Show a distance query and note, London is outside the 1000km tolerance
  SELECT name FROM global_points WHERE ST_DWithin(location, ST_GeographyFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(-110 29)'), 1000000);

You can see the power of GEOGRAPHY in action by calculating the how close a plane flying from Seattle to London (LINESTRING(-122.33 47.606, 0.0 51.5)) comes to Reykjavik (POINT(-21.96 64.15)).

-- Distance calculation using GEOGRAPHY (122.2km)
  SELECT ST_Distance('LINESTRING(-122.33 47.606, 0.0 51.5)'::geography, 'POINT(-21.96 64.15)':: geography);

-- Distance calculation using GEOMETRY (13.3 "degrees")
  SELECT ST_Distance('LINESTRING(-122.33 47.606, 0.0 51.5)'::geometry, 'POINT(-21.96 64.15)':: geometry);

The GEOGRAPHY type calculates the true shortest distance over the sphere between Reykjavik and the great circle flight path between Seattle and London.

Great Circle mapper The GEOMETRY type calculates a meaningless cartesian distance between Reykjavik and the straight line path from Seattle to London plotted on a flat map of the world. The nominal units of the result might be called "degrees", but the result doesn't correspond to any true angular difference between the points, so even calling them "degrees" is inaccurate.

4.2.2. When to use Geography Data type over Geometry data type

The new GEOGRAPHY type allows you to store data in longitude/latitude coordinates, but at a cost: there are fewer functions defined on GEOGRAPHY than there are on GEOMETRY; those functions that are defined take more CPU time to execute.

The type you choose should be conditioned on the expected working area of the application you are building. Will your data span the globe or a large continental area, or is it local to a state, county or municipality?

  • If your data is contained in a small area, you might find that choosing an appropriate projection and using GEOMETRY is the best solution, in terms of performance and functionality available.

  • If your data is global or covers a continental region, you may find that GEOGRAPHY allows you to build a system without having to worry about projection details. You store your data in longitude/latitude, and use the functions that have been defined on GEOGRAPHY.

  • If you don't understand projections, and you don't want to learn about them, and you're prepared to accept the limitations in functionality available in GEOGRAPHY, then it might be easier for you to use GEOGRAPHY than GEOMETRY. Simply load your data up as longitude/latitude and go from there.

Refer to Section 14.11, “PostGIS Function Support Matrix” for compare between what is supported for Geography vs. Geometry. For a brief listing and description of Geography functions, refer to Section 14.4, “PostGIS Geography Support Functions”

4.2.3. Geography Advanced FAQ

4.2.3.1. Do you calculate on the sphere or the spheroid?
4.2.3.2. What about the date-line and the poles?
4.2.3.3. What is the longest arc you can process?
4.2.3.4. Why is it so slow to calculate the area of Europe / Russia / insert big geographic region here ?

4.2.3.1.

Do you calculate on the sphere or the spheroid?

By default, all distance and area calculations are done on the spheroid. You should find that the results of calculations in local areas match up will with local planar results in good local projections. Over larger areas, the spheroidal calculations will be more accurate than any calculation done on a projected plane.

All the geography functions have the option of using a sphere calculation, by setting a final boolean parameter to 'FALSE'. This will somewhat speed up calculations, particularly for cases where the geometries are very simple.

4.2.3.2.

What about the date-line and the poles?

All the calculations have no conception of date-line or poles, the coordinates are spherical (longitude/latitude) so a shape that crosses the dateline is, from a calculation point of view, no different from any other shape.

4.2.3.3.

What is the longest arc you can process?

We use great circle arcs as the "interpolation line" between two points. That means any two points are actually joined up two ways, depending on which direction you travel along the great circle. All our code assumes that the points are joined by the *shorter* of the two paths along the great circle. As a consequence, shapes that have arcs of more than 180 degrees will not be correctly modelled.

4.2.3.4.

Why is it so slow to calculate the area of Europe / Russia / insert big geographic region here ?

Because the polygon is so darned huge! Big areas are bad for two reasons: their bounds are huge, so the index tends to pull the feature no matter what query you run; the number of vertices is huge, and tests (distance, containment) have to traverse the vertex list at least once and sometimes N times (with N being the number of vertices in the other candidate feature).

As with GEOMETRY, we recommend that when you have very large polygons, but are doing queries in small areas, you "denormalize" your geometric data into smaller chunks so that the index can effectively subquery parts of the object and so queries don't have to pull out the whole object every time. Just because you *can* store all of Europe in one polygon doesn't mean you *should*.

4.3. Using OpenGIS Standards

The OpenGIS "Simple Features Specification for SQL" defines standard GIS object types, the functions required to manipulate them, and a set of meta-data tables. In order to ensure that meta-data remain consistent, operations such as creating and removing a spatial column are carried out through special procedures defined by OpenGIS.

There are two OpenGIS meta-data tables: SPATIAL_REF_SYS and GEOMETRY_COLUMNS. The SPATIAL_REF_SYS table holds the numeric IDs and textual descriptions of coordinate systems used in the spatial database.

4.3.1. The SPATIAL_REF_SYS Table and Spatial Reference Systems

The spatial_ref_sys table is a PostGIS included and OGC compliant database table that lists over 3000 known spatial reference systems and details needed to transform/reproject between them.

Although the PostGIS spatial_ref_sys table contains over 3000 of the more commonly used spatial reference system definitions that can be handled by the proj library, it does not contain all known to man and you can even define your own custom projection if you are familiar with proj4 constructs. Keep in mind that most spatial reference systems are regional and have no meaning when used outside of the bounds they were intended for.

An excellent resource for finding spatial reference systems not defined in the core set is http://spatialreference.org/

Some of the more commonly used spatial reference systems are: 4326 - WGS 84 Long Lat, 4269 - NAD 83 Long Lat, 3395 - WGS 84 World Mercator, 2163 - US National Atlas Equal Area, Spatial reference systems for each NAD 83, WGS 84 UTM zone - UTM zones are one of the most ideal for measurement, but only cover 6-degree regions.

Various US state plane spatial reference systems (meter or feet based) - usually one or 2 exists per US state. Most of the meter ones are in the core set, but many of the feet based ones or ESRI created ones you will need to pull from spatialreference.org.

For details on determining which UTM zone to use for your area of interest, check out the utmzone PostGIS plpgsql helper function.

The SPATIAL_REF_SYS table definition is as follows:

CREATE TABLE spatial_ref_sys (
  srid       INTEGER NOT NULL PRIMARY KEY,
  auth_name  VARCHAR(256),
  auth_srid  INTEGER,
  srtext     VARCHAR(2048),
  proj4text  VARCHAR(2048)
)

The SPATIAL_REF_SYS columns are as follows:

SRID

An integer value that uniquely identifies the Spatial Referencing System (SRS) within the database.

AUTH_NAME

The name of the standard or standards body that is being cited for this reference system. For example, "EPSG" would be a valid AUTH_NAME.

AUTH_SRID

The ID of the Spatial Reference System as defined by the Authority cited in the AUTH_NAME. In the case of EPSG, this is where the EPSG projection code would go.

SRTEXT

The Well-Known Text representation of the Spatial Reference System. An example of a WKT SRS representation is:

PROJCS["NAD83 / UTM Zone 10N",
  GEOGCS["NAD83",
        DATUM["North_American_Datum_1983",
          SPHEROID["GRS 1980",6378137,298.257222101]
        ],
        PRIMEM["Greenwich",0],
        UNIT["degree",0.0174532925199433]
  ],
  PROJECTION["Transverse_Mercator"],
  PARAMETER["latitude_of_origin",0],
  PARAMETER["central_meridian",-123],
  PARAMETER["scale_factor",0.9996],
  PARAMETER["false_easting",500000],
  PARAMETER["false_northing",0],
  UNIT["metre",1]
]

For a listing of EPSG projection codes and their corresponding WKT representations, see http://www.opengeospatial.org/. For a discussion of WKT in general, see the OpenGIS "Coordinate Transformation Services Implementation Specification" at http://www.opengeospatial.org/standards. For information on the European Petroleum Survey Group (EPSG) and their database of spatial reference systems, see http://www.epsg.org.

PROJ4TEXT

PostGIS uses the Proj4 library to provide coordinate transformation capabilities. The PROJ4TEXT column contains the Proj4 coordinate definition string for a particular SRID. For example:

+proj=utm +zone=10 +ellps=clrk66 +datum=NAD27 +units=m

For more information about, see the Proj4 web site at http://trac.osgeo.org/proj/. The spatial_ref_sys.sql file contains both SRTEXT and PROJ4TEXT definitions for all EPSG projections.

4.3.2. The GEOMETRY_COLUMNS VIEW

In versions of PostGIS prior to 2.0.0, geometry_columns was a table that could be directly edited, and sometimes got out of synch with the actual definition of the geometry columns. In PostGIS 2.0.0, GEOMETRY_COLUMNS became a view with the same front-facing structure as prior versions, but reading from database system catalogs Its structure is as follows:

\d geometry_columns
View "public.geometry_columns"
      Column       |          Type          | Modifiers
-------------------+------------------------+-----------
 f_table_catalog   | character varying(256) |
 f_table_schema    | character varying(256) |
 f_table_name      | character varying(256) |
 f_geometry_column | character varying(256) |
 coord_dimension   | integer                |
 srid              | integer                |
 type              | character varying(30)  |

The column meanings have not changed from prior versions and are:

F_TABLE_CATALOG, F_TABLE_SCHEMA, F_TABLE_NAME

The fully qualified name of the feature table containing the geometry column. Note that the terms "catalog" and "schema" are Oracle-ish. There is not PostgreSQL analogue of "catalog" so that column is left blank -- for "schema" the PostgreSQL schema name is used (public is the default).

F_GEOMETRY_COLUMN

The name of the geometry column in the feature table.

COORD_DIMENSION

The spatial dimension (2, 3 or 4 dimensional) of the column.

SRID

The ID of the spatial reference system used for the coordinate geometry in this table. It is a foreign key reference to the SPATIAL_REF_SYS.

TYPE

The type of the spatial object. To restrict the spatial column to a single type, use one of: POINT, LINESTRING, POLYGON, MULTIPOINT, MULTILINESTRING, MULTIPOLYGON, GEOMETRYCOLLECTION or corresponding XYM versions POINTM, LINESTRINGM, POLYGONM, MULTIPOINTM, MULTILINESTRINGM, MULTIPOLYGONM, GEOMETRYCOLLECTIONM. For heterogeneous (mixed-type) collections, you can use "GEOMETRY" as the type.

[Note]

This attribute is (probably) not part of the OpenGIS specification, but is required for ensuring type homogeneity.

4.3.3. Creating a Spatial Table

Creating a table with spatial data, can be done in one step. As shown in the following example which creates a roads table with a 2D linestring geometry column in WGS84 long lat

CREATE TABLE ROADS ( ID int4
                , ROAD_NAME varchar(25), geom geometry(LINESTRING,4326) );

We can add additional columns using standard ALTER TABLE command as we do in this next example where we add a 3-D linestring.

ALTER TABLE roads ADD COLUMN geom2 geometry(LINESTRINGZ,4326);

For backwards compability, you can still create a spatial table in two stages using the management functions.

  • Create a normal non-spatial table.

    For example: CREATE TABLE ROADS ( ID int4, ROAD_NAME varchar(25) )

  • Add a spatial column to the table using the OpenGIS "AddGeometryColumn" function. Refer to AddGeometryColumn for more details.

    The syntax is:

    AddGeometryColumn(
      <schema_name>,
      <table_name>,
      <column_name>,
      <srid>,
      <type>,
      <dimension>
    )

    Or, using current schema:

    AddGeometryColumn(
      <table_name>,
      <column_name>,
      <srid>,
      <type>,
      <dimension>
    )

    Example1: SELECT AddGeometryColumn('public', 'roads', 'geom', 423, 'LINESTRING', 2)

    Example2: SELECT AddGeometryColumn( 'roads', 'geom', 423, 'LINESTRING', 2)

Here is an example of SQL used to create a table and add a spatial column (assuming that an SRID of 128 exists already):

CREATE TABLE parks (
  park_id    INTEGER,
  park_name  VARCHAR,
  park_date  DATE,
  park_type  VARCHAR
);
SELECT AddGeometryColumn('parks', 'park_geom', 128, 'MULTIPOLYGON', 2 );

Here is another example, using the generic "geometry" type and the undefined SRID value of 0:

CREATE TABLE roads (
  road_id INTEGER,
  road_name VARCHAR
);
SELECT AddGeometryColumn( 'roads', 'roads_geom', 0, 'GEOMETRY', 3 );

4.3.4. Manually Registering Geometry Columns in geometry_columns

The AddGeometryColumn() approach creates a geometry column of specified type. This type and dimension are queryable from the geometry_columns view. Starting with PostGIS 2.0, geometry_columns is no longer editable and all geometry columns are autoregistered.

If your geometry columns were created as generic in a table or view and no constraints applied, they will not have a dimension, type or srid in geometry_columns views, but will still be listed.

Two of the cases where this may happen, but you can't use AddGeometryColumn, is in the case of SQL Views and bulk inserts. For bulk insert case, you can correct the registration in the geometry_columns table by constraining the column or doing an alter table. For views, you could expose using a CAST operation. Note in PostGIS 2.0+ if your column is typmod based, the creation process would register it correctly, so no need to do anything. Also views that have no spatial function applied to the geometry will register the same as the underlying table geometry column.

--Lets say you have a view created like this
CREATE VIEW  public.vwmytablemercator AS
        SELECT gid, ST_Transform(geom,3395) As geom, f_name
        FROM public.mytable;

-- For it to register correctly in PostGIS 2.0+
-- You need to cast the geometry
--
DROP VIEW public.vwmytablemercator;
CREATE VIEW  public.vwmytablemercator AS
        SELECT gid, ST_Transform(geom,3395)::geometry(Geometry, 3395) As geom, f_name
        FROM public.mytable;

-- If you know the geometry type for sure is a 2D POLYGON then you could do
DROP VIEW public.vwmytablemercator;
CREATE VIEW  public.vwmytablemercator AS
        SELECT gid, ST_Transform(geom,3395)::geometry(Polygon, 3395) As geom, f_name
        FROM public.mytable;
--Lets say you created a derivative table by doing a bulk insert
SELECT poi.gid, poi.geom, citybounds.city_name
INTO myschema.my_special_pois
FROM poi INNER JOIN citybounds ON ST_Intersects(citybounds.geom, poi.geom);

--Create 2d index on new table
CREATE INDEX idx_myschema_myspecialpois_geom_gist
  ON myschema.my_special_pois USING gist(geom);

-- If your points are 3D points or 3M points,
-- then you might want to create an nd index instead of a 2d index
-- like so
CREATE INDEX my_special_pois_geom_gist_nd
        ON my_special_pois USING gist(geom gist_geometry_ops_nd);

--To manually register this new table's geometry column in geometry_columns
-- Note that this approach will work for both PostGIS 2.0+ and PostGIS 1.4+
-- For PostGIS 2.0 it will also change the underlying structure of the table to
-- to make the column typmod based.
-- For PostGIS prior to 2.0, this technique can also be used to register views
SELECT populate_geometry_columns('myschema.my_special_pois'::regclass);

--If you are using PostGIS 2.0 and for whatever reason, you
-- you need the old constraint based definition behavior
-- (such as case of inherited tables where all children do not have the same type and srid)
-- set new optional  use_typmod argument to false
SELECT populate_geometry_columns('myschema.my_special_pois'::regclass, false); 

Although the old-constraint based method is still supported, a constraint-based geometry column used directly in a view, will not register correctly in geometry_columns, as will a typmod one. In this example we define a column using typmod and another using constraints.

CREATE TABLE pois_ny(gid SERIAL PRIMARY KEY
   , poi_name text, cat varchar(20)
   , geom geometry(POINT,4326) );
SELECT AddGeometryColumn('pois_ny', 'geom_2160', 2160, 'POINT', 2, false);

If we run in psql

\d pois_ny;

We observe they are defined differently -- one is typmod, one is constraint

Table "public.pois_ny"
  Column   |         Type          |                       Modifiers

-----------+-----------------------+------------------------------------------------------
 gid       | integer               | not null default nextval('pois_ny_gid_seq'::regclass)
 poi_name  | text                  |
 cat       | character varying(20) |
 geom      | geometry(Point,4326)  |
 geom_2160 | geometry              |
Indexes:
    "pois_ny_pkey" PRIMARY KEY, btree (gid)
Check constraints:
    "enforce_dims_geom_2160" CHECK (st_ndims(geom_2160) = 2)
    "enforce_geotype_geom_2160" CHECK (geometrytype(geom_2160) = 'POINT'::text
        OR geom_2160 IS NULL)
    "enforce_srid_geom_2160" CHECK (st_srid(geom_2160) = 2160)

In geometry_columns, they both register correctly

SELECT f_table_name, f_geometry_column, srid, type
        FROM geometry_columns
        WHERE f_table_name = 'pois_ny';
f_table_name | f_geometry_column | srid | type
-------------+-------------------+------+-------
pois_ny      | geom              | 4326 | POINT
pois_ny      | geom_2160         | 2160 | POINT

However -- if we were to create a view like this

CREATE VIEW vw_pois_ny_parks AS
SELECT *
  FROM pois_ny
  WHERE cat='park';

SELECT f_table_name, f_geometry_column, srid, type
        FROM geometry_columns
        WHERE f_table_name = 'vw_pois_ny_parks';

The typmod based geom view column registers correctly, but the constraint based one does not.

f_table_name   | f_geometry_column | srid |   type
------------------+-------------------+------+----------
 vw_pois_ny_parks | geom              | 4326 | POINT
 vw_pois_ny_parks | geom_2160         |    0 | GEOMETRY

This may change in future versions of PostGIS, but for now To force the constraint based view column to register correctly, we need to do this:

DROP VIEW vw_pois_ny_parks;
CREATE VIEW vw_pois_ny_parks AS
SELECT gid, poi_name, cat
  , geom
  , geom_2160::geometry(POINT,2160) As geom_2160
  FROM pois_ny
  WHERE cat='park';
SELECT f_table_name, f_geometry_column, srid, type
        FROM geometry_columns
        WHERE f_table_name = 'vw_pois_ny_parks';
f_table_name   | f_geometry_column | srid | type
------------------+-------------------+------+-------
 vw_pois_ny_parks | geom              | 4326 | POINT
 vw_pois_ny_parks | geom_2160         | 2160 | POINT

4.3.5. Ensuring OpenGIS compliancy of geometries

PostGIS is compliant with the Open Geospatial Consortium’s (OGC) OpenGIS Specifications. As such, many PostGIS methods require, or more accurately, assume that geometries that are operated on are both simple and valid. For example, it does not make sense to calculate the area of a polygon that has a hole defined outside of the polygon, or to construct a polygon from a non-simple boundary line.

According to the OGC Specifications, a simple geometry is one that has no anomalous geometric points, such as self intersection or self tangency and primarily refers to 0 or 1-dimensional geometries (i.e. [MULTI]POINT, [MULTI]LINESTRING). Geometry validity, on the other hand, primarily refers to 2-dimensional geometries (i.e. [MULTI]POLYGON) and defines the set of assertions that characterizes a valid polygon. The description of each geometric class includes specific conditions that further detail geometric simplicity and validity.

A POINT is inheritably simple as a 0-dimensional geometry object.

MULTIPOINTs are simple if no two coordinates (POINTs) are equal (have identical coordinate values).

A LINESTRING is simple if it does not pass through the same POINT twice (except for the endpoints, in which case it is referred to as a linear ring and additionally considered closed).

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

(a) and (c) are simple LINESTRINGs, (b) and (d) are not.

A MULTILINESTRING is simple only if all of its elements are simple and the only intersection between any two elements occurs at POINTs that are on the boundaries of both elements.

(e)

(f)

(g)

(e) and (f) are simple MULTILINESTRINGs, (g) is not.

By definition, a POLYGON is always simple. It is valid if no two rings in the boundary (made up of an exterior ring and interior rings) cross. The boundary of a POLYGON may intersect at a POINT but only as a tangent (i.e. not on a line). A POLYGON may not have cut lines or spikes and the interior rings must be contained entirely within the exterior ring.

(h)

(i)

(j)

(k)

(l)

(m)

(h) and (i) are valid POLYGONs, (j-m) cannot be represented as single POLYGONs, but (j) and (m) could be represented as a valid MULTIPOLYGON.

A MULTIPOLYGON is valid if and only if all of its elements are valid and the interiors of no two elements intersect. The boundaries of any two elements may touch, but only at a finite number of POINTs.

(n)

(o)

(p)

(n) and (o) are not valid MULTIPOLYGONs. (p), however, is valid.

Most of the functions implemented by the GEOS library rely on the assumption that your geometries are valid as specified by the OpenGIS Simple Feature Specification. To check simplicity or validity of geometries you can use the ST_IsSimple() and ST_IsValid()

-- Typically, it doesn't make sense to check
-- for validity on linear features since it will always return TRUE.
-- But in this example, PostGIS extends the definition of the OGC IsValid
-- by returning false if a LineString has less than 2 *distinct* vertices.
gisdb=# SELECT
   ST_IsValid('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'),
   ST_IsValid('LINESTRING(0 0, 0 0, 0 0)');

 st_isvalid | st_isvalid
------------+-----------
      t     |     f

By default, PostGIS does not apply this validity check on geometry input, because testing for validity needs lots of CPU time for complex geometries, especially polygons. If you do not trust your data sources, you can manually enforce such a check to your tables by adding a check constraint:

ALTER TABLE mytable
  ADD CONSTRAINT geometry_valid_check
        CHECK (ST_IsValid(the_geom));

If you encounter any strange error messages such as "GEOS Intersection() threw an error!" or "JTS Intersection() threw an error!" when calling PostGIS functions with valid input geometries, you likely found an error in either PostGIS or one of the libraries it uses, and you should contact the PostGIS developers. The same is true if a PostGIS function returns an invalid geometry for valid input.

[Note]

Strictly compliant OGC geometries cannot have Z or M values. The ST_IsValid() function won't consider higher dimensioned geometries invalid! Invocations of AddGeometryColumn() will add a constraint checking geometry dimensions, so it is enough to specify 2 there.

4.3.6. Dimensionally Extended 9 Intersection Model (DE-9IM)

It is sometimes the case that the typical spatial predicates (ST_Contains, ST_Crosses, ST_Intersects, ST_Touches, ...) are insufficient in and of themselves to adequately provide that desired spatial filter.

For example, consider a linear dataset representing a road network. It may be the task of a GIS analyst to identify all road segments that cross each other, not at a point, but on a line, perhaps invalidating some business rule. In this case, ST_Crosses does not adequately provide the necessary spatial filter since, for linear features, it returns true only where they cross at a point.

One two-step solution might be to first perform the actual intersection (ST_Intersection) of pairs of road segments that spatially intersect (ST_Intersects), and then compare the intersection's ST_GeometryType with 'LINESTRING' (properly dealing with cases that return GEOMETRYCOLLECTIONs of [MULTI]POINTs, [MULTI]LINESTRINGs, etc.).

A more elegant / faster solution may indeed be desirable.

A second [theoretical] example may be that of a GIS analyst trying to locate all wharfs or docks that intersect a lake's boundary on a line and where only one end of the wharf is up on shore. In other words, where a wharf is within, but not completely within a lake, intersecting the boundary of a lake on a line, and where the wharf's endpoints are both completely within and on the boundary of the lake. The analyst may need to use a combination of spatial predicates to isolate the sought after features:

So enters the Dimensionally Extended 9 Intersection Model, or DE-9IM for short.

4.3.6.1. Theory

According to the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL, "the basic approach to comparing two geometries is to make pair-wise tests of the intersections between the Interiors, Boundaries and Exteriors of the two geometries and to classify the relationship between the two geometries based on the entries in the resulting 'intersection' matrix."

Boundary

The boundary of a geometry is the set of geometries of the next lower dimension. For POINTs, which have a dimension of 0, the boundary is the empty set. The boundary of a LINESTRING are the two endpoints. For POLYGONs, the boundary is the linework that make up the exterior and interior rings.

Interior

The interior of a geometry are those points of a geometry that are left when the boundary is removed. For POINTs, the interior is the POINT itself. The interior of a LINESTRING are the set of real points between the endpoints. For POLYGONs, the interior is the areal surface inside the polygon.

Exterior

The exterior of a geometry is the universe, an areal surface, not on the interior or boundary of the geometry.

Given geometry a, where the I(a), B(a), and E(a) are the Interior, Boundary, and Exterior of a, the mathematical representation of the matrix is:

 InteriorBoundaryExterior
Interiordim( I(a) ∩ I(b) )dim( I(a) ∩ B(b) )dim( I(a) ∩ E(b) )
Boundarydim( B(a) ∩ I(b) )dim( B(a) ∩ B(b) )dim( B(a) ∩ E(b) )
Exteriordim( E(a) ∩ I(b) )dim( E(a) ∩ B(b) )dim( E(a) ∩ E(b) )

Where dim(a) is the dimension of a as specified by ST_Dimension but has the domain of {0,1,2,T,F,*}

  • 0 => point

  • 1 => line

  • 2 => area

  • T => {0,1,2}

  • F => empty set

  • * => don't care

Visually, for two overlapping polygonal geometries, this looks like:

 

 InteriorBoundaryExterior
Interior

dim(...) = 2

dim(...) = 1

dim(...) = 2

Boundary

dim(...) = 1

dim(...) = 0

dim(...) = 1

Exterior

dim(...) = 2

dim(...) = 1

dim(...) = 2

Read from left to right and from top to bottom, the dimensional matrix is represented, '212101212'.

A relate matrix that would therefore represent our first example of two lines that intersect on a line would be: '1*1***1**'

-- Identify road segments that cross on a line
SELECT a.id
FROM roads a, roads b
WHERE a.id != b.id
AND a.geom && b.geom
AND ST_Relate(a.geom, b.geom, '1*1***1**');

A relate matrix that represents the second example of wharfs partly on the lake's shoreline would be '102101FF2'

-- Identify wharfs partly on a lake's shoreline
SELECT a.lake_id, b.wharf_id
FROM lakes a, wharfs b
WHERE a.geom && b.geom
AND ST_Relate(a.geom, b.geom, '102101FF2');

For more information or reading, see:

4.4. Loading GIS (Vector) Data

Once you have created a spatial table, you are ready to upload GIS data to the database. Currently, there are two ways to get data into a PostGIS/PostgreSQL database: using formatted SQL statements or using the Shape file loader/dumper.

4.4.1. Loading Data Using SQL

If you can convert your data to a text representation, then using formatted SQL might be the easiest way to get your data into PostGIS. As with Oracle and other SQL databases, data can be bulk loaded by piping a large text file full of SQL "INSERT" statements into the SQL terminal monitor.

A data upload file (roads.sql for example) might look like this:

BEGIN;
INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name)
  VALUES (1,ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(191232 243118,191108 243242)',-1),'Jeff Rd');
INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name)
  VALUES (2,ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(189141 244158,189265 244817)',-1),'Geordie Rd');
INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name)
  VALUES (3,ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(192783 228138,192612 229814)',-1),'Paul St');
INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name)
  VALUES (4,ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(189412 252431,189631 259122)',-1),'Graeme Ave');
INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name)
  VALUES (5,ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(190131 224148,190871 228134)',-1),'Phil Tce');
INSERT INTO roads (road_id, roads_geom, road_name)
  VALUES (6,ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(198231 263418,198213 268322)',-1),'Dave Cres');
COMMIT;

The data file can be piped into PostgreSQL very easily using the "psql" SQL terminal monitor:

psql -d [database] -f roads.sql

4.4.2. shp2pgsql: Using the ESRI Shapefile Loader

The shp2pgsql data loader converts ESRI Shape files into SQL suitable for insertion into a PostGIS/PostgreSQL database either in geometry or geography format. The loader has several operating modes distinguished by command line flags:

In addition to the shp2pgsql command-line loader, there is an shp2pgsql-gui graphical interface with most of the options as the command-line loader, but may be easier to use for one-off non-scripted loading or if you are new to PostGIS. It can also be configured as a plugin to PgAdminIII.

(c|a|d|p) These are mutually exclusive options:

-c

Creates a new table and populates it from the shapefile. This is the default mode.

-a

Appends data from the Shape file into the database table. Note that to use this option to load multiple files, the files must have the same attributes and same data types.

-d

Drops the database table before creating a new table with the data in the Shape file.

-p

Only produces the table creation SQL code, without adding any actual data. This can be used if you need to completely separate the table creation and data loading steps.

-?

Display help screen.

-D

Use the PostgreSQL "dump" format for the output data. This can be combined with -a, -c and -d. It is much faster to load than the default "insert" SQL format. Use this for very large data sets.

-s [<FROM_SRID%gt;:]<SRID>

Creates and populates the geometry tables with the specified SRID. Optionally specifies that the input shapefile uses the given FROM_SRID, in which case the geometries will be reprojected to the target SRID. FROM_SRID cannot be specified with -D.

-k

Keep identifiers' case (column, schema and attributes). Note that attributes in Shapefile are all UPPERCASE.

-i

Coerce all integers to standard 32-bit integers, do not create 64-bit bigints, even if the DBF header signature appears to warrant it.

-I

Create a GiST index on the geometry column.

-m

-m a_file_name Specify a file containing a set of mappings of (long) column names to 10 character DBF column names. The content of the file is one or more lines of two names separated by white space and no trailing or leading space. For example:

COLUMNNAME DBFFIELD1
AVERYLONGCOLUMNNAME DBFFIELD2

-S

Generate simple geometries instead of MULTI geometries. Will only succeed if all the geometries are actually single (I.E. a MULTIPOLYGON with a single shell, or or a MULTIPOINT with a single vertex).

-t <dimensionality>

Force the output geometry to have the specified dimensionality. Use the following strings to indicate the dimensionality: 2D, 3DZ, 3DM, 4D.

If the input has fewer dimensions that specified, the output will have those dimensions filled in with zeroes. If the input has more dimensions that specified, the unwanted dimensions will be stripped.

-w

Output WKT format, instead of WKB. Note that this can introduce coordinate drifts due to loss of precision.

-e

Execute each statement on its own, without using a transaction. This allows loading of the majority of good data when there are some bad geometries that generate errors. Note that this cannot be used with the -D flag as the "dump" format always uses a transaction.

-W <encoding>

Specify encoding of the input data (dbf file). When used, all attributes of the dbf are converted from the specified encoding to UTF8. The resulting SQL output will contain a SET CLIENT_ENCODING to UTF8 command, so that the backend will be able to reconvert from UTF8 to whatever encoding the database is configured to use internally.

-N <policy>

NULL geometries handling policy (insert*,skip,abort)

-n

-n Only import DBF file. If your data has no corresponding shapefile, it will automatically switch to this mode and load just the dbf. So setting this flag is only needed if you have a full shapefile set, and you only want the attribute data and no geometry.

-G

Use geography type instead of geometry (requires lon/lat data) in WGS84 long lat (SRID=4326)

-T <tablespace>

Specify the tablespace for the new table. Indexes will still use the default tablespace unless the -X parameter is also used. The PostgreSQL documentation has a good description on when to use custom tablespaces.

-X <tablespace>

Specify the tablespace for the new table's indexes. This applies to the primary key index, and the GIST spatial index if -I is also used.

An example session using the loader to create an input file and uploading it might look like this:

# shp2pgsql -c -D -s 4269 -i -I shaperoads.shp myschema.roadstable > roads.sql
# psql -d roadsdb -f roads.sql

A conversion and upload can be done all in one step using UNIX pipes:

# shp2pgsql shaperoads.shp myschema.roadstable | psql -d roadsdb

4.5. Retrieving GIS Data

Data can be extracted from the database using either SQL or the Shape file loader/dumper. In the section on SQL we will discuss some of the operators available to do comparisons and queries on spatial tables.

4.5.1. Using SQL to Retrieve Data

The most straightforward means of pulling data out of the database is to use a SQL select query to reduce the number of RECORDS and COLUMNS returned and dump the resulting columns into a parsable text file:

db=# SELECT road_id, ST_AsText(road_geom) AS geom, road_name FROM roads;

road_id | geom                                    | road_name
--------+-----------------------------------------+-----------
          1 | LINESTRING(191232 243118,191108 243242) | Jeff Rd
          2 | LINESTRING(189141 244158,189265 244817) | Geordie Rd
          3 | LINESTRING(192783 228138,192612 229814) | Paul St
          4 | LINESTRING(189412 252431,189631 259122) | Graeme Ave
          5 | LINESTRING(190131 224148,190871 228134) | Phil Tce
          6 | LINESTRING(198231 263418,198213 268322) | Dave Cres
          7 | LINESTRING(218421 284121,224123 241231) | Chris Way
(6 rows)

However, there will be times when some kind of restriction is necessary to cut down the number of fields returned. In the case of attribute-based restrictions, just use the same SQL syntax as normal with a non-spatial table. In the case of spatial restrictions, the following operators are available/useful:

&&

This operator tells whether the bounding box of one geometry intersects the bounding box of another.

ST_OrderingEquals

This tests whether two geometries are geometrically identical. For example, if 'POLYGON((0 0,1 1,1 0,0 0))' is the same as 'POLYGON((0 0,1 1,1 0,0 0))' (it is).

=

This operator is a little more naive, it only tests whether the bounding boxes of two geometries are the same.

Next, you can use these operators in queries. Note that when specifying geometries and boxes on the SQL command line, you must explicitly turn the string representations into geometries by using the "ST_GeomFromText()" function. The 312 is a fictitious spatial reference system that matches our data. So, for example:

SELECT road_id, road_name
  FROM roads
  WHERE ST_OrderingEquals(roads_geom , ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(191232 243118,191108 243242)',312) ) ;

The above query would return the single record from the "ROADS_GEOM" table in which the geometry was equal to that value.

When using the "&&" operator, you can specify either a BOX3D as the comparison feature or a GEOMETRY. When you specify a GEOMETRY, however, its bounding box will be used for the comparison.

SELECT road_id, road_name
FROM roads
WHERE roads_geom && ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((...))',312);

The above query will use the bounding box of the polygon for comparison purposes.

The most common spatial query will probably be a "frame-based" query, used by client software, like data browsers and web mappers, to grab a "map frame" worth of data for display. Using a "BOX3D" object for the frame, such a query looks like this:

SELECT ST_AsText(roads_geom) AS geom
FROM roads
WHERE
  roads_geom && ST_MakeEnvelope(191232, 243117,191232, 243119,312);

Note the use of the SRID 312, to specify the projection of the envelope.

4.5.2. Using the Dumper

The pgsql2shp table dumper connects directly to the database and converts a table (possibly defined by a query) into a shape file. The basic syntax is:

pgsql2shp [<options>] <database> [<schema>.]<table>
pgsql2shp [<options>] <database> <query>

The commandline options are:

-f <filename>

Write the output to a particular filename.

-h <host>

The database host to connect to.

-p <port>

The port to connect to on the database host.

-P <password>

The password to use when connecting to the database.

-u <user>

The username to use when connecting to the database.

-g <geometry column>

In the case of tables with multiple geometry columns, the geometry column to use when writing the shape file.

-b

Use a binary cursor. This will make the operation faster, but will not work if any NON-geometry attribute in the table lacks a cast to text.

-r

Raw mode. Do not drop the gid field, or escape column names.

-d

For backward compatibility: write a 3-dimensional shape file when dumping from old (pre-1.0.0) postgis databases (the default is to write a 2-dimensional shape file in that case). Starting from postgis-1.0.0+, dimensions are fully encoded.

-m filename

Remap identifiers to ten character names. The content of the file is lines of two symbols separated by a single white space and no trailing or leading space: VERYLONGSYMBOL SHORTONE ANOTHERVERYLONGSYMBOL SHORTER etc.

4.6. Building Indexes

Indexes are what make using a spatial database for large data sets possible. Without indexing, any search for a feature would require a "sequential scan" of every record in the database. Indexing speeds up searching by organizing the data into a search tree which can be quickly traversed to find a particular record. PostgreSQL supports three kinds of indexes by default: B-Tree indexes, R-Tree indexes, and GiST indexes.

  • B-Trees are used for data which can be sorted along one axis; for example, numbers, letters, dates. GIS data cannot be rationally sorted along one axis (which is greater, (0,0) or (0,1) or (1,0)?) so B-Tree indexing is of no use for us.

  • R-Trees break up data into rectangles, and sub-rectangles, and sub-sub rectangles, etc. R-Trees are used by some spatial databases to index GIS data, but the PostgreSQL R-Tree implementation is not as robust as the GiST implementation.

  • GiST (Generalized Search Trees) indexes break up data into "things to one side", "things which overlap", "things which are inside" and can be used on a wide range of data-types, including GIS data. PostGIS uses an R-Tree index implemented on top of GiST to index GIS data.

4.6.1. GiST Indexes

GiST stands for "Generalized Search Tree" and is a generic form of indexing. In addition to GIS indexing, GiST is used to speed up searches on all kinds of irregular data structures (integer arrays, spectral data, etc) which are not amenable to normal B-Tree indexing.

Once a GIS data table exceeds a few thousand rows, you will want to build an index to speed up spatial searches of the data (unless all your searches are based on attributes, in which case you'll want to build a normal index on the attribute fields).

The syntax for building a GiST index on a "geometry" column is as follows:

CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING GIST ( [geometryfield] ); 

The above syntax will always build a 2D-index. To get the an n-dimensional index supported in PostGIS 2.0+ for the geometry type, you can create one using this syntax

CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING GIST ([geometryfield] gist_geometry_ops_nd);

Building a spatial index is a computationally intensive exercise: on tables of around 1 million rows, on a 300MHz Solaris machine, we have found building a GiST index takes about 1 hour. After building an index, it is important to force PostgreSQL to collect table statistics, which are used to optimize query plans:

VACUUM ANALYZE [table_name] [(column_name)];
-- This is only needed for PostgreSQL 7.4 installations and below
SELECT UPDATE_GEOMETRY_STATS([table_name], [column_name]);

GiST indexes have two advantages over R-Tree indexes in PostgreSQL. Firstly, GiST indexes are "null safe", meaning they can index columns which include null values. Secondly, GiST indexes support the concept of "lossiness" which is important when dealing with GIS objects larger than the PostgreSQL 8K page size. Lossiness allows PostgreSQL to store only the "important" part of an object in an index -- in the case of GIS objects, just the bounding box. GIS objects larger than 8K will cause R-Tree indexes to fail in the process of being built.

4.6.2. BRIN Indexes

BRIN stands for "Block Range Index" and is a generic form of indexing that has been introduced in PostgreSQL 9.5. BRIN is a lossy kind of index, and its main usage is to provide a compromise for both read and write performance. Its primary goal is to handle very large tables for which some of the columns have some natural correlation with their physical location within the table. In addition to GIS indexing, BRIN is used to speed up searches on various kinds of regular or irregular data structures (integer, arrays etc).

Once a GIS data table exceeds a few thousand rows, you will want to build an index to speed up spatial searches of the data (unless all your searches are based on attributes, in which case you'll want to build a normal index on the attribute fields). GiST indexes are really performant as long as their size doesn't exceed the amount of RAM available for the database, and as long as you can afford the storage size, and the penalty in write workload. Otherwise, BRIN index can be considered as an alternative.

The idea of a BRIN index is to store only the bouding box englobing all the geometries contained in all the rows in a set of table blocks, called a range. Obviously, this indexing method will only be efficient if the data is physically ordered in a way where the resulting bouding boxes for block ranges will be mutually exclusive. The resulting index will be really small, but will be less efficient than a GiST index in many cases.

Building a BRIN index is way less intensive than building a GiST index. It's quite common to build a BRIN index in more than ten time less than a GiST index would have required. As a BRIN index only store one bouding box for one to many table blocks, it's pretty common to consume up to a thousand time less disk space for this kind of indexes.

You can choose the number of blocks to summarize in a range. If you decrease this number, the index will be bigger but will probably help to get better performance.

The syntax for building a BRIN index on a "geometry" column is as follows:

CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ( [geometryfield] ); 

The above syntax will always build a 2D-index. To get a 3d-dimensional index, you can create one using this syntax

CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ([geometryfield] brin_geometry_inclusion_ops_3d);

You can also get a 4d-dimensional index using the 4d operator class

CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ([geometryfield] brin_geometry_inclusion_ops_4d);

These above syntaxes will use the default number or block in a range, which is 128. To specify the number of blocks you want to summarise in a range, you can create one using this syntax

CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ( [geometryfield] ) WITH (pages_per_range = [number]); 

Also, keep in mind that a BRIN index will only store one index value for a large number of rows. If your table stores geometries with a mixed number of dimensions, it's likely that the resulting index will have poor performance. You can avoid this drop of performance by choosing the operator class whith the least number of dimensions of the stored geometries

Also the "geography" datatype is supported for BRIN indexing. The syntax for building a BRIN index on a "geography" column is as follows:

CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING BRIN ( [geographyfield] ); 

The above syntax will always build a 2D-index for geospatial objects on the spheroid.

Currently, just the "inclusion support" is considered here, meaning that just &&, ~ and @ operators can be used for the 2D cases (both for "geometry" and for "geography"), and just the &&& operator can be used for the 3D geometries. There is no support for kNN searches at the moment.

VACUUM ANALYZE [table_name] [(column_name)];
-- This is only needed for PostgreSQL 7.4 installations and below
SELECT UPDATE_GEOMETRY_STATS([table_name], [column_name]);

4.6.3. Using Indexes

Ordinarily, indexes invisibly speed up data access: once the index is built, the query planner transparently decides when to use index information to speed up a query plan. Unfortunately, the PostgreSQL query planner does not optimize the use of GiST indexes well, so sometimes searches which should use a spatial index instead default to a sequence scan of the whole table.

If you find your spatial indexes are not being used (or your attribute indexes, for that matter) there are a couple things you can do:

  • Firstly, make sure statistics are gathered about the number and distributions of values in a table, to provide the query planner with better information to make decisions around index usage. For PostgreSQL 7.4 installations and below this is done by running update_geometry_stats([table_name, column_name]) (compute distribution) and VACUUM ANALYZE [table_name] [column_name] (compute number of values). Starting with PostgreSQL 8.0 running VACUUM ANALYZE will do both operations. You should regularly vacuum your databases anyways -- many PostgreSQL DBAs have VACUUM run as an off-peak cron job on a regular basis.

  • If vacuuming does not work, you can force the planner to use the index information by using the SET ENABLE_SEQSCAN=OFF command. You should only use this command sparingly, and only on spatially indexed queries: generally speaking, the planner knows better than you do about when to use normal B-Tree indexes. Once you have run your query, you should consider setting ENABLE_SEQSCAN back on, so that other queries will utilize the planner as normal.

    [Note]

    As of version 0.6, it should not be necessary to force the planner to use the index with ENABLE_SEQSCAN.

  • If you find the planner wrong about the cost of sequential vs index scans try reducing the value of random_page_cost in postgresql.conf or using SET random_page_cost=#. Default value for the parameter is 4, try setting it to 1 or 2. Decrementing the value makes the planner more inclined of using Index scans.

4.7. Complex Queries

The raison d'etre of spatial database functionality is performing queries inside the database which would ordinarily require desktop GIS functionality. Using PostGIS effectively requires knowing what spatial functions are available, and ensuring that appropriate indexes are in place to provide good performance. The SRID of 312 used in these examples is purely for demonstration. You should be using a REAL SRID listed in the the spatial_ref_sys table and one that matches the projection of your data. If your data has no spatial reference system specified, you should be THINKING very thoughtfully why it doesn't and maybe it should.

If your reason is because you are modeling something that doesn't have a geographic spatial reference system defined such as the internals of a molecule or the floorplan of a not yet built amusement park then that's fine. If the location of the amusement park has been planned however, then it would make sense to use a suitable planar coordinate system for that location if nothing more than to ensure the amusement part is not trespassing on already existing structures.

Even in the case where you are planning a Mars expedition to transport the human race in the event of a nuclear holocaust and you want to map out the Mars planet for rehabitation, you can use a non-earthly coordinate system such as Mars 2000 make one up and insert it in the spatial_ref_sys table. Though this Mars coordinate system is a non-planar one (it's in degrees spheroidal), you can use it with the geography type to have your length and proximity measurements in meters instead of degrees.

4.7.1. Taking Advantage of Indexes

When constructing a query it is important to remember that only the bounding-box-based operators such as && can take advantage of the GiST spatial index. Functions such as ST_Distance() cannot use the index to optimize their operation. For example, the following query would be quite slow on a large table:

SELECT the_geom
FROM geom_table
WHERE ST_Distance(the_geom, ST_GeomFromText('POINT(100000 200000)', 312)) < 100

This query is selecting all the geometries in geom_table which are within 100 units of the point (100000, 200000). It will be slow because it is calculating the distance between each point in the table and our specified point, ie. one ST_Distance() calculation for each row in the table. We can avoid this by using the && operator to reduce the number of distance calculations required:

SELECT the_geom
FROM geom_table
WHERE ST_DWithin(the_geom,  ST_MakeEnvelope(90900, 190900, 100100, 200100,312), 100)

This query selects the same geometries, but it does it in a more efficient way. Assuming there is a GiST index on the_geom, the query planner will recognize that it can use the index to reduce the number of rows before calculating the result of the ST_distance() function. Notice that the ST_MakeEnvelope geometry which is used in the && operation is a 200 unit square box centered on the original point - this is our "query box". The && operator uses the index to quickly reduce the result set down to only those geometries which have bounding boxes that overlap the "query box". Assuming that our query box is much smaller than the extents of the entire geometry table, this will drastically reduce the number of distance calculations that need to be done.

[Note]Change in Behavior

As of PostGIS 1.3.0, most of the Geometry Relationship Functions, with the notable exceptions of ST_Disjoint and ST_Relate, include implicit bounding box overlap operators.

4.7.2. Examples of Spatial SQL

The examples in this section will make use of two tables, a table of linear roads, and a table of polygonal municipality boundaries. The table definitions for the bc_roads table is:

Column      | Type              | Description
------------+-------------------+-------------------
gid         | integer           | Unique ID
name        | character varying | Road Name
the_geom    | geometry          | Location Geometry (Linestring)

The table definition for the bc_municipality table is:

Column     | Type              | Description
-----------+-------------------+-------------------
gid        | integer           | Unique ID
code       | integer           | Unique ID
name       | character varying | City / Town Name
the_geom   | geometry          | Location Geometry (Polygon)
4.7.2.1. What is the total length of all roads, expressed in kilometers?
4.7.2.2. How large is the city of Prince George, in hectares?
4.7.2.3. What is the largest municipality in the province, by area?
4.7.2.4. What is the length of roads fully contained within each municipality?
4.7.2.5. Create a new table with all the roads within the city of Prince George.
4.7.2.6. What is the length in kilometers of "Douglas St" in Victoria?
4.7.2.7. What is the largest municipality polygon that has a hole?

4.7.2.1.

What is the total length of all roads, expressed in kilometers?

You can answer this question with a very simple piece of SQL:

SELECT sum(ST_Length(the_geom))/1000 AS km_roads FROM bc_roads;

km_roads
------------------
70842.1243039643
(1 row)

4.7.2.2.

How large is the city of Prince George, in hectares?

This query combines an attribute condition (on the municipality name) with a spatial calculation (of the area):

SELECT
  ST_Area(the_geom)/10000 AS hectares
FROM bc_municipality
WHERE name = 'PRINCE GEORGE';

hectares
------------------
32657.9103824927
(1 row)

4.7.2.3.

What is the largest municipality in the province, by area?

This query brings a spatial measurement into the query condition. There are several ways of approaching this problem, but the most efficient is below:

SELECT
  name,
  ST_Area(the_geom)/10000 AS hectares
FROM
  bc_municipality
ORDER BY hectares DESC
LIMIT 1;

name           | hectares
---------------+-----------------
TUMBLER RIDGE  | 155020.02556131
(1 row)

Note that in order to answer this query we have to calculate the area of every polygon. If we were doing this a lot it would make sense to add an area column to the table that we could separately index for performance. By ordering the results in a descending direction, and them using the PostgreSQL "LIMIT" command we can easily pick off the largest value without using an aggregate function like max().

4.7.2.4.

What is the length of roads fully contained within each municipality?

This is an example of a "spatial join", because we are bringing together data from two tables (doing a join) but using a spatial interaction condition ("contained") as the join condition rather than the usual relational approach of joining on a common key:

SELECT
  m.name,
  sum(ST_Length(r.the_geom))/1000 as roads_km
FROM
  bc_roads AS r,
  bc_municipality AS m
WHERE
  ST_Contains(m.the_geom,r.the_geom)
GROUP BY m.name
ORDER BY roads_km;

name                        | roads_km
----------------------------+------------------
SURREY                      | 1539.47553551242
VANCOUVER                   | 1450.33093486576
LANGLEY DISTRICT            | 833.793392535662
BURNABY                     | 773.769091404338
PRINCE GEORGE               | 694.37554369147
...

This query takes a while, because every road in the table is summarized into the final result (about 250K roads for our particular example table). For smaller overlays (several thousand records on several hundred) the response can be very fast.

4.7.2.5.

Create a new table with all the roads within the city of Prince George.

This is an example of an "overlay", which takes in two tables and outputs a new table that consists of spatially clipped or cut resultants. Unlike the "spatial join" demonstrated above, this query actually creates new geometries. An overlay is like a turbo-charged spatial join, and is useful for more exact analysis work:

CREATE TABLE pg_roads as
SELECT
  ST_Intersection(r.the_geom, m.the_geom) AS intersection_geom,
  ST_Length(r.the_geom) AS rd_orig_length,
  r.*
FROM
  bc_roads AS r,
  bc_municipality AS m
WHERE  m.name = 'PRINCE GEORGE' AND ST_Intersects(r.the_geom, m.the_geom);

4.7.2.6.

What is the length in kilometers of "Douglas St" in Victoria?

SELECT
  sum(ST_Length(r.the_geom))/1000 AS kilometers
FROM
  bc_roads r,
  bc_municipality m
WHERE  r.name = 'Douglas St' AND m.name = 'VICTORIA'
        AND ST_Contains(m.the_geom, r.the_geom) ;

kilometers
------------------
4.89151904172838
(1 row)

4.7.2.7.

What is the largest municipality polygon that has a hole?

SELECT gid, name, ST_Area(the_geom) AS area
FROM bc_municipality
WHERE ST_NRings(the_geom) > 1
ORDER BY area DESC LIMIT 1;

gid  | name         | area
-----+--------------+------------------
12   | SPALLUMCHEEN | 257374619.430216
(1 row)

Chapter 5. Dati raster: gestione, interrogazione e applicazioni

5.1. Caricare e creare raster

Nella maggior parte dei casi, creerete i raster PostGIS caricando file esterni tramite il raster loader raster2pgsql compreso nell'installazione.

5.1.1. Usare raster2pgsql per caricare i raster

raster2pgsql è un loader raster che trasforma i formati raster supportati da GDAL in formato SQL utile al caricamento in una tabella raster di PostGIS. Può caricare anche cartelle di file, e creare delle anteprime.

Dato che in genere raster2pgsql viene compilato come parte di PostGIS (a meno che non abbiate compilato una vostra libreria GDAL a parte), i tipi di raster supportati dall'eseguibile saranno gli stessi che sono compilati per GDAL. Per avere una lista dei tipi di raster supportati dal vostro raster2pgsql utilizzate l'opzione -G. Questi tipi dovrebbero essere gli stessi disponibilii tramite la vostra installazione di PostGIS e documentati qui ST_GDALDrivers, se usate la stessa libreria gdal per entrambi i programmi.

[Note]

La vecchia versione di questo strumento era uno script in python. L'eseguibile sostituisce lo script in python. Se vi trovate ad avere bisogno dello script in Python, alcuni esempio sono reperibili alla pagina GDAL PostGIS Raster Driver Usage. Notate che lo script Python raster2pgsql potrebbe non funzionare con le future versioni di raster PostGIS e che non è più supportato.

[Note]

When creating overviews of a specific factor from a set of rasters that are aligned, it is possible for the overviews to not align. Visit http://trac.osgeo.org/postgis/ticket/1764 for an example where the overviews do not align.

ESEMPIO DI UTILIZZO:

raster2pgsql opzioni raster nome file raster snome schema.nome tabella > out.sql

-?

Mostra una schermata di aiuto. L'aiuto verra mostrato inoltre se non assegnate alcun parametro.

-G

Elenca i formati raster supportati.

(c|a|d|p) sono opzioni che is escludono una con l'altra:

-c

Crea una nuova tabella e carica in questa il/i raster. Questa è la modalita di default

-a

Accoda il o i raster a una tabella esistente.

-d

Elimina la tabella, ne crea una nuova e vi carica il/i dati raster

-p

Modalità di preparazione. Crea solamente la tabella.

Raster processing: Applying constraints for proper registering in raster catalogs

-C

Apply raster constraints -- srid, pixelsize etc. to ensure raster is properly registered in raster_columns view.

-x

Disable setting the max extent constraint. Only applied if -C flag is also used.

-r

Set the constraints (spatially unique and coverage tile) for regular blocking. Only applied if -C flag is also used.

Elaborazioni raster: parametri opzionali utilizzati nel trattamento dei dati raster in ingresso

-s <SRID>

Assegna lo SRID specificato al raster in uscita. Se non fornito o uguale a zero, saranno controllati i metadati del raster per determinare uno SRID appropriato.

-b BANDA

Indice (a partire da 1) della banda da estrarre dal raster. Per specificare più di un indice di banda, separare con una virgola (,). Se non specificato, saranno estratte tutte le bande.

-t DIMENSIONE_TILE

Cut raster into tiles to be inserted one per table row. TILE_SIZE is expressed as WIDTHxHEIGHT or set to the value "auto" to allow the loader to compute an appropriate tile size using the first raster and applied to all rasters.

-P

Pad right-most and bottom-most tiles to guarantee that all tiles have the same width and height.

-R, --register

Register the raster as a filesystem (out-db) raster.

Nel database vengono salvati solo i metadati e il percorso del raster (non i pixel).

-l OVERVIEW_FACTOR

Create overview of the raster. For more than one factor, separate with comma(,). Overview table name follows the pattern o_overview factor_table, where overview factor is a placeholder for numerical overview factor and table is replaced with the base table name. Created overview is stored in the database and is not affected by -R. Note that your generated sql file will contain both the main table and overview tables.

-N NODATA

Valore da usare come NODATA per le bande senza un valore NODATA.

Parametri opzionali usati per la manipolazione di oggetti del database

-q

Wrap PostgreSQL identifiers in quotes

-f COLONNA

Specifica il nome della colonna di destinazione per i raster. Il default è 'rast'.

-F

Aggiunge una colonna con il nome del file

-n COLUMN

Specify the name of the filename column. Implies -F.

-q

Wrap PostgreSQL identifiers in quotes.

-I

Crea un indice GiST sulla colonna raster.

-M

Vacuum analyze the raster table.

-k

Skip NODATA value checks for each raster band.

-T tablespace

Specificare il tablespace per la nuova tabella. Notare che gli indici (compresa la chiave primaria) useranno sempre il tablespace di default, a meno che non venga usato anche il flag -X.

-X tablespace

Specifica il tablespace per il nuovo indice della tabella. Si applica alla chiave primaria e all'indice spaziale se viene usato il flag -I

-Y

Utilizza comandi di copia anziché di inserimento.

-e

Esegui ogni comando individualmente, non utilizzare una transazione.

-E ENDIAN

Controlla l'ordine dei byte prodotti nell'output binario del raster: specificare 0 per XDR e 1 per NDR (il default). Al momento viene supportato solo lo NDR.

-V versione

Specifica la versione del formato in uscita. Il default è 0. Al momento 0 è l'unico supportato.

Una sessione di esempio che utilizzi il loader per creare un file di input e per caricarlo a pezzi di tile 100x100 potrebbe essere il seguente:

[Note]

Potete omettere il nome dello schema, per esempio demelevation al posto di public.demelevation e la tabella raster sarà creata nello schema di default del database o dell'utente

raster2pgsql -s 4326 -I -C -M *.tif -F -t 100x100 public.demelevation > elev.sql
psql -d gisdb -f elev.sql

La conversione e il caricamento possono essere eseguiti in un unico passaggio tramite le pipe UNIX:

raster2pgsql -s 4326 -I -C -M *.tif -F -t 100x100 public.demelevation | psql -d gisdb

Load rasters Massachusetts state plane meters aerial tiles into a schema called aerial and create a full view, 2 and 4 level overview tables, use copy mode for inserting (no intermediary file just straight to db), and -e don't force everything in a transaction (good if you want to see data in tables right away without waiting). Break up the rasters into 128x128 pixel tiles and apply raster constraints. Use copy mode instead of table insert. (-F) Include a field called filename to hold the name of the file the tiles were cut from.

raster2pgsql -I -C -e -Y -F -s 26986 -t 128x128  -l 2,4 bostonaerials2008/*.jpg aerials.boston | psql -U postgres -d gisdb -h localhost -p 5432
--ottieni la lista dei tipi raster supportati:
raster2pgsql -G

Il parametro -G restituirà un elenco tipo

Available GDAL raster formats:
  Virtual Raster
  GeoTIFF
  National Imagery Transmission Format
  Raster Product Format TOC format
  ECRG TOC format
  Erdas Imagine Images (.img)
  CEOS SAR Image
  CEOS Image
  JAXA PALSAR Product Reader (Level 1.1/1.5)
  Ground-based SAR Applications Testbed File Format (.gff)
  ELAS
  Arc/Info Binary Grid
  Arc/Info ASCII Grid
  GRASS ASCII Grid
  SDTS Raster
  DTED Elevation Raster
  Portable Network Graphics
  JPEG JFIF
  In Memory Raster
  Japanese DEM (.mem)
  Graphics Interchange Format (.gif)
  Graphics Interchange Format (.gif)
  Envisat Image Format
  Maptech BSB Nautical Charts
  X11 PixMap Format
  MS Windows Device Independent Bitmap
  SPOT DIMAP
  AirSAR Polarimetric Image
  RadarSat 2 XML Product
  PCIDSK Database File
  PCRaster Raster File
  ILWIS Raster Map
  SGI Image File Format 1.0
  SRTMHGT File Format
  Leveller heightfield
  Terragen heightfield
  USGS Astrogeology ISIS cube (Version 3)
  USGS Astrogeology ISIS cube (Version 2)
  NASA Planetary Data System
  EarthWatch .TIL
  ERMapper .ers Labelled
  NOAA Polar Orbiter Level 1b Data Set
  FIT Image
  GRIdded Binary (.grb)
  Raster Matrix Format
  EUMETSAT Archive native (.nat)
  Idrisi Raster A.1
  Intergraph Raster
  Golden Software ASCII Grid (.grd)
  Golden Software Binary Grid (.grd)
  Golden Software 7 Binary Grid (.grd)
  COSAR Annotated Binary Matrix (TerraSAR-X)
  TerraSAR-X Product
  DRDC COASP SAR Processor Raster
  R Object Data Store
  Portable Pixmap Format (netpbm)
  USGS DOQ (Old Style)
  USGS DOQ (New Style)
  ENVI .hdr Labelled
  ESRI .hdr Labelled
  Generic Binary (.hdr Labelled)
  PCI .aux Labelled
  Vexcel MFF Raster
  Vexcel MFF2 (HKV) Raster
  Fuji BAS Scanner Image
  GSC Geogrid
  EOSAT FAST Format
  VTP .bt (Binary Terrain) 1.3 Format
  Erdas .LAN/.GIS
  Convair PolGASP
  Image Data and Analysis
  NLAPS Data Format
  Erdas Imagine Raw
  DIPEx
  FARSITE v.4 Landscape File (.lcp)
  NOAA Vertical Datum .GTX
  NADCON .los/.las Datum Grid Shift
  NTv2 Datum Grid Shift
  ACE2
  Snow Data Assimilation System
  Swedish Grid RIK (.rik)
  USGS Optional ASCII DEM (and CDED)
  GeoSoft Grid Exchange Format
  Northwood Numeric Grid Format .grd/.tab
  Northwood Classified Grid Format .grc/.tab
  ARC Digitized Raster Graphics
  Standard Raster Product (ASRP/USRP)
  Magellan topo (.blx)
  SAGA GIS Binary Grid (.sdat)
  Kml Super Overlay
  ASCII Gridded XYZ
  HF2/HFZ heightfield raster
  OziExplorer Image File
  USGS LULC Composite Theme Grid
  Arc/Info Export E00 GRID
  ZMap Plus Grid
  NOAA NGS Geoid Height Grids

5.1.2. Creazione di raster tramite le funzioni raster di PostGIS

In varie occasioni vorrete creare raster e tabelle raster direttamente nel database. Per questo esiste una pletora di funzioni. Questi sono i passi generali da seguire.

  1. Creare una tabella con una colonna raster per contenere i nuovi valori raster può essere ottenuto da:

    CREATE TABLE myrasters(rid serial primary key, rast raster);
  2. Esistono molte funzioni per assitervi verso questo obiettivo. Se state creando un raster non derivato da altri raster, inizierete con: ST_MakeEmptyRaster, seguito da ST_AddBand

    Potete anche creare raster a partire dalle geometria. Per questo userete ST_AsRaster, magari accompagnato da altre funzioni come ST_Union o ST_MapAlgebraFct, o qualsiasi altra delle funzioni di algebra sulle mappe.

    Vi sono poi ancora più opzioni per creare nuove tabelle raster a partire da tabelle esistenti. Per esempio potete creare una tabella raster in una proiezione diversa da una tabella esistente usando ST_Transform

  3. Una volta inseriti dei valori iniziali nella tabella, vorrete creare un indice spaziale sulla colonna raster, con un comando tipo:

    CREATE INDEX myrasters_rast_st_convexhull_idx ON myrasters USING gist( ST_ConvexHull(rast) );

    Note the use of ST_ConvexHull since most raster operators are based on the convex hull of the rasters.

    [Note]

    Pre-2.0 versions of PostGIS raster were based on the envelop rather than the convex hull. For the spatial indexes to work properly you'll need to drop those and replace with convex hull based index.

  4. Apply raster constraints using AddRasterConstraints

5.2. Cataloghi raster

Esistono due tipi di viste dei cataloghi raster fornite con PostGIS. Entrambe le viste utilizzano informazioni contenute nei dati sui limiti delle tabelle raster. Da ciò risulta che le viste dei cataloghi sono sempre consistenti con i dati raster nelle tabelle, dato che sono considerati i limiti di queste.

  1. raster_columns questa vista riporta il catalogo di tutte le colonne raster nel vostro database.

  2. raster_overviews questa vista elenca tutte le colonne raste di tabelle nel vostro database che sono utilizzate come vista d'insieme per una tabella con maggiori dettagli. Le tabelle di questo tipo sono generate quando utilizzate l'opzione -l durante il caricamento.

5.2.1. Catalogo delle colonne raster

raster_columns è un catalogo di tutte le colonne di tabelle che nel vostro database sono di tipo raster. E' una vista che utilizza i limiti applicati alle tabelle, per cui le informazioni sono sempre congruenti, anche se ripristinate una tabella raster dal backup di un altro database. Il catalogo raster_columns contiene le seguenti colonne.

Se non avete creato le tabelle con il loader o vi siete dimenticati di specificare l'opzione -C durante il caricamento, potete far applicare i limiti a cose fatte utilizzando AddRasterConstraints, di modo che il catalogo raster_columns registri le informazioni sulle vostre tile raster.

  • r_table_catalog Il database in cui si trova la tabella. Conterrà sempre il database corrente.

  • r_table_schema Lo schema database cui la tabella raster appartiene.

  • r_table_name tabella raster

  • r_raster_column la colonna nella tabella r_table_name che è di tipo raster. Nulla in PostGIS vi impedisce di avere più colonne raster per tabella, per cui è possibile avere una tabella raster elencata più volte con il riferimento ogni volta a una colonna raster differente..

  • srid L'identificatore del sistema di riferimento spaziale del raster. Dovrebbe essere una voce di Section 4.3.1, “The SPATIAL_REF_SYS Table and Spatial Reference Systems”.

  • scale_x Il rapporto di scala tra le coordinate geometriche e il pixel, disponibile solo se tutte le tile nella colonna raster hanno lo stesso valore di scale_x e questo limite è applicato. Si rimanda è ST_ScaleX per ulteriori dettagli.

  • scale_y Il rapporto di scala tra le coordinate geometriche e il pixel, disponibile solo se tutte le tile nella colonna raster hanno lo stesso valore di scale_y e questo limite è applicato. Si rimanda è ST_ScaleY per ulteriori dettagli.

  • blocksize_x La larghezza (come numero di pixel in orizzontale) di ogni tile raster. Si rimanda a ST_Width per ulteriori dettagli.

  • blocksize_y L'altezza (number of pixels in verticale) di ogni tile raster. Si rimanda a ST_Height per ulteriori dettagli.

  • stesso_allineamento Variabile booleana pari a "vero" se tutte le tile raster hanno lo stesso allineamento. Si rimanda a ST_SameAlignment per ulteriori dettagli.

  • regular_blocking If the raster column has the spatially unique and coverage tile constraints, the value with be TRUE. Otherwise, it will be FALSE.

  • numero_bande Il numero delle bande in ogni tile del set di raster. Questa è la stessa informazione fornita da ST_NumBands

  • pixel_types Un vettore che definisce il tipo di pixel per ciascuna banda. In questo vettore avrete un numero di elementi pari al numero delle bande. I valori di pixel_types possono essere tra quelli definiti in ST_BandPixelType.

  • nodata_values Un vettore in doppia precisione che spefica i valori nodata_value per ciascuna banda. Avrete in questo vettore un numero di elementi pari al numero di bande. Questi numeri definiscono il valore del pixel che per ciascuna banda deve essere ignorato nella maggior parte delle operazioni. L'informazion è simile a quella fornita da ST_BandNoDataValue.

  • out_db An array of boolean flags indicating if the raster bands data is maintained outside the database. You will have the same number of elements in this array as you have number of bands.

  • extent This is the extent of all the raster rows in your raster set. If you plan to load more data that will change the extent of the set, you'll want to run the DropRasterConstraints function before load and then reapply constraints with AddRasterConstraints after load.

  • spatial_index A boolean that is true if raster column has a spatial index.

5.2.2. Raster Overviews

raster_overviews catalogs information about raster table columns used for overviews and additional information about them that is useful to know when utilizing overviews. Overview tables are cataloged in both raster_columns and raster_overviews because they are rasters in their own right but also serve an additional special purpose of being a lower resolution caricature of a higher resolution table. These are generated along-side the main raster table when you use the -l switch in raster loading or can be generated manually using AddOverviewConstraints.

Overview tables contain the same constraints as other raster tables as well as additional informational only constraints specific to overviews.

[Note]

The information in raster_overviews does not duplicate the information in raster_columns. If you need the information about an overview table present in raster_columns you can join the raster_overviews and raster_columns together to get the full set of information you need.

Two main reasons for overviews are:

  1. Low resolution representation of the core tables commonly used for fast mapping zoom-out.

  2. Computations are generally faster to do on them than their higher resolution parents because there are fewer records and each pixel covers more territory. Though the computations are not as accurate as the high-res tables they support, they can be sufficient in many rule-of-thumb computations.

The raster_overviews catalog contains the following columns of information.

  • o_table_catalog The database the overview table is in. This will always read the current database.

  • o_table_schema The database schema the overview raster table belongs to.

  • o_table_name raster overview table name

  • o_raster_column the raster column in the overview table.

  • r_table_catalog The database the raster table that this overview services is in. This will always read the current database.

  • r_table_schema The database schema the raster table that this overview services belongs to.

  • r_table_name raster table that this overview services.

  • r_raster_column the raster column that this overview column services.

  • overview_factor - this is the pyramid level of the overview table. The higher the number the lower the resolution of the table. raster2pgsql if given a folder of images, will compute overview of each image file and load separately. Level 1 is assumed and always the original file. Level 2 is will have each tile represent 4 of the original. So for example if you have a folder of 5000x5000 pixel image files that you chose to chunk 125x125, for each image file your base table will have (5000*5000)/(125*125) records = 1600, your (l=2) o_2 table will have ceiling(1600/Power(2,2)) = 400 rows, your (l=3) o_3 will have ceiling(1600/Power(2,3) ) = 200 rows. If your pixels aren't divisible by the size of your tiles, you'll get some scrap tiles (tiles not completely filled). Note that each overview tile generated by raster2pgsql has the same number of pixels as its parent, but is of a lower resolution where each pixel of it represents (Power(2,overview_factor) pixels of the original).

5.3. Costruire applicazioni personalizzate con PostGIS Raster

Il fatto che PostGIS raster vi fornisca le funzioni per restituire i raster in formati di immagine noti vi dà diverse opzioni per visualizzarli. Per esempio potete utilizzare OpenOffice / LibreOffice, come mostrato alla pagina Rendering PostGIS Raster graphics with LibreOffice Base Reports. Inoltre potete utilizzare diversi linguaggi, come illustrato in questo paragrafo.

5.3.1. Esempio di output in PHP, utilizzando ST_AsPNG assieme ad altre funzioni raster

In questo paragrafo mostreremo come utilizzare il driver PHP PostgreSQL e la famiglia di funzioni ST_AsGDALRaster per estrarre le bande 1,2,3 di un raster a una richiesta PHP che poi può essere inserita in un tag src di un'immagine HTML.

La query di esempio mostra come combinare varie funzioni raster per recuperare tutte le tile che intersecano una data area rettangolare in wgs84, unisce le tile risultanti per tutte le bande con ST_Union, le trasforma in una proiezione specificata dall'utente con ST_Transform e infine crea un PNG in uscita tramite ST_AsPNG.

Andreste a chiamare il codice sotto utilizzando

http://mywebserver/test_raster.php?srid=2249

per ottenere l'immagine raster proiettata nel sistema di riferimento Massachusetts state plane feet.

<?php
/** contents of test_raster.php **/
$conn_str ='dbname=mydb host=localhost port=5432 user=myuser password=mypwd';
$dbconn = pg_connect($conn_str);
header('Content-Type: image/png');  
/**If a particular projection was requested use it otherwise use mass state plane meters **/
if (!empty( $_REQUEST['srid'] ) && is_numeric( $_REQUEST['srid']) ){
                $input_srid = intval($_REQUEST['srid']);
}
else { $input_srid = 26986; }
/** The set bytea_output may be needed for PostgreSQL 9.0+, but not for 8.4 **/
$sql = "set bytea_output='escape';
SELECT ST_AsPNG(ST_Transform(
                        ST_AddBand(ST_Union(rast,1), ARRAY[ST_Union(rast,2),ST_Union(rast,3)])
                                ,$input_srid) ) As new_rast
 FROM aerials.boston 
        WHERE 
         ST_Intersects(rast, ST_Transform(ST_MakeEnvelope(-71.1217, 42.227, -71.1210, 42.218,4326),26986) )"; 
$result = pg_query($sql);
$row = pg_fetch_row($result);
pg_free_result($result);
if ($row === false) return;
echo pg_unescape_bytea($row[0]);
?>

5.3.2. Esempio ASP.NET C# di output con ST_AsPNG, assieme ad altre funzioni raster

In questo paragrafo vi mostreremo come usare il driver .NET Npgsql e la famiglia di funzioni ST_AsGDALRaster per inviare in uscita le bande 1,2,3 di un raster a una richiesta PHP che può poi essere inserita nel tag src di un immagine html.

Per questo vi servirà il driver PostgreSQL npgsql .NET. Potete recuperare il più recente da http://npgsql.projects.postgresql.org/. Scaricatelo e salvatelo nella vostra cartella bin di ASP.NET per poter lavorare.

La query di esempio mostra come combinare varie funzioni raster per recuperare tutte le tile che intersecano una data area rettangolare in wgs84, unisce le tile risultanti per tutte le bande con ST_Union, le trasforma in una proiezione specificata dall'utente con ST_Transform e infine crea un PNG in uscita tramite ST_AsPNG.

Questo è lo stesso esempio illustrato in Section 5.3.1, “Esempio di output in PHP, utilizzando ST_AsPNG assieme ad altre funzioni raster”, implementato in C#.

Richiamerete il codice sotto come

http://mywebserver/TestRaster.ashx?srid=2249

per ottenere l'immagine raster nel sistema di riferimento Massachusetts state plane feet.

-- web.config connection string section --
<connectionStrings>
    <add name="DSN" 
        connectionString="server=localhost;database=mydb;Port=5432;User Id=myuser;password=mypwd"/>
</connectionStrings
>
// Code for TestRaster.ashx
<%@ WebHandler Language="C#" Class="TestRaster" %>
using System;
using System.Data;
using System.Web;
using Npgsql;

public class TestRaster : IHttpHandler
{
        public void ProcessRequest(HttpContext context)
        {
                
                context.Response.ContentType = "image/png";
                context.Response.BinaryWrite(GetResults(context));
                
        }

        public bool IsReusable {
                get { return false; }
        }

        public byte[] GetResults(HttpContext context)
        {
                byte[] result = null;
                NpgsqlCommand command;
                string sql = null;
                int input_srid = 26986;
        try {
                    using (NpgsqlConnection conn = new NpgsqlConnection(System.Configuration.ConfigurationManager.ConnectionStrings["DSN"].ConnectionString)) {
                            conn.Open();

                if (context.Request["srid"] != null)
                {
                    input_srid = Convert.ToInt32(context.Request["srid"]);  
                }
                sql = @"SELECT ST_AsPNG(
                            ST_Transform(
                                        ST_AddBand(
                                ST_Union(rast,1), ARRAY[ST_Union(rast,2),ST_Union(rast,3)])
                                                    ,:input_srid) ) As new_rast 
                        FROM aerials.boston 
                                WHERE 
                                    ST_Intersects(rast, 
                                    ST_Transform(ST_MakeEnvelope(-71.1217, 42.227, -71.1210, 42.218,4326),26986) )";
                            command = new NpgsqlCommand(sql, conn);
                command.Parameters.Add(new NpgsqlParameter("input_srid", input_srid));
           
                        
                            result = (byte[]) command.ExecuteScalar();
                conn.Close();
                        }

                }
        catch (Exception ex)
        {
            result = null;
            context.Response.Write(ex.Message.Trim());
        }
                return result;
        }
}

5.3.3. app per Java console per esportare una query raster come file immagine

Questa è una semplice app per console java che prende una query, ne restituisce la corrispondente immagine e la scrive in un file specificato.

Potete scaricare i driver JDBC per PostgreSQL più recenti da http://jdbc.postgresql.org/download.html

Potete compilare il codice seguente con un comando tipo:

set env CLASSPATH .:..\postgresql-9.0-801.jdbc4.jar
javac SaveQueryImage.java
jar cfm SaveQueryImage.jar Manifest.txt *.class

E lanciarlo dalla riga di comando con un'istruzione tipo

java -jar SaveQueryImage.jar "SELECT ST_AsPNG(ST_AsRaster(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,5),10, 'quad_segs=2'),150, 150, '8BUI',100));" "test.png" 
-- Manifest.txt --
Class-Path: postgresql-9.0-801.jdbc4.jar
Main-Class: SaveQueryImage
// Code for SaveQueryImage.java
import java.sql.Connection;
import java.sql.SQLException;
import java.sql.PreparedStatement;
import java.sql.ResultSet;
import java.io.*;

public class SaveQueryImage {
  public static void main(String[] argv) {
      System.out.println("Checking if Driver is registered with DriverManager.");
      
      try {
        //java.sql.DriverManager.registerDriver (new org.postgresql.Driver());
        Class.forName("org.postgresql.Driver");
      } 
      catch (ClassNotFoundException cnfe) {
        System.out.println("Couldn't find the driver!");
        cnfe.printStackTrace();
        System.exit(1);
      }
      
      Connection conn = null;
      
      try {
        conn = DriverManager.getConnection("jdbc:postgresql://localhost:5432/mydb","myuser", "mypwd");
        conn.setAutoCommit(false);

        PreparedStatement sGetImg = conn.prepareStatement(argv[0]);
                
        ResultSet rs = sGetImg.executeQuery();
                
                FileOutputStream fout;
                try
                {
                        rs.next();
                        /** Output to file name requested by user **/
                        fout = new FileOutputStream(new File(argv[1]) );
                        fout.write(rs.getBytes(1));
                        fout.close();
                }
                catch(Exception e)
                {
                        System.out.println("Can't create file");
                        e.printStackTrace();
                }
                
        rs.close();
                sGetImg.close();
        conn.close();
      } 
      catch (SQLException se) {
        System.out.println("Couldn't connect: print out a stack trace and exit.");
        se.printStackTrace();
        System.exit(1);
      }   
  }
}

5.3.4. Utilizzare PLPython per esportare immagini tramite SQL

This is a plpython stored function that creates a file in the server directory for each record. Requires you have plpython installed. Should work fine with both plpythonu and plpython3u.

CREATE OR REPLACE FUNCTION write_file (param_bytes bytea, param_filepath text)
RETURNS text
AS $$
f = open(param_filepath, 'wb+')
f.write(param_bytes)
return param_filepath
$$ LANGUAGE plpythonu;
--scrive cinque immagini sul server PostgreSQL con dimensioni variabili
-- notaer che il l'account da cui gira il demone postgresql deve avere diritto di scrittura sulla cartella
-- questo mostra i nomi dei file creati;
 SELECT write_file(ST_AsPNG(
        ST_AsRaster(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,5),j*5, 'quad_segs=2'),150*j, 150*j, '8BUI',100)),
         'C:/temp/slices'|| j || '.png')
         FROM generate_series(1,5) As j;
         
     write_file
---------------------
 C:/temp/slices1.png
 C:/temp/slices2.png
 C:/temp/slices3.png
 C:/temp/slices4.png
 C:/temp/slices5.png

5.3.5. Produrre raster con PSQL

Purtroppo PSQL non dispone di una funzione comoda per l'esportazione di file binari. Quello che segue è una soluzione improvvisata derivante dai suggerimenti che trovate alla pagina Clever Trick Challenge -- Outputting bytea with psql e che si appoggia al supporto di PostgreSQL per i tipi "large object". Per utilizzare questo sistema anzitutto lanciate la riga di comando psql e collegatevi al database.

A differenza dell'approcio python, questo sistema crea il file in locale sul vostro computer.

SELECT oid, lowrite(lo_open(oid, 131072), png) As num_bytes
 FROM 
 ( VALUES (lo_create(0), 
   ST_AsPNG( (SELECT rast FROM aerials.boston WHERE rid=1) ) 
  ) ) As v(oid,png);
-- otterrete qualcosa tipo --
   oid   | num_bytes
---------+-----------
 2630819 |     74860
 
-- prendete nota dell'oid e sostituite c:/test.png con il percorso del file 
-- sul vostro computer
 \lo_export 2630819 'C:/temp/aerial_samp.png'
 
-- questo cancella il file dall'archiviazione dei large objects nel database
SELECT lo_unlink(2630819);
                        

Chapter 6. Using PostGIS Geometry: Building Applications

6.1. Using MapServer

The Minnesota MapServer is an internet web-mapping server which conforms to the OpenGIS Web Mapping Server specification.

6.1.1. Basic Usage

To use PostGIS with MapServer, you will need to know about how to configure MapServer, which is beyond the scope of this documentation. This section will cover specific PostGIS issues and configuration details.

To use PostGIS with MapServer, you will need:

  • Version 0.6 or newer of PostGIS.

  • Version 3.5 or newer of MapServer.

MapServer accesses PostGIS/PostgreSQL data like any other PostgreSQL client -- using the libpq interface. This means that MapServer can be installed on any machine with network access to the PostGIS server, and use PostGIS as a source of data. The faster the connection between the systems, the better.

  1. Compile and install MapServer, with whatever options you desire, including the "--with-postgis" configuration option.

  2. In your MapServer map file, add a PostGIS layer. For example:

    LAYER
      CONNECTIONTYPE postgis
      NAME "widehighways"
      # Connect to a remote spatial database
      CONNECTION "user=dbuser dbname=gisdatabase host=bigserver"
      PROCESSING "CLOSE_CONNECTION=DEFER"
      # Get the lines from the 'geom' column of the 'roads' table
      DATA "geom from roads using srid=4326 using unique gid"
      STATUS ON
      TYPE LINE
      # Of the lines in the extents, only render the wide highways
      FILTER "type = 'highway' and numlanes >= 4"
      CLASS
        # Make the superhighways brighter and 2 pixels wide
        EXPRESSION ([numlanes] >= 6)
        STYLE
          COLOR 255 22 22
          WIDTH 2
        END
      END
      CLASS
        # All the rest are darker and only 1 pixel wide
        EXPRESSION ([numlanes] < 6)
        STYLE
          COLOR 205 92 82
        END
      END
    END

    In the example above, the PostGIS-specific directives are as follows:

    CONNECTIONTYPE

    For PostGIS layers, this is always "postgis".

    CONNECTION

    The database connection is governed by the a 'connection string' which is a standard set of keys and values like this (with the default values in <>):

    user=<username> password=<password> dbname=<username> hostname=<server> port=<5432>

    An empty connection string is still valid, and any of the key/value pairs can be omitted. At a minimum you will generally supply the database name and username to connect with.

    DATA

    The form of this parameter is "<geocolumn> from <tablename> using srid=<srid> using unique <primary key>" where the column is the spatial column to be rendered to the map, the SRID is SRID used by the column and the primary key is the table primary key (or any other uniquely-valued column with an index).

    You can omit the "using srid" and "using unique" clauses and MapServer will automatically determine the correct values if possible, but at the cost of running a few extra queries on the server for each map draw.

    PROCESSING

    Putting in a CLOSE_CONNECTION=DEFER if you have multiple layers reuses existing connections instead of closing them. This improves speed. Refer to for MapServer PostGIS Performance Tips for a more detailed explanation.

    FILTER

    The filter must be a valid SQL string corresponding to the logic normally following the "WHERE" keyword in a SQL query. So, for example, to render only roads with 6 or more lanes, use a filter of "num_lanes >= 6".

  3. In your spatial database, ensure you have spatial (GiST) indexes built for any the layers you will be drawing.

    CREATE INDEX [indexname] ON [tablename] USING GIST ( [geometrycolumn] );
  4. If you will be querying your layers using MapServer you will also need to use the "using unique" clause in your DATA statement.

    MapServer requires unique identifiers for each spatial record when doing queries, and the PostGIS module of MapServer uses the unique value you specify in order to provide these unique identifiers. Using the table primary key is the best practice.

6.1.2. Frequently Asked Questions

6.1.2.1. When I use an EXPRESSION in my map file, the condition never returns as true, even though I know the values exist in my table.
6.1.2.2. The FILTER I use for my Shape files is not working for my PostGIS table of the same data.
6.1.2.3. My PostGIS layer draws much slower than my Shape file layer, is this normal?
6.1.2.4. My PostGIS layer draws fine, but queries are really slow. What is wrong?
6.1.2.5. Can I use "geography" columns (new in PostGIS 1.5) as a source for MapServer layers?

6.1.2.1.

When I use an EXPRESSION in my map file, the condition never returns as true, even though I know the values exist in my table.

Unlike shape files, PostGIS field names have to be referenced in EXPRESSIONS using lower case.

EXPRESSION ([numlanes] >= 6)

6.1.2.2.

The FILTER I use for my Shape files is not working for my PostGIS table of the same data.

Unlike shape files, filters for PostGIS layers use SQL syntax (they are appended to the SQL statement the PostGIS connector generates for drawing layers in MapServer).

FILTER "type = 'highway' and numlanes >= 4"

6.1.2.3.

My PostGIS layer draws much slower than my Shape file layer, is this normal?

In general, the more features you are drawing into a given map, the more likely it is that PostGIS will be slower than Shape files. For maps with relatively few features (100s), PostGIS will often be faster. For maps with high feature density (1000s), PostGIS will always be slower.

If you are finding substantial draw performance problems, it is possible that you have not built a spatial index on your table.

postgis# CREATE INDEX geotable_gix ON geotable USING GIST ( geocolumn );
postgis# VACUUM ANALYZE;

6.1.2.4.

My PostGIS layer draws fine, but queries are really slow. What is wrong?

For queries to be fast, you must have a unique key for your spatial table and you must have an index on that unique key.

You can specify what unique key for mapserver to use with the USING UNIQUE clause in your DATA line:

DATA "geom FROM geotable USING UNIQUE gid"

6.1.2.5.

Can I use "geography" columns (new in PostGIS 1.5) as a source for MapServer layers?

Yes! MapServer understands geography columns as being the same as geometry columns, but always using an SRID of 4326. Just make sure to include a "using srid=4326" clause in your DATA statement. Everything else works exactly the same as with geometry.

DATA "geog FROM geogtable USING SRID=4326 USING UNIQUE gid"

6.1.3. Advanced Usage

The USING pseudo-SQL clause is used to add some information to help mapserver understand the results of more complex queries. More specifically, when either a view or a subselect is used as the source table (the thing to the right of "FROM" in a DATA definition) it is more difficult for mapserver to automatically determine a unique identifier for each row and also the SRID for the table. The USING clause can provide mapserver with these two pieces of information as follows:

DATA "geom FROM (
  SELECT
    table1.geom AS geom,
    table1.gid AS gid,
    table2.data AS data
  FROM table1
  LEFT JOIN table2
  ON table1.id = table2.id
) AS new_table USING UNIQUE gid USING SRID=4326"
USING UNIQUE <uniqueid>

MapServer requires a unique id for each row in order to identify the row when doing map queries. Normally it identifies the primary key from the system tables. However, views and subselects don't automatically have an known unique column. If you want to use MapServer's query functionality, you need to ensure your view or subselect includes a uniquely valued column, and declare it with USING UNIQUE. For example, you could explicitly select nee of the table's primary key values for this purpose, or any other column which is guaranteed to be unique for the result set.

[Note]

"Querying a Map" is the action of clicking on a map to ask for information about the map features in that location. Don't confuse "map queries" with the SQL query in a DATA definition.

USING SRID=<srid>

PostGIS needs to know which spatial referencing system is being used by the geometries in order to return the correct data back to MapServer. Normally it is possible to find this information in the "geometry_columns" table in the PostGIS database, however, this is not possible for tables which are created on the fly such as subselects and views. So the USING SRID= option allows the correct SRID to be specified in the DATA definition.

6.1.4. Examples

Lets start with a simple example and work our way up. Consider the following MapServer layer definition:

LAYER
  CONNECTIONTYPE postgis
  NAME "roads"
  CONNECTION "user=theuser password=thepass dbname=thedb host=theserver"
  DATA "geom from roads"
  STATUS ON
  TYPE LINE
  CLASS
    STYLE
      COLOR 0 0 0
    END
  END
END

This layer will display all the road geometries in the roads table as black lines.

Now lets say we want to show only the highways until we get zoomed in to at least a 1:100000 scale - the next two layers will achieve this effect:

LAYER
  CONNECTIONTYPE postgis
  CONNECTION "user=theuser password=thepass dbname=thedb host=theserver"
  PROCESSING "CLOSE_CONNECTION=DEFER"
  DATA "geom from roads"
  MINSCALE 100000
  STATUS ON
  TYPE LINE
  FILTER "road_type = 'highway'"
  CLASS
    COLOR 0 0 0
  END
END
LAYER
  CONNECTIONTYPE postgis
  CONNECTION "user=theuser password=thepass dbname=thedb host=theserver"
  PROCESSING "CLOSE_CONNECTION=DEFER"
  DATA "geom from roads"
  MAXSCALE 100000
  STATUS ON
  TYPE LINE
  CLASSITEM road_type
  CLASS
    EXPRESSION "highway"
    STYLE
      WIDTH 2
      COLOR 255 0 0
    END
  END
  CLASS
    STYLE
      COLOR 0 0 0
    END
  END
END

The first layer is used when the scale is greater than 1:100000, and displays only the roads of type "highway" as black lines. The FILTER option causes only roads of type "highway" to be displayed.

The second layer is used when the scale is less than 1:100000, and will display highways as double-thick red lines, and other roads as regular black lines.

So, we have done a couple of interesting things using only MapServer functionality, but our DATA SQL statement has remained simple. Suppose that the name of the road is stored in another table (for whatever reason) and we need to do a join to get it and label our roads.

LAYER
  CONNECTIONTYPE postgis
  CONNECTION "user=theuser password=thepass dbname=thedb host=theserver"
  DATA "geom FROM (SELECT roads.gid AS gid, roads.geom AS geom,
        road_names.name as name FROM roads LEFT JOIN road_names ON
        roads.road_name_id = road_names.road_name_id)
        AS named_roads USING UNIQUE gid USING SRID=4326"
  MAXSCALE 20000
  STATUS ON
  TYPE ANNOTATION
  LABELITEM name
  CLASS
    LABEL
      ANGLE auto
      SIZE 8
      COLOR 0 192 0
      TYPE truetype
      FONT arial
    END
  END
END

This annotation layer adds green labels to all the roads when the scale gets down to 1:20000 or less. It also demonstrates how to use an SQL join in a DATA definition.

6.2. Java Clients (JDBC)

Java clients can access PostGIS "geometry" objects in the PostgreSQL database either directly as text representations or using the JDBC extension objects bundled with PostGIS. In order to use the extension objects, the "postgis.jar" file must be in your CLASSPATH along with the "postgresql.jar" JDBC driver package.

import java.sql.*;
import java.util.*;
import java.lang.*;
import org.postgis.*;

public class JavaGIS {

public static void main(String[] args) {

  java.sql.Connection conn;

  try {
    /*
    * Load the JDBC driver and establish a connection.
    */
    Class.forName("org.postgresql.Driver");
    String url = "jdbc:postgresql://localhost:5432/database";
    conn = DriverManager.getConnection(url, "postgres", "");
    /*
    * Add the geometry types to the connection. Note that you
    * must cast the connection to the pgsql-specific connection
    * implementation before calling the addDataType() method.
    */
    ((org.postgresql.PGConnection)conn).addDataType("geometry",Class.forName("org.postgis.PGgeometry"));
    ((org.postgresql.PGConnection)conn).addDataType("box3d",Class.forName("org.postgis.PGbox3d"));
    /*
    * Create a statement and execute a select query.
    */
    Statement s = conn.createStatement();
    ResultSet r = s.executeQuery("select geom,id from geomtable");
    while( r.next() ) {
      /*
      * Retrieve the geometry as an object then cast it to the geometry type.
      * Print things out.
      */
      PGgeometry geom = (PGgeometry)r.getObject(1);
      int id = r.getInt(2);
      System.out.println("Row " + id + ":");
      System.out.println(geom.toString());
    }
    s.close();
    conn.close();
  }
catch( Exception e ) {
  e.printStackTrace();
  }
}
}

The "PGgeometry" object is a wrapper object which contains a specific topological geometry object (subclasses of the abstract class "Geometry") depending on the type: Point, LineString, Polygon, MultiPoint, MultiLineString, MultiPolygon.

PGgeometry geom = (PGgeometry)r.getObject(1);
if( geom.getType() == Geometry.POLYGON ) {
  Polygon pl = (Polygon)geom.getGeometry();
  for( int r = 0; r < pl.numRings(); r++) {
    LinearRing rng = pl.getRing(r);
    System.out.println("Ring: " + r);
    for( int p = 0; p < rng.numPoints(); p++ ) {
      Point pt = rng.getPoint(p);
      System.out.println("Point: " + p);
      System.out.println(pt.toString());
    }
  }
}

The JavaDoc for the extension objects provides a reference for the various data accessor functions in the geometric objects.

6.3. C Clients (libpq)

...

6.3.1. Text Cursors

...

6.3.2. Binary Cursors

...

Chapter 7. Consigli per migliori prestazioni

7.1. Piccole tabelle contenenti geometrie di grandi dimensioni

7.1.1. Descrizione del problema

Le attuali versioni di PostgreSQL (compresa la versione 8.0) sono affette da un difetto del query optimizer riguardante le tabelle TOAST. Le tabelle TOAST sono una sorta di "spazio aggiuntivo" usato per memorizzare valori di grandi dimensioni (nel senso di dimensioni dei dati) che non possono essere salvati in normali pagine (per esempio lunghi testi, immagini o geometrie con molti vertici). Vedi la documentazione PostgreSQL sulle tabelle TOAST per maggiori informazioni).

Il problema si presenta nel caso di tabelle contenenti geometrie di grandi dimensioni ma poche righe (per esempio una tabella contenente i confini di tutti gli stati europei ad alta risoluzione). In questo caso infatti la tabella in se è di piccole dimensioni ma usa molto spazio TOAST. Nel nostro esempio la tabella conteneva circa 80 righe e utilizzava solo 3 pagine di dati, ma la tabella TOAST ne utilizzava 8225.

Ora si lanci una query che usi l'operatore && e che [MATCHES] solo poche righe. Il

Per controllare se i propri dati sono interessati da questo bug, si può usare il comando PostgreSQL "EXPLAIN ANALYZE". Per maggiori informazioni e dettagli tecnici consultare il corrispondente thread sulla mailing list di PostgreSQL: http://archives.postgresql.org/pgsql-performance/2005-02/msg00030.php

and newer thread on PostGIS https://lists.osgeo.org/pipermail/postgis-devel/2017-June/026209.html

7.1.2. Possibili soluzioni

Gli sviluppatori di PostgreSQL stanno cercando di risolvere il problema rendendo la valutazione della query indipendente dalla tabella TOAST. Per ora ci sono due possibili soluzioni alternative:

La è forzare il query planner ad usare l'indice spaziale usando il comando "SET enable_seqscan TO off;" prima di lanciare la query. Questo comando impedisce al query planner di usare lo scan sequenziale della tabella se possibile e lo forza quindi ad usare l'indice GIST. Tuttavia il comando deve essere lanciato ad ogni connessione e, per evitare di confondere il query planner in altri casi, il parametro deve essere resettato dopo l'esecuzione della query interessata con il comando "SET enable_seqscan TO on;" .

Il secondo metodo è rendere lo scan sequenziale così veloce come il query planner si aspetta che sia. Questo può essere raggiunto aggiungendo una colonna addizionale in cui salvare la bounding box di ogni geometria. Nel nostro esempio i comandi sarebbero:

SELECT AddGeometryColumn('myschema','mytable','bbox','4326','GEOMETRY','2');
UPDATE mytable SET bbox = ST_Envelope(ST_Force_2d(the_geom));

Ora la query deve essere modificata in modo da usare l'operatore && con la colonna bbox piuttosto che con la colonna geom_column:

SELECT geom_column
FROM mytable
WHERE bbox && ST_SetSRID('BOX3D(0 0,1 1)'::box3d,4326);

Ovviamente la colonna bbox deve essere mantenuta attuale quando si modificano o si aggiungono geometrie. La via più semplice per fare questo sarebbe con un trigger, oppure l'applicazione può essere modificata in modo da attualizzare anche la colonna bbox oppure si può lanciare l'UPDATE precedente dopo ogni modifica.

7.2. CLUSTERing di indici geometrici

Per tabelle che vengono per lo più solo lette, e dove un singolo indice è usato dalla maggior parte delle query, PostgreSQL offre il comando CLUSTER. Questo comando riordina fisicamente le righe in modo che l'ordine corrisponda a quello dell'indice. Con questo metodo si migliorano le prestazioni per due motivi: primo, il numero delle ricerche nella tabella dei dati è ridotto drasticamente. Secondo, se i dati interessati dalla query sono concentrati in un piccolo intervallo sull'indice, il processo di mettere in cache sarà più efficiente perché le righe saranno distribuite all'interno di poche pagine. (si invita a leggere la documentazione di PostgreSQL riguardante il comando CLUSTER).

Attualmente però, PostgreSQL non permette di usare il clustering con indici GIST, perché gli indici GIST ignorano i valori nulli:

lwgeom=# CLUSTER my_geom_index ON my_table;
ERROR: cannot cluster when index access method does not handle null values
HINT: You may be able to work around this by marking column "the_geom" NOT NULL.

Come suggerito dal messaggio di errore, è possibile aggirare il problema aggiungendo un vincolo "NOT NULL" alla tabella:

lwgeom=# ALTER TABLE my_table ALTER COLUMN the_geom SET not null; 
ALTER TABLE

Ovviamente questo non funzionerà se la colonna the_geom già contiene valori nulli. Inoltre il vincolo dev'essere definito usando il comando precedente. Usare un vincolo CHECK del tipo "ALTER TABLE blubb ADD CHECK (geometry is not null);" non funzionerà.

7.3. Evitare la conversione della dimensione

A volte può accadere di avere dati in 3D o 4D, ma di accederli sempre usando funzioni che danno in output solo geometrie 2D come ST_AsText() oppure ST_AsBinary(). Queste funzioni processano internamente le geometrie eseguendo ST_Force2D() e questo può risultare in un peggioramento delle prestazioni significativo nel caso di geometrie di grandi dimensioni. Per evitare questo problema è consigliabile eliminare le dimensioni non utilizzate una volte e per sempre:

UPDATE mytable SET the_geom = ST_Force_2d(the_geom); 
VACUUM FULL ANALYZE mytable;

Se la colonna di tipo geometry è stata aggiunta usando la funzione AddGeometryColumn(), verrà creato anche un vincolo dimensionale sulla geometria. Per aggirare il vincolo sarà necessario cancellarlo. Ricorda di attualizzare il record nella tabella geometry_columns e di ricreare il vincolo successivamente.

Nel caso di grandi tabelle può essere sensato dividere l'UPDATE in porzioni più piccole, usando la clausola WHERE con la chiave primaria o un altro criterio flessibile per attualizzare solo una parte della tabella , ed eseguendo un semplice "VACUUM;" tra gli UPDATE. Questo accorgimento ridurrà drasticamente il bisogno lo spazio temporaneo sul disco. Inoltre, se la colonna geometrica contiene geometrie con diverse dimensioni, si può limitare l'UPDATE con "WHERE dimension(the_geom)>2", evitando così di riscrivere le geometrie che sono già in 2D.

7.4. Mettere a punto la configurazione

Tuning for PostGIS is much like tuning for any PostgreSQL workload. The only additional note to keep in mind is that geometries and rasters are heavy so memory related optimizations generally have more of an impact on PostGIS than other types of PostgreSQL queries.

For general details about optimizing PostgreSQL, refer to Tuning your PostgreSQL Server.

For PostgreSQL 9.4+ all these can be set at the server level without touching postgresql.conf or postgresql.auto.conf by using the ALTER SYSTEM.. command.

ALTER SYSTEM SET work_mem = '256MB';
-- this will force, non-startup configs to take effect for new connections
SELECT pg_reload_conf();
-- show current setting value
-- use SHOW ALL to see all settings
SHOW work_mem;

In addition to these settings, PostGIS also has some custom settings which you can find listed in Section 8.2, “PostGIS Grand Unified Custom Variables (GUCs)”.

7.4.1. Startup

Queste impostazioni sono definite in postgresql.conf:

constraint_exclusion

  • Default: 1MB

  • Generalmente usato per il partizionamento delle tabelle. Con versioni di PostgreSQL inferiori alla 8.4 impostare il parametro su "on" per permettere al query planner di ottimizzare secondo necessità. Da PostgreSQL 8.4, il valore di default è "partition", ideale per versioni 8.4 e superiori perché forza il query planner ad analizzare i vincoli delle tabelle solo se queste sono in una gerarchia di ereditarietà e non essere penalizzate dal planner in caso contrario.

shared_buffers

  • Default: ~128MB in PostgreSQL 9.6

  • Set to about 25% to 40% of available RAM. On windows you may not be able to set as high.

work_mem (memoria usata per operazioni di ordinamento e query complesse)

  • Default: 1MB

  • Sets the maximum number of background processes that the system can support. This parameter can only be set at server start.

7.4.2. Runtime

work_mem (memoria usata per operazioni di ordinamento e query complesse)

  • Default: 1MB

  • Aumentare il valore per grandi database, query complesse, abbondanza di RAM

  • Diminuire il valore nel caso di molti utenti concorrenti oppure disponibilità di RAM ridotta

  • Nel caso di molta RAM e pochi programmatori:

    SET work_mem TO 1200000;
                    

maintenance_work_mem (usato per VACUUM, CREATE INDEX, etc.)

  • Default: 16MB

  • Generalmente troppo basso. Tiene occupati i processi Input/Output e blocca oggetti quando viene impegnata la memoria swap.

  • Si raccomandano 32MB oppure 256MB su server di produzione con molta RAM, ma dipende dal numero di utenti concorrenti. Nel caso di molta RAM e pochi sviluppatori:

    SET maintainence_work_mem TO 1200000;
                    

max_parallel_workers_per_gather This setting is only available for PostgreSQL 9.6+ and will only affect PostGIS 2.3+, since only PostGIS 2.3+ supports parallel queries. If set to higher than 0, then some queries such as those involving relation functions like ST_Intersects can use multiple processes and can run more than twice as fast when doing so. If you have a lot of processors to spare, you should change the value of this to as many processors as you have. Also make sure to bump up max_worker_processes to at least as high as this number.

  • Default: 1MB

  • Sets the maximum number of workers that can be started by a single Gather node. Parallel workers are taken from the pool of processes established by max_worker_processes. Note that the requested number of workers may not actually be available at run time. If this occurs, the plan will run with fewer workers than expected, which may be inefficient. Setting this value to 0, which is the default, disables parallel query execution.

Chapter 8. Guida a PostGIS

Le funzioni elencate sotto sono quelle di cui un utente PostGIS avrà più probabilmente bisogno. Ci sono altre funzioni, di supporto agli oggetti PostGIS, che non sono utili all'utente comune.

[Note]

PostGIS ha iniziato una transizione dalla namin convention esistente a una convenzione SQL-MM-centrica. Di conseguenza, molte funzioni di uso comune sono state rinominate usando il prefisso standard "spatial type" (ST). Le funzioni precedenti sono tuttora disponibili, anche se non elencate nel presente documento. Al loro posto sono presenti le funzioni aggiornate corrispondenti. Le funzioni non ST_ che mancano in questo documento sono deprecate e verranno eliminate in una futura release, quindi NON VANNO PIÙ USATE.

8.1. PostgreSQL PostGIS tipi Geometry/Geography/Box

Abstract

Questa sezione illustra i tipi di dati di PostgreSQL che vengono installati da Postgis. Vengono illustrati anche i metodi per eseguire il cast tra diversi tipi, cosa particolarmente importante per la realizzazione di funzioni proprie.

Effettuare il cast significa forzare un tipo in un altro tipo di dato. PostgreSQL è tra i pochi database che offrono la possibilità di definire comportamento di casting per tipi personalizzati e le funzioni usate per il casting. Un cast può essere definito come automatico: non è necessario utilizzare la funzione CAST(myfoo As otherfootype) oppure myfoo::otherfootype se si esegue una funzione che supporta unicamente il tipo otherfootype. In questo caso il cast avverrà automaticamente.

Un rischio dell'usare un cast automatico può esserci quando si ha una funzione sovraccaricata, per esempio una funzione che accetta come argomento un box2d e un'altra che accetta un box3d ma nessuna che accetti un geometry. In questo caso le due funzioni possono essere utilizzate con un tipo geometry, perché geometry supporta il cast automatico verso box2d e box3d, e si avrà quindi un errore che indica che la funzione è ambigua. Per forzare PostgreSQL ad effettuare la scelta giusta bisogna effettuare un cast specifico con CAST(mygeom AS box3d) oppure mygeom::box3d

A partire dalla versione PostgreSQL 8.3 - È possibile effettuare il CAST di ogni tipo a "text" (presumibilmente per merito del magico tipo "unknown"), quindi non è necessario definire esplicitamente il CAST di un oggetto a "text".

box2d — Un rettangolo composto dalle coordinate xmin,ymin,xmax,ymax. Spesso è usato per ritornare l'estensione 2D della geometria.
box3d — Un parallelepipedo composto dalle coordinate xmin, ymin, zmin, xmax, ymax, zmax. Spesso usato per ritornare l'estensione 3D di una geometria o di una collezione di geometrie.
geometry — Tipi di dati spaziali piani.
geometry_dump — Un tipo di dato spaziale composto da due campi: geom (contenente un oggetto geometry) e path[] (un array unidimensionale 1-d contenente la posizione della geometria all'interno della collezione).
geography — Tipi spaziali ellissoidi.

Name

box2d — Un rettangolo composto dalle coordinate xmin,ymin,xmax,ymax. Spesso è usato per ritornare l'estensione 2D della geometria.

Descrizione

box2d è un tipo di dato spaziale usato per rappresentare in rettangolo contenente una geometria o un insieme di geometrie. In versioni precedenti Postgis 1.4, la funzione ST_Extent ritorna un box2d.


Name

box3d — Un parallelepipedo composto dalle coordinate xmin, ymin, zmin, xmax, ymax, zmax. Spesso usato per ritornare l'estensione 3D di una geometria o di una collezione di geometrie.

Descrizione

box3d è un tipo spaziale di Postgis usato per rappresentare il parallelepipedo contente una geometria o un insieme di geometrie. La funzione ST_3DExtent ritorna un oggetto box3d.

Comportamento in caso di CAST

Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato

Cast versoComportamento
boxautomatico
box2dautomatico
geometryautomatico

Name

geometry — Tipi di dati spaziali piani.

Descrizione

Il tipo di dato "geometry" è un fondamentale tipo spaziale di Postgis usato per rappresentare una entità in un sistema di coordinate euclideo.

Comportamento in caso di CAST

Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato

Cast versoComportamento
boxautomatico
box2dautomatico
box3dautomatico
byteaautomatico
geographyautomatico
textautomatico

Name

geometry_dump — Un tipo di dato spaziale composto da due campi: geom (contenente un oggetto geometry) e path[] (un array unidimensionale 1-d contenente la posizione della geometria all'interno della collezione).

Descrizione

geometry_dump è un tipo composto formato da un oggetto geometry, associato al campo .geom, e path[] un array unidimensionale di interi (l'array inizia con 1. Per esempio path[1] ritorna il primo elemento) che definisce il percorso di ogni geometria all'interno della collezione.


Name

geography — Tipi spaziali ellissoidi.

Descrizione

geography è un tipo spaziale usato per rappresentare un'entità in un sistema di coordinate sferico valido per l'intero pianeta.

Comportamento in caso di CAST

Questa sezione illustra le modalità di CAST - automatici e espliciti - permessi per questo tipo di dato

Cast versoComportamento
geometryEsplicito

8.2. PostGIS Grand Unified Custom Variables (GUCs)

Abstract

This section lists custom PostGIS Grand Unified Custom Variables(GUC). These can be set globally, by database, by session or by transaction. Best set at global or database level.

postgis.backend — The backend to service a function where GEOS and SFCGAL overlap. Options: geos or sfcgal. Defaults to geos.
postgis.gdal_datapath — A configuration option to assign the value of GDAL's GDAL_DATA option. If not set, the environmentally set GDAL_DATA variable is used.
postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers — A configuration option to set the enabled GDAL drivers in the PostGIS environment. Affects the GDAL configuration variable GDAL_SKIP.
postgis.enable_outdb_rasters — A boolean configuration option to enable access to out-db raster bands.

Name

postgis.backend — The backend to service a function where GEOS and SFCGAL overlap. Options: geos or sfcgal. Defaults to geos.

Description

This GUC is only relevant if you compiled PostGIS with sfcgal support. By default geos backend is used for functions where both GEOS and SFCGAL have the same named function. This variable allows you to override and make sfcgal the backend to service the request.

Availability: 2.1.0

Examples

Sets backend just for life of connection

set postgis.backend = sfcgal;

Sets backend for new connections to database

ALTER DATABASE mygisdb SET postgis.backend = sfcgal;

Name

postgis.gdal_datapath — A configuration option to assign the value of GDAL's GDAL_DATA option. If not set, the environmentally set GDAL_DATA variable is used.

Description

A PostgreSQL GUC variable for setting the value of GDAL's GDAL_DATA option. The postgis.gdal_datapath value should be the complete physical path to GDAL's data files.

This configuration option is of most use for Windows platforms where GDAL's data files path is not hard-coded. This option should also be set when GDAL's data files are not located in GDAL's expected path.

[Note]

This option can be set in PostgreSQL's configuration file postgresql.conf. It can also be set by connection or transaction.

Availability: 2.2.0

[Note]

Additional information about GDAL_DATA is available at GDAL's Configuration Options.

Examples

Set and reset postgis.gdal_datapath

SET postgis.gdal_datapath TO '/usr/local/share/gdal.hidden';
SET postgis.gdal_datapath TO default;
                                

Setting on windows for a particular database

ALTER DATABASE gisdb
SET postgis.gdal_datapath = 'C:/Program Files/PostgreSQL/9.3/gdal-data';

Name

postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers — A configuration option to set the enabled GDAL drivers in the PostGIS environment. Affects the GDAL configuration variable GDAL_SKIP.

Description

A configuration option to set the enabled GDAL drivers in the PostGIS environment. Affects the GDAL configuration variable GDAL_SKIP. This option can be set in PostgreSQL's configuration file: postgresql.conf. It can also be set by connection or transaction.

The initial value of postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers may also be set by passing the environment variable POSTGIS_GDAL_ENABLED_DRIVERS with the list of enabled drivers to the process starting PostgreSQL.

Enabled GDAL specified drivers can be specified by the driver's short-name or code. Driver short-names or codes can be found at GDAL Raster Formats. Multiple drivers can be specified by putting a space between each driver.

[Note]

There are three special codes available for postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers. The codes are case-sensitive.

  • DISABLE_ALL disables all GDAL drivers. If present, DISABLE_ALL overrides all other values in postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers.

  • ENABLE_ALL enables all GDAL drivers.

  • VSICURL enables GDAL's /vsicurl/ virtual file system.

When postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers is set to DISABLE_ALL, attempts to use out-db rasters, ST_FromGDALRaster(), ST_AsGDALRaster(), ST_AsTIFF(), ST_AsJPEG() and ST_AsPNG() will result in error messages.

[Note]

In the standard PostGIS installation, postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers is set to DISABLE_ALL.

[Note]

Additional information about GDAL_SKIP is available at GDAL's Configuration Options.

Availability: 2.2.0

Examples

Set and reset postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers

Sets backend for all new connections to database

ALTER DATABASE mygisdb SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers TO 'GTiff PNG JPEG';

Sets default enabled drivers for all new connections to server. Requires super user access and PostgreSQL 9.4+. Also not that database, session, and user settings override this.

ALTER SYSTEM SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers TO 'GTiff PNG JPEG';
SELECT pg_reload_conf();
                                
SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers TO 'GTiff PNG JPEG';
SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers = default;
                                

Enable all GDAL Drivers

SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers = 'ENABLE_ALL';
                                

Disable all GDAL Drivers

SET postgis.gdal_enabled_drivers = 'DISABLE_ALL';
                                

Name

postgis.enable_outdb_rasters — A boolean configuration option to enable access to out-db raster bands.

Description

A boolean configuration option to enable access to out-db raster bands. This option can be set in PostgreSQL's configuration file: postgresql.conf. It can also be set by connection or transaction.

The initial value of postgis.enable_outdb_rasters may also be set by passing the environment variable POSTGIS_ENABLE_OUTDB_RASTERS with a non-zero value to the process starting PostgreSQL.

[Note]

Even if postgis.enable_outdb_rasters is True, the GUC postgis.enable_outdb_rasters determines the accessible raster formats.

[Note]

In the standard PostGIS installation, postgis.enable_outdb_rasters is set to False.

Availability: 2.2.0

Examples

Set and reset postgis.enable_outdb_rasters

SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters TO True;
SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = default;
SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = True;
SET postgis.enable_outdb_rasters = False;
                                

8.3. Funzioni per la gestione del database

AddGeometryColumn — Aggiunge una colonna di tipo geometry in una tabella già esistente. Per default usa il modificatore di tipo per la definizione della geometria piuttosto che dei vincoli. Si può passare alla funzione il parametro use_typemod per attivare il vecchio meccanismo basato sui vincoli.
DropGeometryColumn — Rimuove una colonna geometry da una tabella spaziale
DropGeometryTable — Rimuove una tabella e tutte le sue referenze da geometry_columns
PostGIS_Full_Version — Riporta informazioni sulla versione completa di Postgis e sulla configurazione della compilazione.
PostGIS_GEOS_Version — Riporta il numero della versione della libreria GEOS.
PostGIS_Lib_Version — Riporta il numero della versione della libreria libxml2.
PostGIS_LibXML_Version — Riporta il numero della versione della libreria libxml2.
PostGIS_Lib_Build_Date — Riporta la data della compilazione della libreria PostGIS.
PostGIS_Lib_Version — Riporta il numero di versione della libreria PostGIS.
PostGIS_PROJ_Version — Riporta il numero di versione della libreria PROJ4.
PostGIS_Scripts_Build_Date — Riporta la data della compilazione degli script PostGIS.
PostGIS_Scripts_Installed — Riporta il numero della versione degli script PostGIS installati del database.
PostGIS_Scripts_Released — Riporta il numero di versione dello script postgis.sql rilasciato con la libreria PostGIS installata.
PostGIS_Version — Riporta il numero della versione di PostGIS e le opzioni della compilazione.
Populate_Geometry_Columns — Si accerta che le colonne geometry siano definite con typemod oppure abbiano gli appropriati vincoli spaziali e conseguentemente siano correttamente registrate nella vista geometry_columns. Per default la funzione converte tutte le colonne geometry definite senza typemod in geometry con typemod. Per ottenere il vecchio meccanismo con i vincoli spaziali si può settare la variabile use_typmod=false
UpdateGeometrySRID — Updates the SRID of all features in a geometry column, geometry_columns metadata and srid. If it was enforced with constraints, the constraints will be updated with new srid constraint. If the old was enforced by type definition, the type definition will be changed.

Name

AddGeometryColumn — Aggiunge una colonna di tipo geometry in una tabella già esistente. Per default usa il modificatore di tipo per la definizione della geometria piuttosto che dei vincoli. Si può passare alla funzione il parametro use_typemod per attivare il vecchio meccanismo basato sui vincoli.

Synopsis

text AddGeometryColumn(varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid, varchar type, integer dimension, boolean use_typmod=true);

text AddGeometryColumn(varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid, varchar type, integer dimension, boolean use_typmod=true);

text AddGeometryColumn(varchar catalog_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid, varchar type, integer dimension, boolean use_typmod=true);

Descrizione

Aggiunge una colonna di tipo geometry ad una tabella già esistente. schema_name è il nome dello schema contenente la tabella. srid deve essere un numero intero che si riferisce a un record presente nella tabella SPATIAL_REF_SYS. type deve essere una stringa corrispondente al tipo di geometria, per esempio 'POLYGON' oppure 'MULTILINESTRING'. La funzione produce un errore se lo schema non esiste (oppure non è visibile nel search_path attual), o la SRID specificata, il tipo di geometria o la dimensione sono invalidi.

[Note]

Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: questa funzione non aggiorna più geometry_columns perché geometry_columns non è più una tabella ma una vista che estrae automaticamente le informazioni necessarie dal system catalog. Inoltre per default la funzione non crea vincoli ma usa il modificatore di tipi integrato in PostgreSQL. Per esempio: creare una colonna con tipo POINT e con SRID 4326 con questa funzione, ora è equivalente a:ALTER TABLE some_table ADD COLUMN geom geometry(Point,4326);

Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: il vecchio funzionamento con i vincoli può essere attivato passando alla funzione l'argomento use_typmod impostato su false.

[Note]

Cambiamento in versione 2.0.0: le viste non possono più essere registrate in geometry_columns, a meno che le colonne geometry a cui fanno riferimento non siano state generate con typmod e usate senza funzioni wrapper. In questo caso la vista sarà registrata correttamente in geometry_columns perché eredita il typmod dalla colonna geometry originale. Le viste che usano funzioni che ritornano geometrie verranno registrate correttamente se il tipo delll'output della funzione verrà definito esplicitamente con la funzione CAST come typmod geometry.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Miglioramento nella version 2.0.0: introdotto il parametro use_typmod. Se settato su true (o se omesso) la funzione genererà una colonna geometry basata su typmod. Se settato su "false", la funzione genererà una colonna geometry con basata su vincoli geometrici.

Esempi

-- Creiamo uno schema in sui salvare i dati
CREATE SCHEMA my_schema;
-- Creiamo una Semplice tabella
CREATE TABLE my_schema.my_spatial_table (id serial);

-- La descrizione mostra una semplice tabella con un'unica colonna "id"
postgis=# \d my_schema.my_spatial_table
                                                         Table "my_schema.my_spatial_table"
 Column |  Type   |                                Modifiers
--------+---------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 id     | integer | not null default nextval('my_schema.my_spatial_table_id_seq'::regclass)

-- Aggiungiamo una colonna geometry
SELECT AddGeometryColumn ('my_schema','my_spatial_table','geom',4326,'POINT',2);

-- Aggiungiamo un'altra colonna geometry settando il parametro use_typmod = false, 
-- generando quindo una colonna geometry basata su vincoli
SELECT AddGeometryColumn ('my_schema','my_spatial_table','geom_c',4326,'POINT',2, false);

--Di nuovo aggiungiamo un'altra colonna geometry usando il vecchio meccanismo con vincoli
Add a curvepolygon using old constraint behavior
SELECT AddGeometryColumn ('my_schema','my_spatial_table','geomcp_c',4326,'CURVEPOLYGON',2, false);

-- Descriviamo di nuovo la tabella con le nuove 3 colonne geometry
\d my_schema.my_spatial_table
                            addgeometrycolumn                            
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 my_schema.my_spatial_table.geomcp_c SRID:4326 TYPE:CURVEPOLYGON DIMS:2 
(1 row)

                                    Table "my_schema.my_spatial_table"
  Column  |         Type         |                                Modifiers                                
----------+----------------------+-------------------------------------------------------------------------
 id       | integer              | not null default nextval('my_schema.my_spatial_table_id_seq'::regclass)
 geom     | geometry(Point,4326) | 
 geom_c   | geometry             | 
 geomcp_c | geometry             | 
Check constraints:
    "enforce_dims_geom_c" CHECK (st_ndims(geom_c) = 2)
    "enforce_dims_geomcp_c" CHECK (st_ndims(geomcp_c) = 2)
    "enforce_geotype_geom_c" CHECK (geometrytype(geom_c) = 'POINT'::text OR geom_c IS NULL)
    "enforce_geotype_geomcp_c" CHECK (geometrytype(geomcp_c) = 'CURVEPOLYGON'::text OR geomcp_c IS NULL)
    "enforce_srid_geom_c" CHECK (st_srid(geom_c) = 4326)
    "enforce_srid_geomcp_c" CHECK (st_srid(geomcp_c) = 4326)
    
-- Le colonne geometry sono automaticamante registrate in geometry_columns
SELECT f_geometry_column As col_name, type, srid, coord_dimension As ndims 
    FROM geometry_columns
    WHERE f_table_name = 'my_spatial_table' AND f_table_schema = 'my_schema';

 col_name |     type     | srid | ndims 
----------+--------------+------+-------
 geom     | Point        | 4326 |     2
 geom_c   | Point        | 4326 |     2
 geomcp_c | CurvePolygon | 4326 |     2

Name

DropGeometryColumn — Rimuove una colonna geometry da una tabella spaziale

Synopsis

text DropGeometryColumn(varchar table_name, varchar column_name);

text DropGeometryColumn(varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name);

text DropGeometryColumn(varchar catalog_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name);

Descrizione

Rimuove una colonna geometry da una tabella spaziale. Il campo schema_name deve corrispondere al campo f_table_schema in geometry_columns.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

[Note]

Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: questa funzione è mantenuta per retrocompatibilità. Attualmente, essendo geometry_columns una vista basata sul system catalog, una colonna geometry può essere rimossa come qualsiasi altra colonna con ALTER TABLE

Esempi

SELECT DropGeometryColumn ('my_schema','my_spatial_table','geom');
                        ----RESULT output ---
                                          dropgeometrycolumn
------------------------------------------------------
 my_schema.my_spatial_table.geom effectively removed.
 
-- In PostGIS 2.0+ questo comando è equivalente al comando standard
-- alter table.  Ambedue i comandi rimuoveranno la colonna da geometry_columns
ALTER TABLE my_schema.my_spatial_table DROP column geom;
                

Name

DropGeometryTable — Rimuove una tabella e tutte le sue referenze da geometry_columns

Synopsis

boolean DropGeometryTable(varchar table_name);

boolean DropGeometryTable(varchar schema_name, varchar table_name);

boolean DropGeometryTable(varchar catalog_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name);

Descrizione

Rimuove una tabella spaziale e tutte le sue referenze da geometry_columns. Nota: utilizza la funzione PostgreSQL current_schema() se lo schema non è passato come argomento.

[Note]

Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: questa funzione è mantenuta per retrocompatibilità. Attualmente, essendo geometry_columns una vista basata sul system catalog, una tabella spaziale può essere rimossa come qualsiasi altra tabella con DROP TABLE

Esempi

SELECT DropGeometryTable ('my_schema','my_spatial_table');
----RESULT output ---
my_schema.my_spatial_table dropped.
                        
-- Il comando sopra è ora equivalente a --
DROP TABLE my_schema.my_spatial_table;
                

Name

PostGIS_Full_Version — Riporta informazioni sulla versione completa di Postgis e sulla configurazione della compilazione.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_Full_Version();

Descrizione

Riporta informazioni sulla versione completa di Postgis e sulla configurazione della compilazione. Effettua anche un confronto tra librerie e script e suggerisce l'aggiornamento dove ce ne sia bisogno.

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_Full_Version();
                                                           postgis_full_version
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
POSTGIS="2.2.0dev r12699" GEOS="3.5.0dev-CAPI-1.9.0 r3989" SFCGAL="1.0.4" PROJ="Rel. 4.8.0, 6 March 2012"
GDAL="GDAL 1.11.0, released 2014/04/16" LIBXML="2.7.8" LIBJSON="0.12" RASTER
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_GEOS_Version — Riporta il numero della versione della libreria GEOS.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_GEOS_Version();

Descrizione

Riporta il numero di versione della libreria GEOS oppure NULL se il supporto a GEOS non è attivato.

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_GEOS_Version();
 postgis_geos_version
----------------------
 3.1.0-CAPI-1.5.0
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_Lib_Version — Riporta il numero della versione della libreria libxml2.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_Lib_Version();

Descrizione

Riporta il numero della versione della libreria libxml2.

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_Lib_Version();
 postgis_lib_version
---------------------
 1.3.3
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_LibXML_Version — Riporta il numero della versione della libreria libxml2.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_LibXML_Version();

Descrizione

Riporta il numero della versione della libreria LibXML2.

Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.5.

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_LibXML_Version();
 postgis_libxml_version
----------------------
 2.7.6
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_Lib_Build_Date — Riporta la data della compilazione della libreria PostGIS.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_Lib_Build_Date();

Descrizione

Riporta la data della compilazione della libreria PostGIS.

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_Lib_Build_Date();
 postgis_lib_build_date
------------------------
 2008-06-21 17:53:21
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_Lib_Version — Riporta il numero di versione della libreria PostGIS.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_Lib_Version();

Descrizione

Riporta il numero di versione della libreria PostGIS.

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_Lib_Version();
 postgis_lib_version
---------------------
 1.3.3
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_PROJ_Version — Riporta il numero di versione della libreria PROJ4.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_PROJ_Version();

Descrizione

Riporta il numero di versione della libreria PROJ4, oppure NULL se il supporto a PROJ4 non è attivato.

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_PROJ_Version();
  postgis_proj_version
-------------------------
 Rel. 4.4.9, 29 Oct 2004
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_Scripts_Build_Date — Riporta la data della compilazione degli script PostGIS.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_Scripts_Build_Date();

Descrizione

Riporta la data della compilazione degli script PostGIS.

Disponibilità: dalla versione 1.0.0RC1

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_Scripts_Build_Date();
  postgis_scripts_build_date
-------------------------
 2007-08-18 09:09:26
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_Scripts_Installed — Riporta il numero della versione degli script PostGIS installati del database.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_Scripts_Installed();

Descrizione

Riporta il numero della versione degli script PostGIS installati del database.

[Note]

Se l'output di questa funzione non corrisponde all'output di PostGIS_Scripts_Released, probabilmente gli script installati nel database devono essere aggiornati. Vedi la sezione Aggiornamento per più informazioni.

Disponibilità: dalla versione 0.9.0

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_Scripts_Installed();
  postgis_scripts_installed
-------------------------
 1.5.0SVN
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_Scripts_Released — Riporta il numero di versione dello script postgis.sql rilasciato con la libreria PostGIS installata.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_Scripts_Released();

Descrizione

Riporta il numero di versione dello script postgis.sql rilasciato con la libreria PostGIS installata.

[Note]

Dalla versione 1.1.0 questa funzione ritorna lo stesso valore di PostGIS_Lib_Version. Viene mantenuta per retrocompatibilità.

Disponibilità: dalla versione 0.9.0

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_Scripts_Released();
  postgis_scripts_released
-------------------------
 1.3.4SVN
(1 row)

Name

PostGIS_Version — Riporta il numero della versione di PostGIS e le opzioni della compilazione.

Synopsis

text PostGIS_Version();

Descrizione

Riporta il numero della versione di PostGIS e le opzioni della compilazione.

Esempi

SELECT PostGIS_Version();
                        postgis_version
---------------------------------------
 1.3 USE_GEOS=1 USE_PROJ=1 USE_STATS=1
(1 row)

Name

Populate_Geometry_Columns — Si accerta che le colonne geometry siano definite con typemod oppure abbiano gli appropriati vincoli spaziali e conseguentemente siano correttamente registrate nella vista geometry_columns. Per default la funzione converte tutte le colonne geometry definite senza typemod in geometry con typemod. Per ottenere il vecchio meccanismo con i vincoli spaziali si può settare la variabile use_typmod=false

Synopsis

text Populate_Geometry_Columns(boolean use_typmod=true);

int Populate_Geometry_Columns(oid relation_oid, boolean use_typmod=true);

Descrizione

Si accerta che le colonne geometry siano definite con typemod oppure abbiano gli appropriati vincoli spaziali e conseguentemente siano correttamente registrate nella vista geometry_columns.

For backwards compatibility and for spatial needs such as table inheritance where each child table may have different geometry type, the old check constraint behavior is still supported. If you need the old behavior, you need to pass in the new optional argument as false use_typmod=false. When this is done geometry columns will be created with no type modifiers but will have 3 constraints defined. In particular, this means that every geometry column belonging to a table has at least three constraints:

  • enforce_dims_the_geom - assicura che tutte le geometrie hanno la stessa dimensione (vedi ST_NDims)

  • enforce_geotype_the_geom - assicura che tutte le geometrie sono dello stesso tipo (vedi GeometryType)

  • enforce_srid_the_geom - - assicura che tutte le geometrie hanno la stessa proiezione (vedi ST_SRID)

Se alla funzione viene passato l' oid di una tabella, questa cerca di determinare srid, dimensione e tipo della geometria di tutte le colonne geometry della tabella, aggiungendo i vincoli se necessario. In caso di successo, una riga viene inserita nella tabella geometry_columns, altrimenti viene lanciata un'eccezione con un messaggio che descrive il problema.

Se alla funzione viene passato l'oid di una vista, questa cerca di determinare srid, dimensione e tipo della geometria di tutte le colonne geometry della vista, inserendo le appropriate righe nella tabella geometry_columns. I vincoli spaziali non vengono controllati né definiti.

La variante senza parametri è un semplice wrapper per la variante parametrizzata, che prima svuota e poi riempie la tabella geometry_columns per ogni vista e tabella spaziale nel database, aggiungendo gli appropriate vincoli spaziali. La funzione ritorna un sommario con il numero delle colonne geometry trovate e di quelle inserite in geometry_columns. La versione parametrizzata ritorna semplicemente il numero di righe inserite nella tabella geometry_columns.

Disponibilità: 1.4.0

Cambiamento nella versione 2.0.0: Per default la funzione utilizza ora type modifier invece di controllare i vincoli spaziali. il meccanismo con i vincoli può essere comunque attivato passando il parametro use_typmod e settandolo come false.

Miglioramento nelle version 2.0.0: Il parametro opzionale use_typmod è stato introdotto per permettere di controllare se le colonne devono essere create con typmodifier oppure con i vincoli spaziali.

Esempi

CREATE TABLE public.myspatial_table(gid serial, geom geometry);
INSERT INTO myspatial_table(geom) VALUES(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)',4326) );
-- Il comando seguente usa typ modifiers.  Per poter funzionare devono essere presenti dati nella tabella.
SELECT Populate_Geometry_Columns('public.myspatial_table'::regclass);

populate_geometry_columns
--------------------------
                        1
                        
                        
\d myspatial_table

                                   Table "public.myspatial_table"
 Column |           Type            |                           Modifiers                           
--------+---------------------------+---------------------------------------------------------------
 gid    | integer                   | not null default nextval('myspatial_table_gid_seq'::regclass)
 geom   | geometry(LineString,4326) |
-- Il comando seguente modificherà le colonne geometry usando i vincoli spaziali se non sono state definite con typmod oppure non hanno già i vincoli spaziali.
--Per poter funzionare devono essere presenti dati nella tabella.
CREATE TABLE public.myspatial_table_cs(gid serial, geom geometry);
INSERT INTO myspatial_table_cs(geom) VALUES(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)',4326) );
SELECT Populate_Geometry_Columns('public.myspatial_table_cs'::regclass, false);
populate_geometry_columns
--------------------------
                        1
\d myspatial_table_cs

                          Table "public.myspatial_table_cs"
 Column |   Type   |                            Modifiers                             
--------+----------+------------------------------------------------------------------
 gid    | integer  | not null default nextval('myspatial_table_cs_gid_seq'::regclass)
 geom   | geometry | 
Check constraints:
    "enforce_dims_geom" CHECK (st_ndims(geom) = 2)
    "enforce_geotype_geom" CHECK (geometrytype(geom) = 'LINESTRING'::text OR geom IS NULL)
    "enforce_srid_geom" CHECK (st_srid(geom) = 4326)

Name

UpdateGeometrySRID — Updates the SRID of all features in a geometry column, geometry_columns metadata and srid. If it was enforced with constraints, the constraints will be updated with new srid constraint. If the old was enforced by type definition, the type definition will be changed.

Synopsis

text UpdateGeometrySRID(varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid);

text UpdateGeometrySRID(varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid);

text UpdateGeometrySRID(varchar catalog_name, varchar schema_name, varchar table_name, varchar column_name, integer srid);

Descrizione

Aggiorna lo SRID di tutti i record in una colonna geometry, aggiornando anche geometry_columns e il vincolo SRID della colonna. Usa la funzione current_schema() se lo schema non è passato come argomento.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

This will change the srid of the roads table to 4326 from whatever it was before

SELECT UpdateGeometrySRID('roads','geom',4326);

The prior example is equivalent to this DDL statement

ALTER TABLE roads
  ALTER COLUMN geom TYPE geometry(MULTILINESTRING, 4326)
    USING ST_SetSRID(geom,4326);

If you got the projection wrong (or brought it in as unknown) in load and you wanted to transform to web mercator all in one shot You can do this with DDL but there is no equivalent PostGIS management function to do so in one go.

ALTER TABLE roads
 ALTER COLUMN geom TYPE geometry(MULTILINESTRING, 3857) USING ST_Transform(ST_SetSRID(geom,4326),3857) ;

8.4. Costruttori geometrici.

ST_BdPolyFromText — Costruisce un poligono an partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse in forma di multilinee rappresentate come testo Well-Known
ST_BdMPolyFromText — Costruisce un MultiPolygon a partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse sotto forma di MultiLineString in formato Well-Known-Text.
ST_Box2dFromGeoHash — Return a BOX2D from a GeoHash string.
ST_GeogFromText — Ritorna un valore geography sotto forma di Well-Know-Text (WKT) oppure di Extended-Well-Know-Text (EWKT)
ST_GeographyFromText — Ritorna un valore geography sotto forma di Well-Know-Text (WKT) oppure di Extended-Well-Know-Text (EWKT)
ST_GeogFromWKB — Crea un oggetto geography a partire da una geometria in Well-Known Binary (WKB) oppure Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKB).
ST_GeomFromTWKB — Creates a geometry instance from a TWKB ("Tiny Well-Known Binary") geometry representation.
ST_GeomCollFromText — Makes a collection Geometry from collection WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.
ST_GeomFromEWKB — Ritorna un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKB).
ST_GeomFromEWKT — Ritorna un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione Extended Well-Known Text (EWKT).
ST_GeometryFromText — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Well-Known-Text (WKT). È un alias per ST_GeomFromText
ST_GeomFromGeoHash — Return a geometry from a GeoHash string.
ST_GeomFromGML — Accetta una geometria in formato GML come input e restituisce un oggetto PostGIS geometry
ST_GeomFromGeoJSON — Accetta come input la rappresentazione geojson di una geometria e restituisce una geometria PostGIS
ST_GeomFromKML — Accetta come input una geometria in formato KML e restituisce una geometria PostGIS.
ST_GMLToSQL — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione GML. Questo è solo un alias per la funzione ST_GeomFromGML.
ST_GeomFromText — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione Well-Known-Text (WKT)
ST_GeomFromWKB — Creates a geometry instance from a Well-Known Binary geometry representation (WKB) and optional SRID.
ST_LineFromEncodedPolyline — Creates a LineString from an Encoded Polyline.
ST_LineFromMultiPoint — Crea una LineString da una geometria MultiPoint.
ST_LineFromText — Makes a Geometry from WKT representation with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.
ST_LineFromWKB — Makes a LINESTRING from WKB with the given SRID
ST_LinestringFromWKB — Makes a geometry from WKB with the given SRID.
ST_MakeBox2D — Crea una BOX2D definita dalle geometrie dei punti dati.
ST_3DMakeBox — Crea una BOX3D definita dalle geometrie dei punti 3d dati.
ST_MakeLine

Crea una LineString da una geometria MultiPoint.

ST_MakeEnvelope — Creates a rectangular Polygon formed from the given minimums and maximums. Input values must be in SRS specified by the SRID.
ST_MakePolygon — Creates a Polygon formed by the given shell. Input geometries must be closed LINESTRINGS.
ST_MakePoint — Creates a 2D,3DZ or 4D point geometry.
ST_MakePointM — Creates a point geometry with an x y and m coordinate.
ST_MLineFromText — Return a specified ST_MultiLineString value from WKT representation.
ST_MPointFromText — Makes a Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.
ST_MPolyFromText — Makes a MultiPolygon Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.
ST_Point — Returns an ST_Point with the given coordinate values. OGC alias for ST_MakePoint.
ST_PointFromGeoHash — Return a point from a GeoHash string.
ST_PointFromText — Makes a point Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to unknown.
ST_PointFromWKB — Makes a geometry from WKB with the given SRID
ST_Polygon — Returns a polygon built from the specified linestring and SRID.
ST_PolygonFromText — Makes a Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.
ST_WKBToSQL — Return a specified ST_Geometry value from Well-Known Binary representation (WKB). This is an alias name for ST_GeomFromWKB that takes no srid
ST_WKTToSQL — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Well-Known-Text (WKT). È un alias per ST_GeomFromText

Name

ST_BdPolyFromText — Costruisce un poligono an partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse in forma di multilinee rappresentate come testo Well-Known

Synopsis

geometry ST_BdPolyFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

Descrizione

Costruisce un poligono an partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse in forma di multilinee rappresentate come testo Well-Known

[Note]

Ritorna un errore se il testo WKT non è una MULTILINESTRING oppure se l'output è un MULTIPOLYGON; in questo caso si può usare ST_BdMPolyFromText oppure ST_BuildArea() per un approccio specifica postgis.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

Disponibilità: 1.1.0 - richiede GEOS >= 2.1.0.

Esempi

In preparazione

Name

ST_BdMPolyFromText — Costruisce un MultiPolygon a partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse sotto forma di MultiLineString in formato Well-Known-Text.

Synopsis

geometry ST_BdMPolyFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

Descrizione

Costruisse un poligono a partire da una collezione arbitraria di linee chiuse, poligoni e MultiLineString in formato Well-Known-Text.

[Note]

Ritorna un errore se il WKT non è una MULTILINESTRING. L'output è MULTIPOLYGON anche se il risultato è un singolo poligono. Usare ST_BdPolyFromText se si è sicuri che il risultato è un singolo poligono oppure vedere ST_BuildArea() per un approccio specifico postgis.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

Disponibilità: 1.1.0 - richiede GEOS >= 2.1.0.

Esempi

In preparazione

Name

ST_Box2dFromGeoHash — Return a BOX2D from a GeoHash string.

Synopsis

box2d ST_Box2dFromGeoHash(text geohash, integer precision=full_precision_of_geohash);

Descrizione

Return a BOX2D from a GeoHash string.

If no precision is specficified ST_Box2dFromGeoHash returns a BOX2D based on full precision of the input GeoHash string.

If precision is specified ST_Box2dFromGeoHash will use that many characters from the GeoHash to create the BOX2D. Lower precision values results in larger BOX2Ds and larger values increase the precision.

Availability: 2.1.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_Box2dFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0');

                st_geomfromgeohash
--------------------------------------------------
 BOX(-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646)

SELECT ST_Box2dFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 0);

 st_box2dfromgeohash
----------------------
 BOX(-180 -90,180 90)

 SELECT ST_Box2dFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 10);
                            st_box2dfromgeohash
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 BOX(-115.17282128334 36.1146408319473,-115.172810554504 36.1146461963654)
                
                

Name

ST_GeogFromText — Ritorna un valore geography sotto forma di Well-Know-Text (WKT) oppure di Extended-Well-Know-Text (EWKT)

Synopsis

geography ST_GeogFromText(text EWKT);

Descrizione

Returns a geography object from the well-known text or extended well-known representation. SRID 4326 is assumed if unspecified. This is an alias for ST_GeographyFromText. Points are always expressed in long lat form.

Esempi

--- converting lon lat coords to geography
ALTER TABLE sometable ADD COLUMN geog geography(POINT,4326);
UPDATE sometable SET geog = ST_GeogFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(' || lon || ' ' || lat || ')');

--- specify a geography point using EPSG:4267, NAD27
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeogFromText('SRID=4267;POINT(-77.0092 38.889588)'));
                        

Name

ST_GeographyFromText — Ritorna un valore geography sotto forma di Well-Know-Text (WKT) oppure di Extended-Well-Know-Text (EWKT)

Synopsis

geography ST_GeographyFromText(text EWKT);

Descrizione

Returns a geography object from the well-known text representation. SRID 4326 is assumed if unspecified.


Name

ST_GeogFromWKB — Crea un oggetto geography a partire da una geometria in Well-Known Binary (WKB) oppure Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKB).

Synopsis

geography ST_GeogFromWKB(bytea wkb);

Descrizione

La funzione ST_GeogFromWKB accetta come argomento una geometria POstGIS in formato Well-Known-Binary (WKB) oppure Extended WKB a crea un oggetto dell'appropriato tipo geography. Questa funzione ha un ruolo nella Geometry Factory in SQL.

Se non specificato, lo SRID di default è 4326 (WGS 84 long lat).

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

--Anche se bytea rep contiene singoli \, these need to be escaped when inserting into a table
SELECT ST_AsText(
ST_GeogFromWKB(E'\\001\\002\\000\\000\\000\\002\\000\\000\\000\\037\\205\\353Q\\270~\\\\\\300\\323Mb\\020X\\231C@\\020X9\\264\\310~\\\\\\300)\\\\\\217\\302\\365\\230C@')
);
                                          st_astext
------------------------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(-113.98 39.198,-113.981 39.195)
(1 row)


Name

ST_GeomFromTWKB — Creates a geometry instance from a TWKB ("Tiny Well-Known Binary") geometry representation.

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromTWKB(bytea twkb);

Descrizione

The ST_GeomFromTWKB function, takes a a TWKB ("Tiny Well-Known Binary") geometry representation (WKB) and creates an instance of the appropriate geometry type.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromTWKB(ST_AsTWKB('LINESTRING(126 34, 127 35)'::geometry)));

         st_astext
-----------------------------
 LINESTRING(126 34, 127 35)
(1 row)


SELECT ST_AsEWKT(
  ST_GeomFromTWKB(E'\\x620002f7f40dbce4040105')
);
                                          st_asewkt
------------------------------------------------------
LINESTRING(-113.98 39.198,-113.981 39.195)
(1 row)

Vedi anche

ST_AsTWKB


Name

ST_GeomCollFromText — Makes a collection Geometry from collection WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomCollFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

geometry ST_GeomCollFromText(text WKT);

Descrizione

Makes a collection Geometry from the Well-Known-Text (WKT) representation with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite

Ritorna null se il WKT in input non è una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION

[Note]

Se si è sicuri che tutti i WKT in input sono effettivamente GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, è sconsigliato usare questa funzione. È più lenta di ST_GeomFromText perché effettua anche una validazione della geometria.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification.

Esempi

SELECT ST_GeomCollFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(1 2),LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4))');

Name

ST_GeomFromEWKB — Ritorna un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKB).

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromEWKB(bytea EWKB);

Descrizione

Costruisce una ST_Geometry PostGIS a partire da OGC Extended Well-Known Binary (EWKT).

[Note]

Il EWKB non è uno standard OGC ma uno specifico formato di Postgis che include il codice del sistema di riferimento spaziale (SRID).

Miglioramento nella version 2.0.2: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

Rappresentazione binaria di LINESTRING(-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932) in NAD 83 long lat (4269).

[Note]

NOTE: Even though byte arrays are delimited with \ and may have ', we need to escape both out with \ and '' if standard_conforming_strings is off. So it does not look exactly like its AsEWKB representation.

SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKB(E'\\001\\002\\000\\000 \\255\\020\\000\\000\\003\\000\\000\\000\\344J=
\\013B\\312Q\\300n\\303(\\010\\036!E@''\\277E''K
\\312Q\\300\\366{b\\235*!E@\\225|\\354.P\\312Q
\\300p\\231\\323e1!E@');
[Note]

In PostgreSQL 9.1+ il parametro standard_conforming_strings is settato su on per default, mentre nelle versioni precedenti era settato su off. Questa impostazione può essere cambiata per ogni singola query, a livello del database e a livello dell'intero server. Nell'esempio seguente si può vedere come costruire la query con standard_conforming_strings = on. ....

set standard_conforming_strings = on;
SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKB('\001\002\000\000 \255\020\000\000\003\000\000\000\344J=\012\013B
    \312Q\300n\303(\010\036!E@''\277E''K\012\312Q\300\366{b\235*!E@\225|\354.P\312Q\012\300p\231\323e1')

Name

ST_GeomFromEWKT — Ritorna un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione Extended Well-Known Text (EWKT).

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromEWKT(text EWKT);

Descrizione

Costruisce un oggetto PostGIS ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione OGC Extended Well-Known Text (EWKT).

[Note]

Il formato EWKT non è uno standard OGC ma un formato specifico di PostGIS che include il codice del sistema di riferimento spaziale (SRID).

Miglioramento nella version 2.0.2: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;LINESTRING(-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932)');
SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;MULTILINESTRING((-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932))');

SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;POINT(-71.064544 42.28787)');

SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;POLYGON((-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571,-71.1776820268866 42.3903701743239,
-71.1776063012595 42.3903825660754,-71.1775826583081 42.3903033653531,-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571))');

SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4269;MULTIPOLYGON(((-71.1031880899493 42.3152774590236,
-71.1031627617667 42.3152960829043,-71.102923838298 42.3149156848307,
-71.1023097974109 42.3151969047397,-71.1019285062273 42.3147384934248,
-71.102505233663 42.3144722937587,-71.10277487471 42.3141658254797,
-71.103113945163 42.3142739188902,-71.10324876416 42.31402489987,
-71.1033002961013 42.3140393340215,-71.1033488797549 42.3139495090772,
-71.103396240451 42.3138632439557,-71.1041521907712 42.3141153348029,
-71.1041411411543 42.3141545014533,-71.1041287795912 42.3142114839058,
-71.1041188134329 42.3142693656241,-71.1041112482575 42.3143272556118,
-71.1041072845732 42.3143851580048,-71.1041057218871 42.3144430686681,
-71.1041065602059 42.3145009876017,-71.1041097995362 42.3145589148055,
-71.1041166403905 42.3146168544148,-71.1041258822717 42.3146748022936,
-71.1041375307579 42.3147318674446,-71.1041492906949 42.3147711126569,
-71.1041598612795 42.314808571739,-71.1042515013869 42.3151287620809,
-71.1041173835118 42.3150739481917,-71.1040809891419 42.3151344119048,
-71.1040438678912 42.3151191367447,-71.1040194562988 42.3151832057859,
-71.1038734225584 42.3151140942995,-71.1038446938243 42.3151006300338,
-71.1038315271889 42.315094347535,-71.1037393329282 42.315054824985,
-71.1035447555574 42.3152608696313,-71.1033436658644 42.3151648370544,
-71.1032580383161 42.3152269126061,-71.103223066939 42.3152517403219,
-71.1031880899493 42.3152774590236)),
((-71.1043632495873 42.315113108546,-71.1043583974082 42.3151211109857,
-71.1043443253471 42.3150676015829,-71.1043850704575 42.3150793250568,-71.1043632495873 42.315113108546)))');
-- Linea curva 3d
SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)');
--Esempio di superficie poliedrica
SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( 
        ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)),  
        ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), 
        ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
        ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)),  
        ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)),  
        ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) 
)');

Name

ST_GeometryFromText — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Well-Known-Text (WKT). È un alias per ST_GeomFromText

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeometryFromText(text WKT);

geometry ST_GeometryFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

Descrizione

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.40

Vedi anche

ST_GeomFromText


Name

ST_GeomFromGeoHash — Return a geometry from a GeoHash string.

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromGeoHash(text geohash, integer precision=full_precision_of_geohash);

Descrizione

Return a geometry from a GeoHash string. The geometry will be a polygon representing the GeoHash bounds.

If no precision is specified ST_GeomFromGeoHash returns a polygon based on full precision of the input GeoHash string.

If precision is specified ST_GeomFromGeoHash will use that many characters from the GeoHash to create the polygon.

Availability: 2.1.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0'));
                                                        st_astext
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646,-115.172816 36.114646))

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 4));
                                                          st_astext
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((-115.3125 36.03515625,-115.3125 36.2109375,-114.9609375 36.2109375,-114.9609375 36.03515625,-115.3125 36.03515625))

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 10));
                                                                                       st_astext
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((-115.17282128334 36.1146408319473,-115.17282128334 36.1146461963654,-115.172810554504 36.1146461963654,-115.172810554504 36.1146408319473,-115.17282128334 36.1146408319473))
                
                

Name

ST_GeomFromGML — Accetta una geometria in formato GML come input e restituisce un oggetto PostGIS geometry

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromGML(text geomgml);

geometry ST_GeomFromGML(text geomgml, integer srid);

Descrizione

Costruisce un oggetto PostGIS ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione OGC GML

ST_GeomFromGML supporta solo singole geometrie in formato GML. Ritorna un errore se si cerca di usare l'intero documento GML.

Versioni di OGC GML supportate:

  • GML 3.2.1 Namespace

  • GML 3.1.1 Simple Features profile SF-2 (con retrocompatibilità GML 3.1.0 e 3.0.0)

  • GML 2.1.2

OGC GML standards, cf: http://www.opengeospatial.org/standards/gml:

Disponibilità: 1.5, richiede libxml2 1.6+

Miglioramento nella version 2.0.2: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.

Miglioramento nella versione: 2.0.0 introdotto opzionale parametro SRID.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

In formato GML permette di combinare diverse dimensioni (per esempio la stessa multigeometria può contenere elementi in 2D e 3D contemporaneamente). Siccome le geometrie PostGIS non supportano la combinazione di diverse dimensioni, la funzione ST_GeomFromGML converte l'intera geometria in 2D se almeno un elemento è in 2D.

Il formato GML supporta la combinazione di diversi SRID all'interno della stessa multigeometria. Siccome le geometrie PostGIS non supportano questa combinazione, la funzione ST_GeomFromGML riproietta tutte le sottogeometrie nello SRID del nodo root. Se il nodo root non contiene l'attributo srsName, la funzione restituisce un errore.

La funzione ST_GeomFromGML non richiede dell'indicazione esplicita di un namespace GML. Nell'uso comune una indicazione specifica. non è necessaria. Il namespace deve però essere indicato esplicitamente se si vuole usare la feature XLink all'interno di GML.

[Note]

ST_GeomFromGML non supporta geometrie curve SQL/MM.

Esempi - Una singola geometria con srsName

SELECT ST_GeomFromGML('
                <gml:LineString srsName="EPSG:4269">
                        <gml:coordinates>
                                -71.16028,42.258729 -71.160837,42.259112 -71.161143,42.25932
                        </gml:coordinates>
                </gml:LineString
>');
                

Esempi - uso di XLink

SELECT ST_GeomFromGML('
                <gml:LineString xmlns:gml="http://www.opengis.net/gml" 
                                xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"
                                srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4269">
                        <gml:pointProperty>
                                <gml:Point gml:id="p1"
><gml:pos
>42.258729 -71.16028</gml:pos
></gml:Point>
                        </gml:pointProperty>
                        <gml:pos
>42.259112 -71.160837</gml:pos>
                        <gml:pointProperty>
                                <gml:Point xlink:type="simple" xlink:href="#p1"/>
                        </gml:pointProperty>
                </gml:LineString
>'););
                

Esempi - superficie poliedrica

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeomFromGML('
<gml:PolyhedralSurface>
<gml:polygonPatches>
  <gml:PolygonPatch>
    <gml:exterior>
      <gml:LinearRing
><gml:posList srsDimension="3"
>0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0</gml:posList
></gml:LinearRing>
    </gml:exterior>
  </gml:PolygonPatch>
  <gml:PolygonPatch>
    <gml:exterior>
            <gml:LinearRing
><gml:posList srsDimension="3"
>0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0</gml:posList
></gml:LinearRing>
    </gml:exterior>
  </gml:PolygonPatch>
  <gml:PolygonPatch>
    <gml:exterior>
            <gml:LinearRing
><gml:posList srsDimension="3"
>0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0</gml:posList
></gml:LinearRing>
    </gml:exterior>
  </gml:PolygonPatch>
  <gml:PolygonPatch>
    <gml:exterior>
            <gml:LinearRing
><gml:posList srsDimension="3"
>1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0</gml:posList
></gml:LinearRing>
    </gml:exterior>
  </gml:PolygonPatch>
  <gml:PolygonPatch>
    <gml:exterior>
            <gml:LinearRing
><gml:posList srsDimension="3"
>0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0</gml:posList
></gml:LinearRing>
    </gml:exterior>
  </gml:PolygonPatch>
  <gml:PolygonPatch>
    <gml:exterior>
            <gml:LinearRing
><gml:posList srsDimension="3"
>0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1</gml:posList
></gml:LinearRing>
    </gml:exterior>
  </gml:PolygonPatch>
</gml:polygonPatches>
</gml:PolyhedralSurface
>'));

-- risultato --
 POLYHEDRALSURFACE(((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 1,0 1 0,0 0 0)),
 ((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0,0 0 0)),
 ((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0)),
 ((1 1 0,1 1 1,1 0 1,1 0 0,1 1 0)),
 ((0 1 0,0 1 1,1 1 1,1 1 0,0 1 0)),
 ((0 0 1,1 0 1,1 1 1,0 1 1,0 0 1)))
                

Name

ST_GeomFromGeoJSON — Accetta come input la rappresentazione geojson di una geometria e restituisce una geometria PostGIS

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromGeoJSON(text geomjson);

Descrizione

Costruisce una geometria PostGIS a partire a una rappresentazione GeoJson

ST_GeomFromGeoJSON funzione solo con frammenti di geometrie GeoJson. Ritorna un errore se si cerca di usare un completo documento json.

Disponibilità: 2.0.0. Richiede - JSON-C >= 0.9

[Note]

Se supporto JSON-C non è attivato, viene restituito un errore invece dell'output. Per attivare il supporto JSON-C, usare configure --with-jsondir=/path/to/json-c. Vedi Section 2.4.1, “Configurazione” per dettagli.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoJSON('{"type":"Point","coordinates":[-48.23456,20.12345]}')) As wkt;
wkt
------
POINT(-48.23456 20.12345)
-- una linestring 3D
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_GeomFromGeoJSON('{"type":"LineString","coordinates":[[1,2,3],[4,5,6],[7,8,9]]}')) As wkt;

wkt
-------------------
LINESTRING(1 2,4 5,7 8)

Name

ST_GeomFromKML — Accetta come input una geometria in formato KML e restituisce una geometria PostGIS.

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromKML(text geomkml);

Descrizione

Costruisce un oggetto PostSIG ST_Geometry a partire da una geometria in formato OGC KML.

ST_GeomFromKML accetta solo frammenti di geometrie KML. Restituisce un errore se l'input consiste in un intero documento KML.

Versioni di OGC KML supportate:

  • KML 2.2.0 Namespace

OGC KML standards, cf: http://www.opengeospatial.org/standards/kml:

Disponibilità: PostGIS 1.5, libxml2 2.6+

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

[Note]

La funzione ST_GeomFromKML non supporta geometrie curve SQL/MM.

Esempi - Una singola geometria con srsName

SELECT ST_GeomFromKML('
                <LineString>
                        <coordinates
>-71.1663,42.2614 
                                -71.1667,42.2616</coordinates>
                </LineString
>');
                

Name

ST_GMLToSQL — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione GML. Questo è solo un alias per la funzione ST_GeomFromGML.

Synopsis

geometry ST_GMLToSQL(text geomgml);

geometry ST_GMLToSQL(text geomgml, integer srid);

Descrizione

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.50 (tranne che il supporto per le curve).

Disponibilità: 1.5, richiede libxml2 1.6+

Miglioramento nella version 2.0.2: introdotto il supporto per superfici poliedriche e TIN.

Miglioramento nella versione: 2.0.0 introdotto opzionale parametro SRID.


Name

ST_GeomFromText — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da una rappresentazione Well-Known-Text (WKT)

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromText(text WKT);

geometry ST_GeomFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

Descrizione

Costruisce un oggetto PostGIS ST_Geometry a partire da geometria in formato OGC Well-Known-Text

[Note]

There are two variants of ST_GeomFromText function. The first takes no SRID and returns a geometry with no defined spatial reference system (SRID=0). The second takes a SRID as the second argument and returns a geometry that includes this SRID as part of its metadata.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.40

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

[Warning]

Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions of PostGIS ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(EMPTY)') was allowed. This is now illegal in PostGIS 2.0.0 to better conform with SQL/MM standards. This should now be written as ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION EMPTY')

Esempi

SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932)');
SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932)',4269);

SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((-71.160281 42.258729,-71.160837 42.259113,-71.161144 42.25932))');

SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.064544 42.28787)');

SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571,-71.1776820268866 42.3903701743239,
-71.1776063012595 42.3903825660754,-71.1775826583081 42.3903033653531,-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571))');

SELECT ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((-71.1031880899493 42.3152774590236,
-71.1031627617667 42.3152960829043,-71.102923838298 42.3149156848307,
-71.1023097974109 42.3151969047397,-71.1019285062273 42.3147384934248,
-71.102505233663 42.3144722937587,-71.10277487471 42.3141658254797,
-71.103113945163 42.3142739188902,-71.10324876416 42.31402489987,
-71.1033002961013 42.3140393340215,-71.1033488797549 42.3139495090772,
-71.103396240451 42.3138632439557,-71.1041521907712 42.3141153348029,
-71.1041411411543 42.3141545014533,-71.1041287795912 42.3142114839058,
-71.1041188134329 42.3142693656241,-71.1041112482575 42.3143272556118,
-71.1041072845732 42.3143851580048,-71.1041057218871 42.3144430686681,
-71.1041065602059 42.3145009876017,-71.1041097995362 42.3145589148055,
-71.1041166403905 42.3146168544148,-71.1041258822717 42.3146748022936,
-71.1041375307579 42.3147318674446,-71.1041492906949 42.3147711126569,
-71.1041598612795 42.314808571739,-71.1042515013869 42.3151287620809,
-71.1041173835118 42.3150739481917,-71.1040809891419 42.3151344119048,
-71.1040438678912 42.3151191367447,-71.1040194562988 42.3151832057859,
-71.1038734225584 42.3151140942995,-71.1038446938243 42.3151006300338,
-71.1038315271889 42.315094347535,-71.1037393329282 42.315054824985,
-71.1035447555574 42.3152608696313,-71.1033436658644 42.3151648370544,
-71.1032580383161 42.3152269126061,-71.103223066939 42.3152517403219,
-71.1031880899493 42.3152774590236)),
((-71.1043632495873 42.315113108546,-71.1043583974082 42.3151211109857,
-71.1043443253471 42.3150676015829,-71.1043850704575 42.3150793250568,-71.1043632495873 42.315113108546)))',4326);

SELECT ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415,220227 150505,220227 150406)');
        

Name

ST_GeomFromWKB — Creates a geometry instance from a Well-Known Binary geometry representation (WKB) and optional SRID.

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromWKB(bytea geom);

geometry ST_GeomFromWKB(bytea geom, integer srid);

Descrizione

The ST_GeomFromWKB function, takes a well-known binary representation of a geometry and a Spatial Reference System ID (SRID) and creates an instance of the appropriate geometry type. This function plays the role of the Geometry Factory in SQL. This is an alternate name for ST_WKBToSQL.

If SRID is not specified, it defaults to 0 (Unknown).

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.7.2 - the optional SRID is from the conformance suite

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.41

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

--Anche se bytea rep contiene singoli \, these need to be escaped when inserting into a table
SELECT ST_AsText(
ST_GeogFromWKB(E'\\001\\002\\000\\000\\000\\002\\000\\000\\000\\037\\205\\353Q\\270~\\\\\\300\\323Mb\\020X\\231C@\\020X9\\264\\310~\\\\\\300)\\\\\\217\\302\\365\\230C@')
);
                                          st_astext
------------------------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(-113.98 39.198,-113.981 39.195)
(1 row)

Name

ST_LineFromEncodedPolyline — Creates a LineString from an Encoded Polyline.

Synopsis

geometry ST_LineFromEncodedPolyline(text polyline, integer precision=5);

Descrizione

Creates a LineString from an Encoded Polyline string.

See http://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/utilities/polylinealgorithm

Disponibilità: PostGIS 1.5, libxml2 2.6+

Esempi

--Create a line string from a polyline
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_LineFromEncodedPolyline('_p~iF~ps|U_ulLnnqC_mqNvxq`@'));
--result--
LINESTRING(-120.2 38.5,-120.95 40.7,-126.453 43.252)
    

Name

ST_LineFromMultiPoint — Crea una LineString da una geometria MultiPoint.

Synopsis

geometry ST_LineFromMultiPoint(geometry aMultiPoint);

Descrizione

Crea una LineString da una geometria MultiPoint.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--Crea una  3d line string da un 3d multipoint
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_LineFromMultiPoint(ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTIPOINT(1 2 3, 4 5 6, 7 8 9)')));
--result--
LINESTRING(1 2 3,4 5 6,7 8 9)
                

Name

ST_LineFromText — Makes a Geometry from WKT representation with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

Synopsis

geometry ST_LineFromText(text WKT);

geometry ST_LineFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

Descrizione

Makes a Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0. If WKT passed in is not a LINESTRING, then null is returned.

[Note]

OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite.

[Note]

If you know all your geometries are LINESTRINGS, its more efficient to just use ST_GeomFromText. This just calls ST_GeomFromText and adds additional validation that it returns a linestring.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.8

Esempi

SELECT ST_LineFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)') AS aline, ST_LineFromText('POINT(1 2)') AS null_return;
aline                            | null_return
------------------------------------------------
010200000002000000000000000000F ... | t
                

Vedi anche

ST_GeomFromText


Name

ST_LineFromWKB — Makes a LINESTRING from WKB with the given SRID

Synopsis

geometry ST_LineFromWKB(bytea WKB);

geometry ST_LineFromWKB(bytea WKB, integer srid);

Descrizione

The ST_LineFromWKB function, takes a well-known binary representation of geometry and a Spatial Reference System ID (SRID) and creates an instance of the appropriate geometry type - in this case, a LINESTRING geometry. This function plays the role of the Geometry Factory in SQL.

If an SRID is not specified, it defaults to 0. NULL is returned if the input bytea does not represent a LINESTRING.

[Note]

OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite.

[Note]

If you know all your geometries are LINESTRINGs, its more efficient to just use ST_GeomFromWKB. This function just calls ST_GeomFromWKB and adds additional validation that it returns a linestring.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.9

Esempi

SELECT ST_LineFromWKB(ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)'))) AS aline,
                ST_LineFromWKB(ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'))) IS NULL AS null_return;
aline                            | null_return
------------------------------------------------
010200000002000000000000000000F ... | t
                

Name

ST_LinestringFromWKB — Makes a geometry from WKB with the given SRID.

Synopsis

geometry ST_LinestringFromWKB(bytea WKB);

geometry ST_LinestringFromWKB(bytea WKB, integer srid);

Descrizione

The ST_LinestringFromWKB function, takes a well-known binary representation of geometry and a Spatial Reference System ID (SRID) and creates an instance of the appropriate geometry type - in this case, a LINESTRING geometry. This function plays the role of the Geometry Factory in SQL.

If an SRID is not specified, it defaults to 0. NULL is returned if the input bytea does not represent a LINESTRING geometry. This an alias for ST_LineFromWKB.

[Note]

OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - optional SRID is from the conformance suite.

[Note]

If you know all your geometries are LINESTRINGs, it's more efficient to just use ST_GeomFromWKB. This function just calls ST_GeomFromWKB and adds additional validation that it returns a LINESTRING.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.9

Esempi

SELECT
  ST_LineStringFromWKB(
        ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)'))
  ) AS aline,
  ST_LinestringFromWKB(
        ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'))
  ) IS NULL AS null_return;
   aline                            | null_return
------------------------------------------------
010200000002000000000000000000F ... | t

Name

ST_MakeBox2D — Crea una BOX2D definita dalle geometrie dei punti dati.

Synopsis

box2d ST_MakeBox2D(geometry pointLowLeft, geometry pointUpRight);

Descrizione

Creates a BOX2D defined by the given point geometries. This is useful for doing range queries

Esempi

--Return all features that fall reside or partly reside in a US national atlas coordinate bounding box
--It is assumed here that the geometries are stored with SRID = 2163 (US National atlas equal area)
SELECT feature_id, feature_name, the_geom
FROM features
WHERE the_geom && ST_SetSRID(ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(-989502.1875, 528439.5625),
        ST_Point(-987121.375 ,529933.1875)),2163)

Name

ST_3DMakeBox — Crea una BOX3D definita dalle geometrie dei punti 3d dati.

Synopsis

box3d ST_3DMakeBox(geometry point3DLowLeftBottom, geometry point3DUpRightTop);

Descrizione

Creates a BOX3D defined by the given 2 3D point geometries.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions this used to be called ST_MakeBox3D

Esempi

SELECT ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(-989502.1875, 528439.5625, 10),
        ST_MakePoint(-987121.375 ,529933.1875, 10)) As abb3d

--bb3d--
--------
BOX3D(-989502.1875 528439.5625 10,-987121.375 529933.1875 10)
        

Name

ST_MakeLine —

Crea una LineString da una geometria MultiPoint.

Synopsis

geometry ST_MakeLine(geometry set geoms);

geometry ST_MakeLine(geometry geom1, geometry geom2);

geometry ST_MakeLine(geometry[] geoms_array);

Descrizione

ST_MakeLine comes in 3 forms: a spatial aggregate that takes rows of point, multipoint, or line geometries and returns a line string, a function that takes an array of point, multipoint, or line, and a regular function that takes two point, multipoint, or line geometries. You might want to use a subselect to order points before feeding them to the aggregate version of this function.

Inputs other than point, multipoint, or lines are ignored.

When adding line components common nodes at the beginning of lines are removed from the output. Common nodes in point and multipoint inputs are not removed.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Availability: 2.3.0 - Support for multipoint input elements was introduced

Availability: 2.0.0 - Support for linestring input elements was introduced

Availability: 1.4.0 - ST_MakeLine(geomarray) was introduced. ST_MakeLine aggregate functions was enhanced to handle more points faster.

Examples: Spatial Aggregate version

This example takes a sequence of GPS points and creates one record for each gps travel where the geometry field is a line string composed of the gps points in the order of the travel.

-- For pre-PostgreSQL 9.0 - this usually works,
-- but the planner may on occasion choose not to respect the order of the subquery
SELECT gps.gps_track, ST_MakeLine(gps.the_geom) As newgeom
        FROM (SELECT gps_track,gps_time, the_geom
                        FROM gps_points ORDER BY gps_track, gps_time) As gps
        GROUP BY gps.gps_track;
-- If you are using PostgreSQL 9.0+
-- (you can use the new ORDER BY support for aggregates)
-- this is a guaranteed way to get a correctly ordered linestring
-- Your order by part can order by more than one column if needed
SELECT gps.gps_track, ST_MakeLine(gps.the_geom ORDER BY gps_time) As newgeom
        FROM gps_points As gps
        GROUP BY gps.gps_track;

Examples: Non-Spatial Aggregate version

First example is a simple one off line string composed of 2 points. The second formulates line strings from 2 points a user draws. The third is a one-off that joins 2 3d points to create a line in 3d space.

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_MakeLine(ST_MakePoint(1,2), ST_MakePoint(3,4)));
          st_astext
---------------------
 LINESTRING(1 2,3 4)

SELECT userpoints.id, ST_MakeLine(startpoint, endpoint) As drawn_line
        FROM userpoints ;

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_MakeLine(ST_MakePoint(1,2,3), ST_MakePoint(3,4,5)));
                st_asewkt
-------------------------
 LINESTRING(1 2 3,3 4 5)
                        

Examples: Using Array version

SELECT ST_MakeLine(ARRAY(SELECT ST_Centroid(the_geom) FROM visit_locations ORDER BY visit_time));

--Making a 3d line with 3 3-d points
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_MakeLine(ARRAY[ST_MakePoint(1,2,3),
                                ST_MakePoint(3,4,5), ST_MakePoint(6,6,6)]));
                st_asewkt
-------------------------
LINESTRING(1 2 3,3 4 5,6 6 6)
                        

Name

ST_MakeEnvelope — Creates a rectangular Polygon formed from the given minimums and maximums. Input values must be in SRS specified by the SRID.

Synopsis

geometry ST_MakeEnvelope(double precision xmin, double precision ymin, double precision xmax, double precision ymax, integer srid=unknown);

Descrizione

Creates a rectangular Polygon formed from the minima and maxima. by the given shell. Input values must be in SRS specified by the SRID. If no SRID is specified the unknown spatial reference system is assumed

Availability: 1.5

Enhanced: 2.0: Ability to specify an envelope without specifying an SRID was introduced.

Example: Building a bounding box polygon

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_MakeEnvelope(10, 10, 11, 11, 4326));

st_asewkt
-----------
POLYGON((10 10, 10 11, 11 11, 11 10, 10 10))
                          

Name

ST_MakePolygon — Creates a Polygon formed by the given shell. Input geometries must be closed LINESTRINGS.

Synopsis

geometry ST_MakePolygon(geometry linestring);

geometry ST_MakePolygon(geometry outerlinestring, geometry[] interiorlinestrings);

Descrizione

Creates a Polygon formed by the given shell. Input geometries must be closed LINESTRINGS. Comes in 2 variants.

Variant 1: Takes one closed linestring.

Variant 2: Creates a Polygon formed by the given shell and array of holes. You can construct a geometry array using ST_Accum or the PostgreSQL ARRAY[] and ARRAY() constructs. Input geometries must be closed LINESTRINGS.

[Note]

This function will not accept a MULTILINESTRING. Use ST_LineMerge or ST_Dump to generate line strings.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Examples: Single closed LINESTRING

--linea 2d
SELECT ST_MakePolygon(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(75.15 29.53,77 29,77.6 29.5, 75.15 29.53)'));
--se la linestring non è chiusa
--potete aggiungere il punto iniziale per chiuderla
SELECT ST_MakePolygon(ST_AddPoint(foo.open_line, ST_StartPoint(foo.open_line)))
FROM (
SELECT ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(75.15 29.53,77 29,77.6 29.5)') As open_line) As foo;

--linea 3d chiusa
SELECT ST_MakePolygon(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 1, 75.15 29.53 1)'));

st_asewkt
-----------
POLYGON((75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 1,75.15 29.53 1))

--linea misurata --
SELECT ST_MakePolygon(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRINGM(75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 2, 75.15 29.53 2)'));

st_asewkt
----------
POLYGONM((75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 2,75.15 29.53 2))
                          

Examples: Outer shell with inner shells

Build a donut with an ant hole

SELECT ST_MakePolygon(
                ST_ExteriorRing(ST_Buffer(foo.line,10)),
        ARRAY[ST_Translate(foo.line,1,1),
                ST_ExteriorRing(ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(20,20),1)) ]
        )
FROM
        (SELECT ST_ExteriorRing(ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(10,10),10,10))
                As line )
                As foo;
                

Build province boundaries with holes representing lakes in the province from a set of province polygons/multipolygons and water linestrings. This is an example of using PostGIS ST_Accum.

[Note]

The CASE construct is used because feeding a null array into ST_MakePolygon results in NULL.

[Note]

A left join is used to guarantee we get all provinces back even if they have no lakes.

SELECT p.gid, p.province_name,
                CASE WHEN
                        ST_Accum(w.the_geom) IS NULL THEN p.the_geom
                ELSE  ST_MakePolygon(ST_LineMerge(ST_Boundary(p.the_geom)), ST_Accum(w.the_geom)) END
        FROM
                provinces p LEFT JOIN waterlines w
                        ON (ST_Within(w.the_geom, p.the_geom) AND ST_IsClosed(w.the_geom))
        GROUP BY p.gid, p.province_name, p.the_geom;

        -- Stesso esempio di cui sopra, ma con una sottoquery correlata
        -- e la funzione PostgreSQL ARRAY() che converte il set di record in un vettore

        SELECT p.gid,  p.province_name, CASE WHEN
                EXISTS(SELECT w.the_geom
                        FROM waterlines w
                        WHERE ST_Within(w.the_geom, p.the_geom)
                        AND ST_IsClosed(w.the_geom))
                THEN
                ST_MakePolygon(ST_LineMerge(ST_Boundary(p.the_geom)),
                        ARRAY(SELECT w.the_geom
                                FROM waterlines w
                                WHERE ST_Within(w.the_geom, p.the_geom)
                                AND ST_IsClosed(w.the_geom)))
                ELSE p.the_geom END As the_geom
        FROM
                provinces p;
                          

Name

ST_MakePoint — Creates a 2D,3DZ or 4D point geometry.

Synopsis

geometry ST_MakePoint(double precision x, double precision y);

geometry ST_MakePoint(double precision x, double precision y, double precision z);

geometry ST_MakePoint(double precision x, double precision y, double precision z, double precision m);

Descrizione

Creates a 2D,3DZ or 4D point geometry (geometry with measure). ST_MakePoint while not being OGC compliant is generally faster and more precise than ST_GeomFromText and ST_PointFromText. It is also easier to use if you have raw coordinates rather than WKT.

[Note]

Note x is longitude and y is latitude

[Note]

Utilizzare ST_MakePointM se dovete creare un punto con x,y,m.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--Return point with unknown SRID
SELECT ST_MakePoint(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829);

--Return point marked as WGS 84 long lat
SELECT ST_SetSRID(ST_MakePoint(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829),4326);

--Return a 3D point (e.g. has altitude)
SELECT ST_MakePoint(1, 2,1.5);

--Get z of point
SELECT ST_Z(ST_MakePoint(1, 2,1.5));
result
-------
1.5

Name

ST_MakePointM — Creates a point geometry with an x y and m coordinate.

Synopsis

geometry ST_MakePointM(float x, float y, float m);

Descrizione

Creates a point with x, y and measure coordinates.

[Note]

Note x is longitude and y is latitude.

Esempi

We use ST_AsEWKT in these examples to show the text representation instead of ST_AsText because ST_AsText does not support returning M.

--Return EWKT representation of point with unknown SRID
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_MakePointM(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829, 10));

--result
                                   st_asewkt
-----------------------------------------------
 POINTM(-71.1043443253471 42.3150676015829 10)

--Return EWKT representation of point with measure marked as WGS 84 long lat
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_SetSRID(ST_MakePointM(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829,10),4326));

                                                st_asewkt
---------------------------------------------------------
SRID=4326;POINTM(-71.1043443253471 42.3150676015829 10)

--Return a 3d point (e.g. has altitude)
SELECT ST_MakePoint(1, 2,1.5);

--Get m of point
SELECT ST_M(ST_MakePointM(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829,10));
result
-------
10
                          

Name

ST_MLineFromText — Return a specified ST_MultiLineString value from WKT representation.

Synopsis

geometry ST_MLineFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

geometry ST_MLineFromText(text WKT);

Descrizione

Makes a Geometry from Well-Known-Text (WKT) with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite

Returns null if the WKT is not a MULTILINESTRING

[Note]

If you are absolutely sure all your WKT geometries are points, don't use this function. It is slower than ST_GeomFromText since it adds an additional validation step.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification.SQL-MM 3: 9.4.4

Esempi

SELECT ST_MLineFromText('MULTILINESTRING((1 2, 3 4), (4 5, 6 7))');

Vedi anche

ST_GeomFromText


Name

ST_MPointFromText — Makes a Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

Synopsis

geometry ST_MPointFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

geometry ST_MPointFromText(text WKT);

Descrizione

Makes a Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite

Returns null if the WKT is not a MULTIPOINT

[Note]

If you are absolutely sure all your WKT geometries are points, don't use this function. It is slower than ST_GeomFromText since it adds an additional validation step.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. 3.2.6.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 9.2.4

Esempi

SELECT ST_MPointFromText('MULTIPOINT(1 2, 3 4)');
SELECT ST_MPointFromText('MULTIPOINT(-70.9590 42.1180, -70.9611 42.1223)', 4326);

Vedi anche

ST_GeomFromText


Name

ST_MPolyFromText — Makes a MultiPolygon Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

Synopsis

geometry ST_MPolyFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

geometry ST_MPolyFromText(text WKT);

Descrizione

Makes a MultiPolygon from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite

Throws an error if the WKT is not a MULTIPOLYGON

[Note]

If you are absolutely sure all your WKT geometries are multipolygons, don't use this function. It is slower than ST_GeomFromText since it adds an additional validation step.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 9.6.4

Esempi

SELECT ST_MPolyFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((0 0 1,20 0 1,20 20 1,0 20 1,0 0 1),(5 5 3,5 7 3,7 7 3,7 5 3,5 5 3)))');
SELECt ST_MPolyFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(((-70.916 42.1002,-70.9468 42.0946,-70.9765 42.0872,-70.9754 42.0875,-70.9749 42.0879,-70.9752 42.0881,-70.9754 42.0891,-70.9758 42.0894,-70.9759 42.0897,-70.9759 42.0899,-70.9754 42.0902,-70.9756 42.0906,-70.9753 42.0907,-70.9753 42.0917,-70.9757 42.0924,-70.9755 42.0928,-70.9755 42.0942,-70.9751 42.0948,-70.9755 42.0953,-70.9751 42.0958,-70.9751 42.0962,-70.9759 42.0983,-70.9767 42.0987,-70.9768 42.0991,-70.9771 42.0997,-70.9771 42.1003,-70.9768 42.1005,-70.977 42.1011,-70.9766 42.1019,-70.9768 42.1026,-70.9769 42.1033,-70.9775 42.1042,-70.9773 42.1043,-70.9776 42.1043,-70.9778 42.1048,-70.9773 42.1058,-70.9774 42.1061,-70.9779 42.1065,-70.9782 42.1078,-70.9788 42.1085,-70.9798 42.1087,-70.9806 42.109,-70.9807 42.1093,-70.9806 42.1099,-70.9809 42.1109,-70.9808 42.1112,-70.9798 42.1116,-70.9792 42.1127,-70.979 42.1129,-70.9787 42.1134,-70.979 42.1139,-70.9791 42.1141,-70.9987 42.1116,-71.0022 42.1273,
        -70.9408 42.1513,-70.9315 42.1165,-70.916 42.1002)))',4326);

Name

ST_Point — Returns an ST_Point with the given coordinate values. OGC alias for ST_MakePoint.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Point(float x_lon, float y_lat);

Descrizione

Returns an ST_Point with the given coordinate values. MM compliant alias for ST_MakePoint that takes just an x and y.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.2

Examples: Geometry

SELECT ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829),4326)

Examples: Geography

SELECT CAST(ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829),4326) As geography);
-- lo :: è l'abbreviazione PostgreSQL per il casting.
SELECT ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(-71.1043443253471, 42.3150676015829),4326)::geography;
--If your point coordinates are in a different spatial reference from WGS-84 long lat, then you need to transform before casting
-- This example we convert a point in Pennsylvania State Plane feet to WGS 84 and then geography
SELECT ST_Transform(ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(3637510, 3014852),2273),4326)::geography;

Name

ST_PointFromGeoHash — Return a point from a GeoHash string.

Synopsis

point ST_PointFromGeoHash(text geohash, integer precision=full_precision_of_geohash);

Descrizione

Return a point from a GeoHash string. The point represents the center point of the GeoHash.

If no precision is specified ST_PointFromGeoHash returns a point based on full precision of the input GeoHash string.

If precision is specified ST_PointFromGeoHash will use that many characters from the GeoHash to create the point.

Availability: 2.1.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0'));
          st_astext
------------------------------
 POINT(-115.172816 36.114646)

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 4));
             st_astext
-----------------------------------
 POINT(-115.13671875 36.123046875)

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointFromGeoHash('9qqj7nmxncgyy4d0dbxqz0', 10));
                 st_astext
-------------------------------------------
 POINT(-115.172815918922 36.1146435141563)
                
                

Name

ST_PointFromText — Makes a point Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to unknown.

Synopsis

geometry ST_PointFromText(text WKT);

geometry ST_PointFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

Descrizione

Constructs a PostGIS ST_Geometry point object from the OGC Well-Known text representation. If SRID is not given, it defaults to unknown (currently 0). If geometry is not a WKT point representation, returns null. If completely invalid WKT, then throws an error.

[Note]

There are 2 variants of ST_PointFromText function, the first takes no SRID and returns a geometry with no defined spatial reference system. The second takes a spatial reference id as the second argument and returns an ST_Geometry that includes this srid as part of its meta-data. The srid must be defined in the spatial_ref_sys table.

[Note]

If you are absolutely sure all your WKT geometries are points, don't use this function. It is slower than ST_GeomFromText since it adds an additional validation step. If you are building points from long lat coordinates and care more about performance and accuracy than OGC compliance, use ST_MakePoint or OGC compliant alias ST_Point.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.8

Esempi

SELECT ST_PointFromText('POINT(-71.064544 42.28787)');
SELECT ST_PointFromText('POINT(-71.064544 42.28787)', 4326);
        

Name

ST_PointFromWKB — Makes a geometry from WKB with the given SRID

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeomFromWKB(bytea geom);

geometry ST_GeomFromWKB(bytea geom, integer srid);

Descrizione

The ST_PointFromWKB function, takes a well-known binary representation of geometry and a Spatial Reference System ID (SRID) and creates an instance of the appropriate geometry type - in this case, a POINT geometry. This function plays the role of the Geometry Factory in SQL.

If an SRID is not specified, it defaults to 0. NULL is returned if the input bytea does not represent a POINT geometry.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.7.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.9

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT
  ST_AsText(
        ST_PointFromWKB(
          ST_AsEWKB('POINT(2 5)'::geometry)
        )
  );
 st_astext
------------
 POINT(2 5)
(1 row)

SELECT
  ST_AsText(
        ST_PointFromWKB(
          ST_AsEWKB('LINESTRING(2 5, 2 6)'::geometry)
        )
  );
 st_astext
-----------

(1 row)

Name

ST_Polygon — Returns a polygon built from the specified linestring and SRID.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Polygon(geometry aLineString, integer srid);

Descrizione

Returns a polygon built from the specified linestring and SRID.

[Note]

ST_Polygon is similar to first version of ST_MakePolygon except it also sets the spatial ref sys (SRID) of the polygon. Will not work with MULTILINESTRINGS so use LineMerge to merge multilines. Also does not create polygons with holes. Use ST_MakePolygon for that.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 8.3.2

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--un poligono 2d
SELECT ST_Polygon(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(75.15 29.53,77 29,77.6 29.5, 75.15 29.53)'), 4326);

--risultato--
POLYGON((75.15 29.53,77 29,77.6 29.5,75.15 29.53))
--un poligono 3d 
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Polygon(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 1, 75.15 29.53 1)'), 4326));

risultato
------
SRID=4326;POLYGON((75.15 29.53 1,77 29 1,77.6 29.5 1,75.15 29.53 1))
                        

Name

ST_PolygonFromText — Makes a Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0.

Synopsis

geometry ST_PolygonFromText(text WKT);

geometry ST_PolygonFromText(text WKT, integer srid);

Descrizione

Makes a Geometry from WKT with the given SRID. If SRID is not given, it defaults to 0. Returns null if WKT is not a polygon.

OGC SPEC 3.2.6.2 - option SRID is from the conformance suite

[Note]

If you are absolutely sure all your WKT geometries are polygons, don't use this function. It is slower than ST_GeomFromText since it adds an additional validation step.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s3.2.6.2

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 8.3.6

Esempi

SELECT ST_PolygonFromText('POLYGON((-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571,-71.1776820268866 42.3903701743239,
-71.1776063012595 42.3903825660754,-71.1775826583081 42.3903033653531,-71.1776585052917 42.3902909739571))');
st_polygonfromtext
------------------
010300000001000000050000006...


SELECT ST_PolygonFromText('POINT(1 2)') IS NULL as point_is_notpoly;

point_is_not_poly
----------
t

Vedi anche

ST_GeomFromText


Name

ST_WKBToSQL — Return a specified ST_Geometry value from Well-Known Binary representation (WKB). This is an alias name for ST_GeomFromWKB that takes no srid

Synopsis

geometry ST_WKBToSQL(bytea WKB);

Descrizione

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.36

Vedi anche

ST_GeomFromWKB


Name

ST_WKTToSQL — Restituisce un valore ST_Geometry a partire da Well-Known-Text (WKT). È un alias per ST_GeomFromText

Synopsis

geometry ST_WKTToSQL(text WKT);

Descrizione

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.34

Vedi anche

ST_GeomFromText

8.5. Geometry Accessors

GeometryType — Restituisce il tipo di geometria come stringa. Per esempio: 'LINESTRING', 'POLYGON', 'MULTIPOINT', ecc.
ST_Boundary — Returns the closure of the combinatorial boundary of this Geometry.
ST_CoordDim — Restituisce la dimensione delle coordinate di ST_Geometry value.
ST_Dimension — La dimensione inerente a questo oggetto Geometry, che deve essere minore o uguale alla dimensione delle coordinate.
ST_EndPoint — Returns the last point of a LINESTRING or CIRCULARLINESTRING geometry as a POINT.
ST_Envelope — Returns a geometry representing the double precision (float8) bounding box of the supplied geometry.
ST_BoundingDiagonal — Returns the diagonal of the supplied geometry's bounding box.
ST_ExteriorRing — Restituisce una LINESTRING che rappresenta l'anello esterno per una geometria POLYGON. Restituisce NULL se la geometria non è un poligono. Non funziona con MULTIPOLYGON
ST_GeometryN — Restituisce la geometria numero N (a partire da 1) se la geometria è una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, (MULTI)POINT, (MULTI)LINESTRING, MULTICURVE o (MULTI)POLYGON, POLYHEDRALSURFACE. Altrimenti restituisce il valore NULL.
ST_GeometryType — Restituisce il tipo di geometria per il valore ST_Geometry.
ST_InteriorRingN — Return the Nth interior linestring ring of the polygon geometry. Return NULL if the geometry is not a polygon or the given N is out of range.
ST_IsCollection — Returns true if all exterior rings are oriented counter-clockwise and all interior rings are oriented clockwise.
ST_IsCollection — Returns true if all exterior rings are oriented clockwise and all interior rings are oriented counter-clockwise.
ST_IsClosed — Restituisce TRUE se il punto iniziale e quello finale di LINESTRING coincidono. Per le superfici poliedriche indica una superficie chiusa (volumetrica).
ST_IsCollection — Restituisce TRUE se l'argomento è una collezione (MULTI*, GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, ...)
ST_IsEmpty — Restituisce TRUE se la geometria è una geometrycollection, un poligono o un punto vuoto, ecc.
ST_IsRing — Returns TRUE if this LINESTRING is both closed and simple.
ST_IsSimple — Returns (TRUE) if this Geometry has no anomalous geometric points, such as self intersection or self tangency.
ST_IsValid — Returns true if the ST_Geometry is well formed.
ST_IsValidReason — Returns text stating if a geometry is valid or not and if not valid, a reason why.
ST_IsValidDetail — Returns a valid_detail (valid,reason,location) row stating if a geometry is valid or not and if not valid, a reason why and a location where.
ST_M — Return the M coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.
ST_NDims — Returns coordinate dimension of the geometry as a small int. Values are: 2,3 or 4.
ST_NPoints — Return the number of points (vertexes) in a geometry.
ST_NRings — If the geometry is a polygon or multi-polygon returns the number of rings.
ST_NumGeometries — If geometry is a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION (or MULTI*) return the number of geometries, for single geometries will return 1, otherwise return NULL.
ST_NumInteriorRings — Return the number of interior rings of a polygon geometry.
ST_NumInteriorRing — Return the number of interior rings of a polygon in the geometry. Synonym for ST_NumInteriorRings.
ST_NumPatches — Return the number of faces on a Polyhedral Surface. Will return null for non-polyhedral geometries.
ST_NumPoints — Return the number of points in an ST_LineString or ST_CircularString value.
ST_PatchN — Return the 1-based Nth geometry (face) if the geometry is a POLYHEDRALSURFACE, POLYHEDRALSURFACEM. Otherwise, return NULL.
ST_PointN — Return the Nth point in the first LineString or circular LineString in the geometry. Negative values are counted backwards from the end of the LineString. Returns NULL if there is no linestring in the geometry.
ST_NPoints — Returns a MultiPoint containing all of the coordinates of a geometry.
ST_SRID — Returns the spatial reference identifier for the ST_Geometry as defined in spatial_ref_sys table.
ST_StartPoint — Returns the first point of a LINESTRING geometry as a POINT.
ST_Summary — Returns a text summary of the contents of the geometry.
ST_X — Restituisce la coordinata X del punto, o NULL se non disponibile. L'input deve essere un punto.
ST_XMax — Returns X maxima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.
ST_XMin — Returns X minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.
ST_Y — Return the Y coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.
ST_YMax — Returns Y maxima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.
ST_YMin — Returns Y minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.
ST_Z — Return the Z coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.
ST_ZMax — Returns Z minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.
ST_Zmflag — Returns ZM (dimension semantic) flag of the geometries as a small int. Values are: 0=2d, 1=3dm, 2=3dz, 3=4d.
ST_ZMin — Returns Z minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

Name

GeometryType — Restituisce il tipo di geometria come stringa. Per esempio: 'LINESTRING', 'POLYGON', 'MULTIPOINT', ecc.

Synopsis

text GeometryType(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Restituisce il tipo di geometria come stringa. Per esempio: 'LINESTRING', 'POLYGON', 'MULTIPOINT', ecc.

OGC SPEC s2.1.1.1 - Returns the name of the instantiable subtype of Geometry of which this Geometry instance is a member. The name of the instantiable subtype of Geometry is returned as a string.

[Note]

Questa funzione indica anche se la geometria viene misurata, restituendo una stringa nella forma 'POINTM'.

Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

SELECT GeometryType(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)'));
 geometrytype
--------------
 LINESTRING
SELECT ST_GeometryType(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), 
                ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
                ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), 
                ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'));
                        --result
                        POLYHEDRALSURFACE
                        
SELECT GeometryType(geom) as result
  FROM
    (SELECT 
       ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN (((
                0 0 0, 
                0 0 1, 
                0 1 0, 
                0 0 0
            )), ((
                0 0 0, 
                0 1 0, 
                1 1 0, 
                0 0 0
            ))
            )')  AS geom
    ) AS g;
 result
--------
 TIN    

Si veda anche

ST_GeometryType


Name

ST_Boundary — Returns the closure of the combinatorial boundary of this Geometry.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Boundary(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Returns the closure of the combinatorial boundary of this Geometry. The combinatorial boundary is defined as described in section 3.12.3.2 of the OGC SPEC. Because the result of this function is a closure, and hence topologically closed, the resulting boundary can be represented using representational geometry primitives as discussed in the OGC SPEC, section 3.12.2.

Eseguito dal modulo GEOS

[Note]

Prma della 2.0.0, questa funzione dava un'eccezione se usata con GEOMETRYCOLLECTION. A partire dalla 2.0.0 in poi, restituirà invece NULL (input non supportato).

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. OGC SPEC s2.1.1.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.14

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Enhanced: 2.1.0 support for Triangle was introduced

Esempi

Linestring with boundary points overlaid

SELECT ST_Boundary(geom)
FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING(100 150,50 60, 70 80, 160 170)'::geometry As geom) As f;
                                

-- ST_AsText output
MULTIPOINT(100 150,160 170)

polygon holes with boundary multilinestring

SELECT ST_Boundary(geom)
FROM (SELECT
'POLYGON (( 10 130, 50 190, 110 190, 140 150, 150 80, 100 10, 20 40, 10 130 ),
        ( 70 40, 100 50, 120 80, 80 110, 50 90, 70 40 ))'::geometry As geom) As f;
                                

-- ST_AsText output
MULTILINESTRING((10 130,50 190,110 190,140 150,150 80,100 10,20 40,10 130),
        (70 40,100 50,120 80,80 110,50 90,70 40))

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 1,0 0, -1 1)')));
st_astext
-----------
MULTIPOINT(1 1,-1 1)

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 1,0 0, -1 1, 1 1))')));
st_astext
----------
LINESTRING(1 1,0 0,-1 1,1 1)

--Usando un poligono 3d
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((1 1 1,0 0 1, -1 1 1, 1 1 1))')));

st_asewkt
-----------------------------------
LINESTRING(1 1 1,0 0 1,-1 1 1,1 1 1)

--Usando una multilinestring 3d
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Boundary(ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((1 1 1,0 0 0.5, -1 1 1),(1 1 0.5,0 0 0.5, -1 1 0.5, 1 1 0.5) )')));

st_asewkt
----------
MULTIPOINT(-1 1 1,1 1 0.75)

Name

ST_CoordDim — Restituisce la dimensione delle coordinate di ST_Geometry value.

Synopsis

integer ST_CoordDim(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Restituisce la dimensione delle coordinate di ST_Geometry value.

This is the MM compliant alias name for ST_NDims

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.3

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

SELECT ST_CoordDim('CIRCULARSTRING(1 2 3, 1 3 4, 5 6 7, 8 9 10, 11 12 13)');
                        ---result--
                                3

                                SELECT ST_CoordDim(ST_Point(1,2));
                        --result--
                                2

                

Si veda anche

ST_NDims


Name

ST_Dimension — La dimensione inerente a questo oggetto Geometry, che deve essere minore o uguale alla dimensione delle coordinate.

Synopsis

integer ST_Dimension(geometry g);

Descrizione

La dimensione inerente a questo oggetto Geometry, che deve essere minore o uguale alla dimensione delle coordinate. La specifica OGC s2.1.1.1 restituisce 0 per POINT, 1 per LINESTRING, 2 per POLYGON, e la maggiore fra le dimensioni dei componenti di una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION. Se la geometria è sconosciuta (vuota), viene restituito il valore NULL.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.2

Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le supefici poliedriche e i TIN. Non viene più generata un'eccezione se viene data una geometria vuota.

[Note]

Prima della 2.0.0, questa funzione dava un'eccezione se usata con una geometria vuota.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

SELECT ST_Dimension('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(1 1,0 0),POINT(0 0))');
ST_Dimension
-----------
1

Si veda anche

ST_NDims


Name

ST_EndPoint — Returns the last point of a LINESTRING or CIRCULARLINESTRING geometry as a POINT.

Synopsis

boolean ST_EndPoint(geometry g);

Descrizione

Restituisce l'ultimo punto di una geometria LINESTRING come POINT o NULL se il parametro di input non è una LINESTRING.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.4

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

[Note]

Modifica: La versione 2.0.0 non funziona più con geometrie singole di stringhe multilinea. Nelle versioni precedenti di PostGIS una stringa multilinea con una sola linea avrebbe funzionato tranquillamente con questa funzione, restituendo il punto di inizio. Nella versione 2.0.0 la funzione restituisce NULL come per qualsiasi altra stringa multilinea. Il comportamento precedente non era documentato, ma le persone che presumevano di avere i dati memorizzati come LINESTRING potrebbero trovare che questi ora restituiscono il valore NULL.

Esempi

postgis=# SELECT ST_AsText(ST_EndPoint('LINESTRING(1 1, 2 2, 3 3)'::geometry));
 st_astext
------------
 POINT(3 3)
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_EndPoint('POINT(1 1)'::geometry) IS NULL AS is_null;
  is_null
----------
 t
(1 row)

--3d endpoint
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_EndPoint('LINESTRING(1 1 2, 1 2 3, 0 0 5)'));
  st_asewkt
--------------
 POINT(0 0 5)
(1 row)

Si veda anche

ST_PointN, ST_StartPoint


Name

ST_Envelope — Returns a geometry representing the double precision (float8) bounding box of the supplied geometry.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Envelope(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Returns the float8 minimum bounding box for the supplied geometry, as a geometry. The polygon is defined by the corner points of the bounding box ((MINX, MINY), (MINX, MAXY), (MAXX, MAXY), (MAXX, MINY), (MINX, MINY)). (PostGIS will add a ZMIN/ZMAX coordinate as well).

I casi degeneri (linee verticali, punti) restituiranno una geometria di dimensione inferiore al POLYGON, cioè POINT o LINESTRING.

Disponibilità: il comportamento nella 1.5.0 è stato cambiato per dare in uscita numeri in precisione doppia anziche float4

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.15

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope('POINT(1 3)'::geometry));
 st_astext
------------
 POINT(1 3)
(1 row)


SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 3)'::geometry));
                   st_astext
--------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0,0 3,1 3,1 0,0 0))
(1 row)


SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope('POLYGON((0 0, 0 1, 1.0000001 1, 1.0000001 0, 0 0))'::geometry));
                                                  st_astext
--------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1.00000011920929 1,1.00000011920929 0,0 0))
(1 row)
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Envelope('POLYGON((0 0, 0 1, 1.0000000001 1, 1.0000000001 0, 0 0))'::geometry));
                                                  st_astext
--------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1.00000011920929 1,1.00000011920929 0,0 0))
(1 row)
        
SELECT Box3D(geom), Box2D(geom), ST_AsText(ST_Envelope(geom)) As envelopewkt
        FROM (SELECT 'POLYGON((0 0, 0 1000012333334.34545678, 1.0000001 1, 1.0000001 0, 0 0))'::geometry As geom) As foo;


        

Si veda anche

Box2D, Box3D


Name

ST_BoundingDiagonal — Returns the diagonal of the supplied geometry's bounding box.

Synopsis

geometry ST_BoundingDiagonal(geometry geom, boolean fits=false);

Descrizione

Returns the diagonal of the supplied geometry's bounding box as linestring. If the input geometry is empty, the diagonal line is also empty, otherwise it is a 2-points linestring with minimum values of each dimension in its start point and maximum values in its end point.

The returned linestring geometry always retains SRID and dimensionality (Z and M presence) of the input geometry.

The fits parameter specifies if the best fit is needed. If false, the diagonal of a somewhat larger bounding box can be accepted (is faster to obtain for geometries with a lot of vertices). In any case the bounding box of the returned diagonal line always covers the input geometry.

[Note]

In degenerate cases (a single vertex in input) the returned linestring will be topologically invalid (no interior). This does not make the return semantically invalid.

Availability: 2.2.0

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports M coordinates.

Esempi

-- Get the minimum X in a buffer around a point
SELECT ST_X(ST_StartPoint(ST_BoundingDiagonal(
  ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(0,0),10)
)));
 st_x
------
  -10
                

Name

ST_ExteriorRing — Restituisce una LINESTRING che rappresenta l'anello esterno per una geometria POLYGON. Restituisce NULL se la geometria non è un poligono. Non funziona con MULTIPOLYGON

Synopsis

geometry ST_ExteriorRing(geometry a_polygon);

Descrizione

Restituisce una LINESTRING che rappresenta l'anello esterno per una geometria POLYGON. Restituisce NULL se la geometria non è un poligono. Non funziona con MULTIPOLYGON

[Note]

Funziona solamente con le geometrie di tipo POLYGON

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. 2.1.5.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 8.2.3, 8.3.3

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--Se avete una tabella di poligoni:
SELECT gid, ST_ExteriorRing(the_geom) AS ering
FROM sometable;

--Se avete una tabella MULTIPOLYGON
--e volete riottenere un MULTILINESTRING composto dagli anelli esteriori mposed of the exterior rings of each polygon
SELECT gid, ST_Collect(ST_ExteriorRing(the_geom)) AS erings
        FROM (SELECT gid, (ST_Dump(the_geom)).geom As the_geom
                        FROM sometable) As foo
GROUP BY gid;

--Esempio 3d
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(
        ST_ExteriorRing(
        ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((0 0 1, 1 1 1, 1 2 1, 1 1 1, 0 0 1))')
        )
);

st_asewkt
---------
LINESTRING(0 0 1,1 1 1,1 2 1,1 1 1,0 0 1)

Name

ST_GeometryN — Restituisce la geometria numero N (a partire da 1) se la geometria è una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, (MULTI)POINT, (MULTI)LINESTRING, MULTICURVE o (MULTI)POLYGON, POLYHEDRALSURFACE. Altrimenti restituisce il valore NULL.

Synopsis

geometry ST_GeometryN(geometry geomA, integer n);

Descrizione

Restituisce la geometria numero N (a partire da 1) se la geometria è una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, (MULTI)POINT, (MULTI)LINESTRING, MULTICURVE o (MULTI)POLYGON, POLYHEDRALSURFACE. Altrimenti restituisce il valore NULL.

[Note]

L'indice parte da 1, come per le specifiche OGC a partire dalla versione 0.8.0. Le precedenti versioni invece implementavano un indice a partire da zero.

[Note]

Se volete estrarre tutte le geometria, ST_Dump è più efficiente e funziona anche nel caso di geometrie singole.

Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.

Changed: 2.0.0 Prior versions would return NULL for singular geometries. This was changed to return the geometry for ST_GeometryN(..,1) case.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 9.1.5

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi standard

--Extracting a subset of points from a 3d multipoint
SELECT n, ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeometryN(the_geom, n)) As geomewkt
FROM (
VALUES (ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTIPOINT(1 2 7, 3 4 7, 5 6 7, 8 9 10)') ),
( ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTICURVE(CIRCULARSTRING(2.5 2.5,4.5 2.5, 3.5 3.5), (10 11, 12 11))') )
        )As foo(the_geom)
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,100) n
WHERE n <= ST_NumGeometries(the_geom);

 n |               geomewkt
---+-----------------------------------------
 1 | POINT(1 2 7)
 2 | POINT(3 4 7)
 3 | POINT(5 6 7)
 4 | POINT(8 9 10)
 1 | CIRCULARSTRING(2.5 2.5,4.5 2.5,3.5 3.5)
 2 | LINESTRING(10 11,12 11)


--Extracting all geometries (useful when you want to assign an id)
SELECT gid, n, ST_GeometryN(the_geom, n)
FROM sometable CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,100) n
WHERE n <= ST_NumGeometries(the_geom);

Esempi con superfici poliedriche, TIN e triangoli

-- Esempio con superficie poliedrica
-- Spezza una superficie poliedrica nelle facce che la compongono
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeometryN(p_geom,3)) As geom_ewkt
  FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( 
((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)),  
((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), 
((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)),  
((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)),  
((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) 
)')  AS p_geom )  AS a;

                geom_ewkt
------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0))
-- TIN --                
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeometryN(geom,2)) as wkt
  FROM
    (SELECT 
       ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN (((
                0 0 0, 
                0 0 1, 
                0 1 0, 
                0 0 0
            )), ((
                0 0 0, 
                0 1 0, 
                1 1 0, 
                0 0 0
            ))
            )')  AS geom
    ) AS g;
-- result --
                 wkt
-------------------------------------
 TRIANGLE((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,0 0 0))

Name

ST_GeometryType — Restituisce il tipo di geometria per il valore ST_Geometry.

Synopsis

text ST_GeometryType(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Restituisce il tipo di geometria come stringa. P. es.: 'ST_Linestring', 'ST_Polygon','ST_MultiPolygon' ecc. Questa funzione differisce da GeometryType(geometry) per il prefisso ST che viene restituito, così come per il fatto che non indica se la geometria è misurata.

Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.4

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_GeometryType(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)'));
                        --risultato
                        ST_LineString
SELECT ST_GeometryType(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), 
                ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
                ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), 
                ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'));
                        --risultato
                        ST_PolyhedralSurface
SELECT ST_GeometryType(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), 
                ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
                ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), 
                ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'));
                        --risultato
                        ST_PolyhedralSurface
SELECT ST_GeometryType(geom) as result
  FROM
    (SELECT 
       ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN (((
                0 0 0, 
                0 0 1, 
                0 1 0, 
                0 0 0
            )), ((
                0 0 0, 
                0 1 0, 
                1 1 0, 
                0 0 0
            ))
            )')  AS geom
    ) AS g;
 result
--------
 ST_Tin    

Si veda anche

GeometryType


Name

ST_InteriorRingN — Return the Nth interior linestring ring of the polygon geometry. Return NULL if the geometry is not a polygon or the given N is out of range.

Synopsis

geometry ST_InteriorRingN(geometry a_polygon, integer n);

Descrizione

Return the Nth interior linestring ring of the polygon geometry. Return NULL if the geometry is not a polygon or the given N is out of range. index starts at 1.

[Note]

Non funzionerà per i MULTIPOLYGON. Da utilizzare assieme a ST_Dump per i MULTIPOLYGON

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 8.2.6, 8.3.5

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_InteriorRingN(the_geom, 1)) As the_geom
FROM (SELECT ST_BuildArea(
                ST_Collect(ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,2), 20,3),
                        ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1, 2), 10,3))) As the_geom
                )  as foo
                

Name

ST_IsCollection — Returns true if all exterior rings are oriented counter-clockwise and all interior rings are oriented clockwise.

Synopsis

boolean ST_IsEmpty(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Returns true if all polygonal components of the input geometry use a counter-clockwise orientation for their exterior ring, and a clockwise direction for all interior rings.

Restituisce TRUE se la geometria è una geometrycollection, un poligono o un punto vuoto, ecc.

[Note]

Closed linestrings are not considered polygonal components, so you would still get a true return by passing a single closed linestring no matter its orientation.

[Note]

If a polygonal geometry does not use reversed orientation for interior rings (i.e., if one or more interior rings are oriented in the same direction as an exterior ring) then both ST_IsPolygonCW and ST_IsPolygonCCW will return false.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports M coordinates.


Name

ST_IsCollection — Returns true if all exterior rings are oriented clockwise and all interior rings are oriented counter-clockwise.

Synopsis

boolean ST_IsEmpty(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Returns true if all polygonal components of the input geometry use a clockwise orientation for their exterior ring, and a counter-clockwise direction for all interior rings.

Restituisce TRUE se la geometria è una geometrycollection, un poligono o un punto vuoto, ecc.

[Note]

Closed linestrings are not considered polygonal components, so you would still get a true return by passing a single closed linestring no matter its orientation.

[Note]

If a polygonal geometry does not use reversed orientation for interior rings (i.e., if one or more interior rings are oriented in the same direction as an exterior ring) then both ST_IsPolygonCW and ST_IsPolygonCCW will return false.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports M coordinates.


Name

ST_IsClosed — Restituisce TRUE se il punto iniziale e quello finale di LINESTRING coincidono. Per le superfici poliedriche indica una superficie chiusa (volumetrica).

Synopsis

boolean ST_IsClosed(geometry g);

Descrizione

Restituisce TRUE se il punto iniziale e quello finale di LINESTRING coincidono. Per le superfici poliedriche indicase la superficie è un'area (aperta) o un volume (chiusa).

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.5, 9.3.3

[Note]

SQL-MM definisce il risultato di ST_IsClosed(NULL) come 0, mentre PostGIS restituisce NULL.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi con Stringhe di linee e punti

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry);
 st_isclosed
-------------
 f
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('LINESTRING(0 0, 0 1, 1 1, 0 0)'::geometry);
 st_isclosed
-------------
 t
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('MULTILINESTRING((0 0, 0 1, 1 1, 0 0),(0 0, 1 1))'::geometry);
 st_isclosed
-------------
 f
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('POINT(0 0)'::geometry);
 st_isclosed
-------------
 t
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsClosed('MULTIPOINT((0 0), (1 1))'::geometry);
 st_isclosed
-------------
 t
(1 row)

Esempi con superfici poliedriche

-- Un cubo --
                SELECT ST_IsClosed(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), 
                ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
                ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), 
                ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'));

 st_isclosed
-------------
 t


 -- Come un cubo, ma senza un lato --
 SELECT ST_IsClosed(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), 
                ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
                ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), 
                ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)) )'));

 st_isclosed
-------------
 f

Si veda anche

ST_IsRing


Name

ST_IsCollection — Restituisce TRUE se l'argomento è una collezione (MULTI*, GEOMETRYCOLLECTION, ...)

Synopsis

boolean ST_IsCollection(geometry g);

Descrizione

Restituisce TRUE se il tipo di geometria è uno tra:

  • GEOMETRYCOLLECTION

  • MULTI{POINT,POLYGON,LINESTRING,CURVE,SURFACE}

  • COMPOUNDCURVE

[Note]

Questa funzione analizza il tipo di geometria. Significa che restituirà TRUE sulle collezioni che sono vuote o contengono un singolo elemento.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry);
 st_iscollection
-------------
 f
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('MULTIPOINT EMPTY'::geometry);
 st_iscollection
-------------
 t
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('MULTIPOINT((0 0))'::geometry);
 st_iscollection
-------------
 t
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('MULTIPOINT((0 0), (42 42))'::geometry);
 st_iscollection
-------------
 t
(1 row)

postgis=# SELECT ST_IsCollection('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0))'::geometry);
 st_iscollection
-------------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

ST_NumGeometries


Name

ST_IsEmpty — Restituisce TRUE se la geometria è una geometrycollection, un poligono o un punto vuoto, ecc.

Synopsis

boolean ST_IsEmpty(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Restituisce TRUE se la Geometry è una geometria vuota. Se è TRUE, allora questa Geometry rappresenta una geometria vuota (una collezione, un poligono, un punto, ecc.)

[Note]

SQL-MM definisce il risultato di ST_IsEmpty(NULL) come 0, mentre PostGIS restituisce NULL.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.7

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

[Warning]

Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions of PostGIS ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(EMPTY)') was allowed. This is now illegal in PostGIS 2.0.0 to better conform with SQL/MM standards

Esempi

SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION EMPTY'));
 st_isempty
------------
 t
(1 row)

 SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON EMPTY'));
 st_isempty
------------
 t
(1 row)

SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 1 2))'));

 st_isempty
------------
 f
(1 row)

 SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 1 2))')) = false;
 ?column?
----------
 t
(1 row)

 SELECT ST_IsEmpty(ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING EMPTY'));
  st_isempty
------------
 t
(1 row)


                

Name

ST_IsRing — Returns TRUE if this LINESTRING is both closed and simple.

Synopsis

boolean ST_IsRing(geometry g);

Descrizione

Restituisce TRUE se questa LINESTRING è sia ST_IsClosed (ST_StartPoint(g) ~= ST_Endpoint(g)) che ST_IsSimple (non interseca se stessa).

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. 2.1.5.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.6

[Note]

SQL-MM defines the result of ST_IsRing(NULL) to be 0, while PostGIS returns NULL.

Esempi

SELECT ST_IsRing(the_geom), ST_IsClosed(the_geom), ST_IsSimple(the_geom)
FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0 1, 1 1, 1 0, 0 0)'::geometry AS the_geom) AS foo;
 st_isring | st_isclosed | st_issimple
-----------+-------------+-------------
 t         | t           | t
(1 row)

SELECT ST_IsRing(the_geom), ST_IsClosed(the_geom), ST_IsSimple(the_geom)
FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0 1, 1 0, 1 1, 0 0)'::geometry AS the_geom) AS foo;
 st_isring | st_isclosed | st_issimple
-----------+-------------+-------------
 f         | t           | f
(1 row)

Name

ST_IsSimple — Returns (TRUE) if this Geometry has no anomalous geometric points, such as self intersection or self tangency.

Synopsis

boolean ST_IsSimple(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Returns true if this Geometry has no anomalous geometric points, such as self intersection or self tangency. For more information on the OGC's definition of geometry simplicity and validity, refer to "Ensuring OpenGIS compliancy of geometries"

[Note]

SQL-MM defines the result of ST_IsSimple(NULL) to be 0, while PostGIS returns NULL.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.8

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_IsSimple(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 1 2))'));
 st_issimple
-------------
 t
(1 row)

 SELECT ST_IsSimple(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 1,2 2,2 3.5,1 3,1 2,2 1)'));
 st_issimple
-------------
 f
(1 row)

Si veda anche

ST_IsValid


Name

ST_IsValid — Returns true if the ST_Geometry is well formed.

Synopsis

boolean ST_IsValid(geometry g);

boolean ST_IsValid(geometry g, integer flags);

Descrizione

Test if an ST_Geometry value is well formed. For geometries that are invalid, the PostgreSQL NOTICE will provide details of why it is not valid. For more information on the OGC's definition of geometry simplicity and validity, refer to "Ensuring OpenGIS compliancy of geometries"

[Note]

SQL-MM definisce il risultato di ST_Valid(NULL) come 0, mentre PostGIS restituisce NULL.

The version accepting flags is available starting with 2.0.0 and requires GEOS >= 3.3.0. Such version does not print a NOTICE explaining the invalidity. Allowed flags are documented in ST_IsValidDetail.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.9

[Note]

Neither OGC-SFS nor SQL-MM specifications include a flag argument for ST_IsValid. The flag is a PostGIS extension.

Esempi

SELECT ST_IsValid(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)')) As good_line,
        ST_IsValid(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0, 1 1, 1 2, 1 1, 0 0))')) As bad_poly
--results
NOTICE:  Self-intersection at or near point 0 0
 good_line | bad_poly
-----------+----------
 t         | f

Name

ST_IsValidReason — Returns text stating if a geometry is valid or not and if not valid, a reason why.

Synopsis

text ST_IsValidReason(geometry geomA);

text ST_IsValidReason(geometry geomA, integer flags);

Descrizione

Returns text stating if a geometry is valid or not an if not valid, a reason why.

Useful in combination with ST_IsValid to generate a detailed report of invalid geometries and reasons.

Allowed flags are documented in ST_IsValidDetail.

Availability: 1.4 - requires GEOS >= 3.1.0.

Availability: 2.0 - requires GEOS >= 3.3.0 for the version taking flags.

Esempi

--First 3 Rejects from a successful quintuplet experiment
SELECT gid, ST_IsValidReason(the_geom) as validity_info
FROM
(SELECT ST_MakePolygon(ST_ExteriorRing(e.buff), ST_Accum(f.line)) As the_geom, gid
FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(x1*10,y1), z1) As buff, x1*10 + y1*100 + z1*1000 As gid
        FROM generate_series(-4,6) x1
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,5) y1
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,8) z1
        WHERE x1 > y1*0.5 AND z1 < x1*y1) As e
        INNER JOIN (SELECT ST_Translate(ST_ExteriorRing(ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(x1*10,y1), z1)),y1*1, z1*2) As line
        FROM generate_series(-3,6) x1
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,5) y1
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,10) z1
        WHERE x1 > y1*0.75 AND z1 < x1*y1) As f
ON (ST_Area(e.buff) > 78 AND ST_Contains(e.buff, f.line))
GROUP BY gid, e.buff) As quintuplet_experiment
WHERE ST_IsValid(the_geom) = false
ORDER BY gid
LIMIT 3;

 gid  |      validity_info
------+--------------------------
 5330 | Self-intersection [32 5]
 5340 | Self-intersection [42 5]
 5350 | Self-intersection [52 5]

 --simple example
SELECT ST_IsValidReason('LINESTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,222020 150410)');

 st_isvalidreason
------------------
 Valid Geometry

                

Si veda anche

ST_IsValid, ST_Summary


Name

ST_IsValidDetail — Returns a valid_detail (valid,reason,location) row stating if a geometry is valid or not and if not valid, a reason why and a location where.

Synopsis

valid_detail ST_IsValidDetail(geometry geom);

valid_detail ST_IsValidDetail(geometry geom, integer flags);

Descrizione

Returns a valid_detail row, formed by a boolean (valid) stating if a geometry is valid, a varchar (reason) stating a reason why it is invalid and a geometry (location) pointing out where it is invalid.

Useful to substitute and improve the combination of ST_IsValid and ST_IsValidReason to generate a detailed report of invalid geometries.

The 'flags' argument is a bitfield. It can have the following values:

  • 1: Consider self-intersecting rings forming holes as valid. This is also know as "the ESRI flag". Note that this is against the OGC model.

Availability: 2.0.0 - requires GEOS >= 3.3.0.

Esempi

--First 3 Rejects from a successful quintuplet experiment
SELECT gid, reason(ST_IsValidDetail(the_geom)), ST_AsText(location(ST_IsValidDetail(the_geom))) as location
FROM
(SELECT ST_MakePolygon(ST_ExteriorRing(e.buff), ST_Accum(f.line)) As the_geom, gid
FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(x1*10,y1), z1) As buff, x1*10 + y1*100 + z1*1000 As gid
        FROM generate_series(-4,6) x1
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,5) y1
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,8) z1
        WHERE x1 > y1*0.5 AND z1 < x1*y1) As e
        INNER JOIN (SELECT ST_Translate(ST_ExteriorRing(ST_Buffer(ST_MakePoint(x1*10,y1), z1)),y1*1, z1*2) As line
        FROM generate_series(-3,6) x1
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(2,5) y1
        CROSS JOIN generate_series(1,10) z1
        WHERE x1 > y1*0.75 AND z1 < x1*y1) As f
ON (ST_Area(e.buff) > 78 AND ST_Contains(e.buff, f.line))
GROUP BY gid, e.buff) As quintuplet_experiment
WHERE ST_IsValid(the_geom) = false
ORDER BY gid
LIMIT 3;

 gid  |      reason       |  location
------+-------------------+-------------
 5330 | Self-intersection | POINT(32 5)
 5340 | Self-intersection | POINT(42 5)
 5350 | Self-intersection | POINT(52 5)

 --simple example
SELECT * FROM ST_IsValidDetail('LINESTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,222020 150410)');

 valid | reason | location
-------+--------+----------
 t     |        |

                

Name

ST_M — Return the M coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.

Synopsis

float ST_M(geometry a_point);

Descrizione

Return the M coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.

[Note]

This is not (yet) part of the OGC spec, but is listed here to complete the point coordinate extractor function list.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_M(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)'));
 st_m
------
        4
(1 row)

                

Si veda anche

ST_GeomFromEWKT, ST_X, ST_Y, ST_Z


Name

ST_NDims — Returns coordinate dimension of the geometry as a small int. Values are: 2,3 or 4.

Synopsis

integer ST_NDims(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Returns the coordinate dimension of the geometry. PostGIS supports 2 - (x,y) , 3 - (x,y,z) or 2D with measure - x,y,m, and 4 - 3D with measure space x,y,z,m

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_NDims(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 1)')) As d2point,
        ST_NDims(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 1 2)')) As d3point,
        ST_NDims(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINTM(1 1 0.5)')) As d2pointm;

         d2point | d3point | d2pointm
---------+---------+----------
           2 |       3 |        3
                        

Name

ST_NPoints — Return the number of points (vertexes) in a geometry.

Synopsis

integer ST_NPoints(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Return the number of points in a geometry. Works for all geometries.

Miglioramento: nella versione 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche.

[Note]

Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_NPoints(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)'));
--result
4

--Poligono nello spazio 3D
SELECT ST_NPoints(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07 1,77.42 29.26 0,77.27 29.31 -1,77.29 29.07 3)'))
--result
4

Si veda anche

ST_NumPoints


Name

ST_NRings — If the geometry is a polygon or multi-polygon returns the number of rings.

Synopsis

integer ST_NRings(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

If the geometry is a polygon or multi-polygon returns the number of rings. Unlike NumInteriorRings, it counts the outer rings as well.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_NRings(the_geom) As Nrings, ST_NumInteriorRings(the_geom) As ninterrings
                                        FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((1 2, 3 4, 5 6, 1 2))') As the_geom) As foo;
         nrings | ninterrings
--------+-------------
          1 |           0
(1 row)

Si veda anche

ST_NumInteriorRings


Name

ST_NumGeometries — If geometry is a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION (or MULTI*) return the number of geometries, for single geometries will return 1, otherwise return NULL.

Synopsis

integer ST_NumGeometries(geometry geom);

Descrizione

Returns the number of Geometries. If geometry is a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION (or MULTI*) return the number of geometries, for single geometries will return 1, otherwise return NULL.

Migliorato: Nella 2.0.0 è stato introdotto il supporto per le superfici poliedriche, i triangoli e i TIN.

Changed: 2.0.0 In prior versions this would return NULL if the geometry was not a collection/MULTI type. 2.0.0+ now returns 1 for single geometries e.g POLYGON, LINESTRING, POINT.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 9.1.4

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

--Prior versions would have returned NULL for this -- in 2.0.0 this returns 1
SELECT ST_NumGeometries(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)'));
--result
1

--Geometry Collection Example - multis count as one geom in a collection
SELECT ST_NumGeometries(ST_GeomFromEWKT('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(MULTIPOINT(-2 3 , -2 2),
LINESTRING(5 5 ,10 10),
POLYGON((-7 4.2,-7.1 5,-7.1 4.3,-7 4.2)))'));
--result
3

Si veda anche

ST_GeometryN, ST_Multi


Name

ST_NumInteriorRings — Return the number of interior rings of a polygon geometry.

Synopsis

integer ST_NumInteriorRings(geometry a_polygon);

Descrizione

Restituisce una LINESTRING che rappresenta l'anello esterno per una geometria POLYGON. Restituisce NULL se la geometria non è un poligono. Non funziona con MULTIPOLYGON

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 8.2.5

Changed: 2.0.0 - in prior versions it would allow passing a MULTIPOLYGON, returning the number of interior rings of first POLYGON.

Esempi

--If you have a regular polygon
SELECT gid, field1, field2, ST_NumInteriorRings(the_geom) AS numholes
FROM sometable;

--If you have multipolygons
--And you want to know the total number of interior rings in the MULTIPOLYGON
SELECT gid, field1, field2, SUM(ST_NumInteriorRings(the_geom)) AS numholes
FROM (SELECT gid, field1, field2, (ST_Dump(the_geom)).geom As the_geom
        FROM sometable) As foo
GROUP BY gid, field1,field2;
                        

Si veda anche

ST_NumInteriorRing


Name

ST_NumInteriorRing — Return the number of interior rings of a polygon in the geometry. Synonym for ST_NumInteriorRings.

Synopsis

integer ST_NumInteriorRing(geometry a_polygon);

Si veda anche

ST_NumInteriorRings


Name

ST_NumPatches — Return the number of faces on a Polyhedral Surface. Will return null for non-polyhedral geometries.

Synopsis

integer ST_NumPatches(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Return the number of faces on a Polyhedral Surface. Will return null for non-polyhedral geometries. This is an alias for ST_NumGeometries to support MM naming. Faster to use ST_NumGeometries if you don't care about MM convention.

Availability: 2.0.0

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: ?

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_NumPatches(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), 
                ((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
                ((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), 
                ((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'));
                --risultato
                6
                

Name

ST_NumPoints — Return the number of points in an ST_LineString or ST_CircularString value.

Synopsis

integer ST_NumPoints(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Return the number of points in an ST_LineString or ST_CircularString value. Prior to 1.4 only works with Linestrings as the specs state. From 1.4 forward this is an alias for ST_NPoints which returns number of vertexes for not just line strings. Consider using ST_NPoints instead which is multi-purpose and works with many geometry types.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.4

Esempi

SELECT ST_NumPoints(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(77.29 29.07,77.42 29.26,77.27 29.31,77.29 29.07)'));
                --result
                4
                

Si veda anche

ST_NPoints


Name

ST_PatchN — Return the 1-based Nth geometry (face) if the geometry is a POLYHEDRALSURFACE, POLYHEDRALSURFACEM. Otherwise, return NULL.

Synopsis

geometry ST_PatchN(geometry geomA, integer n);

Descrizione

>Return the 1-based Nth geometry (face) if the geometry is a POLYHEDRALSURFACE, POLYHEDRALSURFACEM. Otherwise, return NULL. This returns the same answer as ST_GeometryN for Polyhedral Surfaces. Using ST_GemoetryN is faster.

[Note]

L'indice parte da 1.

[Note]

If you want to extract all geometries, of a geometry, ST_Dump is more efficient.

Availability: 2.0.0

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: ?

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

-- Esempio con superficie poliedrica
-- Spezza una superficie poliedrica nelle facce che la compongono
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_GeometryN(p_geom,3)) As geom_ewkt
  FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( 
((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)),  
((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), 
((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)),  
((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)),  
((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) 
)')  AS p_geom )  AS a;

                geom_ewkt
------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0))

Name

ST_PointN — Return the Nth point in the first LineString or circular LineString in the geometry. Negative values are counted backwards from the end of the LineString. Returns NULL if there is no linestring in the geometry.

Synopsis

geometry ST_PointN(geometry a_linestring, integer n);

Descrizione

Return the Nth point in a single linestring or circular linestring in the geometry. Negative values are counted backwards from the end of the LineString, so that -1 is the last point. Returns NULL if there is no linestring in the geometry.

[Note]

L'indice parte da 1, come per le specifiche OGC a partire dalla versione 0.8.0. Le precedenti versioni invece implementavano un indice a partire da zero.

[Note]

If you want to get the nth point of each line string in a multilinestring, use in conjunction with ST_Dump

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.2.5, 7.3.5

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

[Note]

Changed: 2.0.0 no longer works with single geometry multilinestrings. In older versions of PostGIS -- a single line multilinestring would work happily with this function and return the start point. In 2.0.0 it just returns NULL like any other multilinestring.

Changed: 2.3.0 : negative indexing available (-1 is last point)

Esempi

-- Estrarre tutti i POINT da una LINESTRING
SELECT ST_AsText(
   ST_PointN(
          column1,
          generate_series(1, ST_NPoints(column1))
   ))
FROM ( VALUES ('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1, 2 2)'::geometry) ) AS foo;

 st_astext
------------
 POINT(0 0)
 POINT(1 1)
 POINT(2 2)
(3 rows)

--Esempio di stringa circolare
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_PointN(ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(1 2, 3 2, 1 2)'),2));

st_astext
----------
POINT(3 2)

Si veda anche

ST_NPoints


Name

ST_NPoints — Returns a MultiPoint containing all of the coordinates of a geometry.

Synopsis

geometry ST_StartPoint(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Returns a MultiPoint containing all of the coordinates of a geometry. Does not remove points that are duplicated in the input geometry, including start and end points of ring geometries. (If this behavior is undesired, duplicates may be removed using ST_RemoveRepeatedPoints).

M and Z ordinates will be preserved if present.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Availability: 2.3.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Points('POLYGON Z ((30 10 4,10 30 5,40 40 6, 30 10))'));

--result
MULTIPOINT Z (30 10 4,10 30 5,40 40 6, 30 10 4)
                        

Name

ST_SRID — Returns the spatial reference identifier for the ST_Geometry as defined in spatial_ref_sys table.

Synopsis

integer ST_SRID(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Returns the spatial reference identifier for the ST_Geometry as defined in spatial_ref_sys table. Section 4.3.1, “The SPATIAL_REF_SYS Table and Spatial Reference Systems”

[Note]

spatial_ref_sys table is a table that catalogs all spatial reference systems known to PostGIS and is used for transformations from one spatial reference system to another. So verifying you have the right spatial reference system identifier is important if you plan to ever transform your geometries.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.5

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_SRID(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.1043 42.315)',4326));
                --risultato
                4326
                

Name

ST_StartPoint — Returns the first point of a LINESTRING geometry as a POINT.

Synopsis

geometry ST_StartPoint(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Returns the first point of a LINESTRING or CIRCULARLINESTRING geometry as a POINT or NULL if the input parameter is not a LINESTRING or CIRCULARLINESTRING.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 7.1.3

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

[Note]

Modifica: La versione 2.0.0 non funziona più con geometrie singole di stringhe multilinea. Nelle versioni precedenti di PostGIS una stringa multilinea con una sola linea avrebbe funzionato tranquillamente con questa funzione, restituendo il punto di inizio. Nella versione 2.0.0 la funzione restituisce NULL come per qualsiasi altra stringa multilinea. Il comportamento precedente non era documentato, ma le persone che presumevano di avere i dati memorizzati come LINESTRING potrebbero trovare che questi ora restituiscono il valore NULL.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_StartPoint('LINESTRING(0 1, 0 2)'::geometry));
 st_astext
------------
 POINT(0 1)
(1 row)

SELECT ST_StartPoint('POINT(0 1)'::geometry) IS NULL AS is_null;
  is_null
----------
 t
(1 row)

--3d line
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_StartPoint('LINESTRING(0 1 1, 0 2 2)'::geometry));
 st_asewkt
------------
 POINT(0 1 1)
(1 row)

-- circular linestring --
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_StartPoint('CIRCULARSTRING(5 2,-3 1.999999, -2 1, -4 2, 5 2)'::geometry));
 st_astext
------------
 POINT(5 2)

Si veda anche

ST_EndPoint, ST_PointN


Name

ST_Summary — Returns a text summary of the contents of the geometry.

Synopsis

text ST_Summary(geometry g);

text ST_Summary(geography g);

Descrizione

Returns a text summary of the contents of the geometry.

Flags shown square brackets after the geometry type have the following meaning:

  • M: has M ordinate

  • Z: has Z ordinate

  • B: has a cached bounding box

  • G: is geodetic (geography)

  • S: has spatial reference system

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Availability: 1.2.2

Enhanced: 2.0.0 added support for geography

Enhanced: 2.1.0 S flag to denote if has a known spatial reference system

Enhanced: 2.2.0 Added support for TIN and Curves

Esempi

=# SELECT ST_Summary(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)')) as geom,
        ST_Summary(ST_GeogFromText('POLYGON((0 0, 1 1, 1 2, 1 1, 0 0))')) geog;
            geom             |          geog
-----------------------------+--------------------------
 LineString[B] with 2 points | Polygon[BGS] with 1 rings
                             | ring 0 has 5 points
                             :
(1 row)


=# SELECT ST_Summary(ST_GeogFromText('LINESTRING(0 0 1, 1 1 1)')) As geog_line,
        ST_Summary(ST_GeomFromText('SRID=4326;POLYGON((0 0 1, 1 1 2, 1 2 3, 1 1 1, 0 0 1))')) As geom_poly;
;
           geog_line             |        geom_poly
-------------------------------- +--------------------------
 LineString[ZBGS] with 2 points | Polygon[ZBS] with 1 rings
                                :    ring 0 has 5 points
                                :
(1 row)


Name

ST_X — Restituisce la coordinata X del punto, o NULL se non disponibile. L'input deve essere un punto.

Synopsis

float ST_X(geometry a_point);

Descrizione

Restituisce la coordinata X del punto, o NULL se non disponibile. L'input deve essere un punto.

[Note]

Se volete recuperare i valori minimo e massimo della x per una qualsiasi geometria, considerate le funzioni ST_XMin, ST_XMax.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.3

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_X(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)'));
 st_x
------
        1
(1 row)

SELECT ST_Y(ST_Centroid(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3 4, 1 1 1 1)')));
 st_y
------
  1.5
(1 row)

                

Name

ST_XMax — Returns X maxima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

Synopsis

float ST_XMax(box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D);

Descrizione

Returns X maxima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

[Note]

Although this function is only defined for box3d, it will work for box2d and geometry because of the auto-casting behavior defined for geometries and box2d. However you can not feed it a geometry or box2d text representation, since that will not auto-cast.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_XMax('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');
st_xmax
-------
4

SELECT ST_XMax(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)'));
st_xmax
-------
5

SELECT ST_XMax(CAST('BOX(-3 2, 3 4)' As box2d));
st_xmax
-------
3
--NOTA: QUESTO NON FUNZIONA perché cercherà di eseguire il casting automatico della rappresentazione della stringa a un BOX3D

SELECT ST_XMax('LINESTRING(1 3, 5 6)');

--ERROR:  BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D(

SELECT ST_XMax(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)'));
st_xmax
--------
220288.248780547
                

Name

ST_XMin — Returns X minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

Synopsis

float ST_XMin(box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D);

Descrizione

Returns X minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

[Note]

Although this function is only defined for box3d, it will work for box2d and geometry because of the auto-casting behavior defined for geometries and box2d. However you can not feed it a geometry or box2d text representation, since that will not auto-cast.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_XMin('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');
st_xmin
-------
1

SELECT ST_XMin(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)'));
st_xmin
-------
1

SELECT ST_XMin(CAST('BOX(-3 2, 3 4)' As box2d));
st_xmin
-------
-3
--NOTA: QUESTO NON FUNZIONA perché cercherà di eseguire il casting automatico della rappresentazione della stringa a un BOX3D
SELECT ST_XMin('LINESTRING(1 3, 5 6)');

--ERROR:  BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D(

SELECT ST_XMin(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)'));
st_xmin
--------
220186.995121892
                

Name

ST_Y — Return the Y coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.

Synopsis

float ST_Y(geometry a_point);

Descrizione

Return the Y coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 6.1.4

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_Y(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)'));
 st_y
------
        2
(1 row)

SELECT ST_Y(ST_Centroid(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3 4, 1 1 1 1)')));
 st_y
------
  1.5
(1 row)


                

Name

ST_YMax — Returns Y maxima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

Synopsis

float ST_YMax(box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D);

Descrizione

Returns Y maxima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

[Note]

Although this function is only defined for box3d, it will work for box2d and geometry because of the auto-casting behavior defined for geometries and box2d. However you can not feed it a geometry or box2d text representation, since that will not auto-cast.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_YMax('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');
st_ymax
-------
5

SELECT ST_YMax(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)'));
st_ymax
-------
6

SELECT ST_YMax(CAST('BOX(-3 2, 3 4)' As box2d));
st_ymax
-------
4
--NOTA: QUESTO NON FUNZIONA perché cercherà di eseguire il casting automatico della rappresentazione della stringa a un BOX3D
SELECT ST_YMax('LINESTRING(1 3, 5 6)');

--ERROR:  BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D(

SELECT ST_YMax(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)'));
st_ymax
--------
150506.126829327
                

Name

ST_YMin — Returns Y minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

Synopsis

float ST_YMin(box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D);

Descrizione

Returns Y minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

[Note]

Although this function is only defined for box3d, it will work for box2d and geometry because of the auto-casting behavior defined for geometries and box2d. However you can not feed it a geometry or box2d text representation, since that will not auto-cast.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_YMin('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');
st_ymin
-------
2

SELECT ST_YMin(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)'));
st_ymin
-------
3

SELECT ST_YMin(CAST('BOX(-3 2, 3 4)' As box2d));
st_ymin
-------
2
--Observe THIS DOES NOT WORK because it will try to autocast the string representation to a BOX3D
SELECT ST_YMin('LINESTRING(1 3, 5 6)');

--ERROR:  BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D(

SELECT ST_YMin(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)'));
st_ymin
--------
150406
                

Name

ST_Z — Return the Z coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.

Synopsis

float ST_Z(geometry a_point);

Descrizione

Return the Z coordinate of the point, or NULL if not available. Input must be a point.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_Z(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)'));
 st_z
------
        3
(1 row)

                

Name

ST_ZMax — Returns Z minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

Synopsis

float ST_ZMax(box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D);

Descrizione

Returns Z maxima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

[Note]

Although this function is only defined for box3d, it will work for box2d and geometry because of the auto-casting behavior defined for geometries and box2d. However you can not feed it a geometry or box2d text representation, since that will not auto-cast.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_ZMax('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');
st_zmax
-------
6

SELECT ST_ZMax(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)'));
st_zmax
-------
7

SELECT ST_ZMax('BOX3D(-3 2 1, 3 4 1)' );
st_zmax
-------
1
--Observe THIS DOES NOT WORK because it will try to autocast the string representation to a BOX3D
SELECT ST_ZMax('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)');

--ERROR:  BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D(

SELECT ST_ZMax(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)'));
st_zmax
--------
3
                

Name

ST_Zmflag — Returns ZM (dimension semantic) flag of the geometries as a small int. Values are: 0=2d, 1=3dm, 2=3dz, 3=4d.

Synopsis

smallint ST_Zmflag(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Returns ZM (dimension semantic) flag of the geometries as a small int. Values are: 0=2d, 1=3dm, 2=3dz, 3=4d.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_Zmflag(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)'));
 st_zmflag
-----------
                 0

SELECT ST_Zmflag(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRINGM(1 2 3, 3 4 3)'));
 st_zmflag
-----------
                 1

SELECT ST_Zmflag(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 2 3, 3 4 3, 5 6 3)'));
 st_zmflag
-----------
                 2
SELECT ST_Zmflag(ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1 2 3 4)'));
 st_zmflag
-----------
                 3

Name

ST_ZMin — Returns Z minima of a bounding box 2d or 3d or a geometry.

Synopsis

float ST_ZMin(box3d aGeomorBox2DorBox3D);

Descrizione

Restituisce la minima Z per una bounding box 2d o 3d o per una geometria.

[Note]

Although this function is only defined for box3d, it will work for box2d and geometry because of the auto-casting behavior defined for geometries and box2d. However you can not feed it a geometry or box2d text representation, since that will not auto-cast.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_ZMin('BOX3D(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');
st_zmin
-------
3

SELECT ST_ZMin(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)'));
st_zmin
-------
4

SELECT ST_ZMin('BOX3D(-3 2 1, 3 4 1)' );
st_zmin
-------
1
--NOTA: QUESTO NON FUNZIONA perché cercherà di eseguire il casting automatico della rappresentazione della stringa a un BOX3D

SELECT ST_ZMin('LINESTRING(1 3 4, 5 6 7)');

--ERROR:  BOX3D parser - doesn't start with BOX3D(

SELECT ST_ZMin(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)'));
st_zmin
--------
1
                

8.6. Geometry Editors

ST_AddPoint — Add a point to a LineString.
ST_Affine — Apply a 3d affine transformation to a geometry.
ST_Force2D — Force the geometries into a "2-dimensional mode".
ST_Force3D — Force the geometries into XYZ mode. This is an alias for ST_Force3DZ.
ST_Force3DZ — Force the geometries into XYZ mode.
ST_Force3DM — Force the geometries into XYM mode.
ST_Force4D — Force the geometries into XYZM mode.
ST_ForcePolygonCCW — Orients all exterior rings counter-clockwise and all interior rings clockwise.
ST_ForceCollection — Convert the geometry into a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION.
ST_ForcePolygonCW — Orients all exterior rings clockwise and all interior rings counter-clockwise.
ST_ForceSFS — Force the geometries to use SFS 1.1 geometry types only.
ST_ForceRHR — Force the orientation of the vertices in a polygon to follow the Right-Hand-Rule.
ST_ForceCurve — Upcast a geometry into its curved type, if applicable.
ST_LineMerge — Return a (set of) LineString(s) formed by sewing together a MULTILINESTRING.
ST_CollectionExtract — Given a (multi)geometry, return a (multi)geometry consisting only of elements of the specified type.
ST_CollectionHomogenize — Given a geometry collection, return the "simplest" representation of the contents.
ST_Multi — Return the geometry as a MULTI* geometry.
ST_Normalize — Return the geometry in its canonical form.
ST_RemovePoint — Remove point from a linestring.
ST_Reverse — Return the geometry with vertex order reversed.
ST_Rotate — Rotate a geometry rotRadians counter-clockwise about an origin.
ST_RotateX — Rotate a geometry rotRadians about the X axis.
ST_RotateY — Rotate a geometry rotRadians about the Y axis.
ST_RotateZ — Rotate a geometry rotRadians about the Z axis.
ST_Scale — Scale a geometry by given factors.
ST_Segmentize — Return a modified geometry/geography having no segment longer than the given distance.
ST_SetPoint — Replace point of a linestring with a given point.
ST_SetSRID — Set the SRID on a geometry to a particular integer value.
ST_SnapToGrid — Snap all points of the input geometry to a regular grid.
ST_Snap — Snap segments and vertices of input geometry to vertices of a reference geometry.
ST_Transform — Return a new geometry with its coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference.
ST_Translate — Translate a geometry by given offsets.
ST_TransScale — Translate a geometry by given factors and offsets.

Name

ST_AddPoint — Add a point to a LineString.

Synopsis

geometry ST_AddPoint(geometry linestring, geometry point);

geometry ST_AddPoint(geometry linestring, geometry point, integer position);

Descrizione

Adds a point to a LineString before point <position> (0-based index). Third parameter can be omitted or set to -1 for appending.

Availability: 1.1.0

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--guarantee all linestrings in a table are closed
                --by adding the start point of each linestring to the end of the line string
                --only for those that are not closed
                UPDATE sometable
                SET the_geom = ST_AddPoint(the_geom, ST_StartPoint(the_geom))
                FROM sometable
                WHERE ST_IsClosed(the_geom) = false;

                --Adding point to a 3-d line
                SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_AddPoint(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(0 0 1, 1 1 1)'), ST_MakePoint(1, 2, 3)));

                --result
                st_asewkt
                ----------
                LINESTRING(0 0 1,1 1 1,1 2 3)
                        

Name

ST_Affine — Apply a 3d affine transformation to a geometry.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Affine(geometry geomA, float a, float b, float c, float d, float e, float f, float g, float h, float i, float xoff, float yoff, float zoff);

geometry ST_Affine(geometry geomA, float a, float b, float d, float e, float xoff, float yoff);

Descrizione

Applies a 3d affine transformation to the geometry to do things like translate, rotate, scale in one step.

Version 1: The call

ST_Affine(geom, a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, xoff, yoff, zoff) 

represents the transformation matrix

/ a  b  c  xoff \
| d  e  f  yoff |
| g  h  i  zoff |
\ 0  0  0     1 /

and the vertices are transformed as follows:

x' = a*x + b*y + c*z + xoff
y' = d*x + e*y + f*z + yoff
z' = g*x + h*y + i*z + zoff

All of the translate / scale functions below are expressed via such an affine transformation.

Version 2: Applies a 2d affine transformation to the geometry. The call

ST_Affine(geom, a, b, d, e, xoff, yoff)

represents the transformation matrix

/  a  b  0  xoff  \       /  a  b  xoff  \
|  d  e  0  yoff  | rsp.  |  d  e  yoff  |
|  0  0  1     0  |       \  0  0     1  /
\  0  0  0     1  /

and the vertices are transformed as follows:

x' = a*x + b*y + xoff
y' = d*x + e*y + yoff
z' = z 

This method is a subcase of the 3D method above.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from Affine to ST_Affine in 1.2.2

[Note]

Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

--Rotate a 3d line 180 degrees about the z axis.  Note this is long-hand for doing ST_Rotate();
 SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Affine(the_geom,  cos(pi()), -sin(pi()), 0,  sin(pi()), cos(pi()), 0,  0, 0, 1,  0, 0, 0)) As using_affine,
         ST_AsEWKT(ST_Rotate(the_geom, pi())) As using_rotate
        FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 4 3)') As the_geom) As foo;
        using_affine         |        using_rotate
-----------------------------+-----------------------------
 LINESTRING(-1 -2 3,-1 -4 3) | LINESTRING(-1 -2 3,-1 -4 3)
(1 row)

--Rotate a 3d line 180 degrees in both the x and z axis
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Affine(the_geom, cos(pi()), -sin(pi()), 0, sin(pi()), cos(pi()), -sin(pi()), 0, sin(pi()), cos(pi()), 0, 0, 0))
        FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 4 3)') As the_geom) As foo;
           st_asewkt
-------------------------------
 LINESTRING(-1 -2 -3,-1 -4 -3)
(1 row)
                

Name

ST_Force2D — Force the geometries into a "2-dimensional mode".

Synopsis

geometry ST_Force2D(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Forces the geometries into a "2-dimensional mode" so that all output representations will only have the X and Y coordinates. This is useful for force OGC-compliant output (since OGC only specifies 2-D geometries).

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces was introduced.

Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_2D.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force2D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)')));
                st_asewkt
-------------------------------------
CIRCULARSTRING(1 1,2 3,4 5,6 7,5 6)

SELECT  ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force2D('POLYGON((0 0 2,0 5 2,5 0 2,0 0 2),(1 1 2,3 1 2,1 3 2,1 1 2))'));

                                  st_asewkt
----------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0,0 5,5 0,0 0),(1 1,3 1,1 3,1 1))

                

Si veda anche

ST_Force3D


Name

ST_Force3D — Force the geometries into XYZ mode. This is an alias for ST_Force3DZ.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Force3D(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Forces the geometries into XYZ mode. This is an alias for ST_Force_3DZ. If a geometry has no Z component, then a 0 Z coordinate is tacked on.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces was introduced.

Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_3D.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--Nothing happens to an already 3D geometry
                SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)')));
                                   st_asewkt
-----------------------------------------------
 CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2,2 3 2,4 5 2,6 7 2,5 6 2)


SELECT  ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3D('POLYGON((0 0,0 5,5 0,0 0),(1 1,3 1,1 3,1 1))'));

                                                 st_asewkt
--------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0 0,0 5 0,5 0 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,3 1 0,1 3 0,1 1 0))
                

Name

ST_Force3DZ — Force the geometries into XYZ mode.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Force3DZ(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Forces the geometries into XYZ mode. This is a synonym for ST_Force3DZ. If a geometry has no Z component, then a 0 Z coordinate is tacked on.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces was introduced.

Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_3DZ.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

--Nothing happens to an already 3D geometry
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3DZ(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)')));
                                   st_asewkt
-----------------------------------------------
 CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2,2 3 2,4 5 2,6 7 2,5 6 2)


SELECT  ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3DZ('POLYGON((0 0,0 5,5 0,0 0),(1 1,3 1,1 3,1 1))'));

                                                 st_asewkt
--------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0 0,0 5 0,5 0 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,3 1 0,1 3 0,1 1 0))
                

Name

ST_Force3DM — Force the geometries into XYM mode.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Force3DM(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Forces the geometries into XYM mode. If a geometry has no M component, then a 0 M coordinate is tacked on. If it has a Z component, then Z is removed

Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_3DM.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

--Nothing happens to an already 3D geometry
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3DM(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)')));
                                   st_asewkt
------------------------------------------------
 CIRCULARSTRINGM(1 1 0,2 3 0,4 5 0,6 7 0,5 6 0)


SELECT  ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force3DM('POLYGON((0 0 1,0 5 1,5 0 1,0 0 1),(1 1 1,3 1 1,1 3 1,1 1 1))'));

                                                  st_asewkt
---------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGONM((0 0 0,0 5 0,5 0 0,0 0 0),(1 1 0,3 1 0,1 3 0,1 1 0))

                

Name

ST_Force4D — Force the geometries into XYZM mode.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Force4D(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Forces the geometries into XYZM mode. 0 is tacked on for missing Z and M dimensions.

Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_4D.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

--Nothing happens to an already 3D geometry
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force4D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2, 2 3 2, 4 5 2, 6 7 2, 5 6 2)')));
                                                st_asewkt
---------------------------------------------------------
 CIRCULARSTRING(1 1 2 0,2 3 2 0,4 5 2 0,6 7 2 0,5 6 2 0)



SELECT  ST_AsEWKT(ST_Force4D('MULTILINESTRINGM((0 0 1,0 5 2,5 0 3,0 0 4),(1 1 1,3 1 1,1 3 1,1 1 1))'));

                                                                          st_asewkt
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 MULTILINESTRING((0 0 0 1,0 5 0 2,5 0 0 3,0 0 0 4),(1 1 0 1,3 1 0 1,1 3 0 1,1 1 0 1))

                

Name

ST_ForcePolygonCCW — Orients all exterior rings counter-clockwise and all interior rings clockwise.

Synopsis

boolean ST_ForceRHR(geometry g);

Descrizione

Forces (Multi)Polygons to use a counter-clockwise orientation for their exterior ring, and a clockwise orientation for their interior rings. Non-polygonal geometries are returned unchanged.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports M coordinates.


Name

ST_ForceCollection — Convert the geometry into a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION.

Synopsis

geometry ST_ForceCollection(geometry geomA);

Descrizione

Converts the geometry into a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION. This is useful for simplifying the WKB representation.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces was introduced.

Availability: 1.2.2, prior to 1.3.4 this function will crash with Curves. This is fixed in 1.3.4+

Changed: 2.1.0. Up to 2.0.x this was called ST_Force_Collection.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT  ST_AsEWKT(ST_ForceCollection('POLYGON((0 0 1,0 5 1,5 0 1,0 0 1),(1 1 1,3 1 1,1 3 1,1 1 1))'));

                                                                   st_asewkt
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POLYGON((0 0 1,0 5 1,5 0 1,0 0 1),(1 1 1,3 1 1,1 3 1,1 1 1)))


  SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ForceCollection('CIRCULARSTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,220227 150406)'));
                                                                   st_astext
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(CIRCULARSTRING(220227 150406,2220227 150407,220227 150406))
(1 row)

                
-- POLYHEDRAL example --
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_ForceCollection('POLYHEDRALSURFACE(((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 1,0 1 0,0 0 0)),
 ((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0,0 0 0)),
 ((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0)),
 ((1 1 0,1 1 1,1 0 1,1 0 0,1 1 0)),
 ((0 1 0,0 1 1,1 1 1,1 1 0,0 1 0)),
 ((0 0 1,1 0 1,1 1 1,0 1 1,0 0 1)))'))

                                                                   st_asewkt
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(
  POLYGON((0 0 0,0 0 1,0 1 1,0 1 0,0 0 0)),
  POLYGON((0 0 0,0 1 0,1 1 0,1 0 0,0 0 0)),
  POLYGON((0 0 0,1 0 0,1 0 1,0 0 1,0 0 0)),
  POLYGON((1 1 0,1 1 1,1 0 1,1 0 0,1 1 0)),
  POLYGON((0 1 0,0 1 1,1 1 1,1 1 0,0 1 0)),
  POLYGON((0 0 1,1 0 1,1 1 1,0 1 1,0 0 1))
)
                

Name

ST_ForcePolygonCW — Orients all exterior rings clockwise and all interior rings counter-clockwise.

Synopsis

boolean ST_ForceRHR(geometry g);

Descrizione

Forces (Multi)Polygons to use a clockwise orientation for their exterior ring, and a counter-clockwise orientation for their interior rings. Non-polygonal geometries are returned unchanged.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports M coordinates.


Name

ST_ForceSFS — Force the geometries to use SFS 1.1 geometry types only.

Synopsis

geometry ST_ForceSFS(geometry geomA);

geometry ST_ForceSFS(geometry geomA, text version);

Descrizione

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.


Name

ST_ForceRHR — Force the orientation of the vertices in a polygon to follow the Right-Hand-Rule.

Synopsis

boolean ST_ForceRHR(geometry g);

Descrizione

Forces the orientation of the vertices in a polygon to follow a Right-Hand-Rule, in which the area that is bounded by the polygon is to the right of the boundary. In particular, the exterior ring is orientated in a clockwise direction and the interior rings in a counter-clockwise direction. This function is a synonym for ST_ForcePolygonCW

[Note]

The above definition of the Right-Hand-Rule conflicts with definitions used in other contexts. To avoid confusion, it is recommended to use ST_ForcePolygonCW.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces was introduced.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(
  ST_ForceRHR(
        'POLYGON((0 0 2, 5 0 2, 0 5 2, 0 0 2),(1 1 2, 1 3 2, 3 1 2, 1 1 2))'
  )
);
                                                  st_asewkt
--------------------------------------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0 2,0 5 2,5 0 2,0 0 2),(1 1 2,3 1 2,1 3 2,1 1 2))
(1 row)

Name

ST_ForceCurve — Upcast a geometry into its curved type, if applicable.

Synopsis

geometry ST_ForceCurve(geometry g);

Descrizione

Turns a geometry into its curved representation, if applicable: lines become compoundcurves, multilines become multicurves polygons become curvepolygons multipolygons become multisurfaces. If the geometry input is already a curved representation returns back same as input.

Availability: 2.2.0

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(
  ST_ForceCurve(
        'POLYGON((0 0 2, 5 0 2, 0 5 2, 0 0 2),(1 1 2, 1 3 2, 3 1 2, 1 1 2))'::geometry
  )
);
                              st_astext
----------------------------------------------------------------------
 CURVEPOLYGON Z ((0 0 2,5 0 2,0 5 2,0 0 2),(1 1 2,1 3 2,3 1 2,1 1 2))
(1 row)

Si veda anche

ST_LineToCurve


Name

ST_LineMerge — Return a (set of) LineString(s) formed by sewing together a MULTILINESTRING.

Synopsis

geometry ST_LineMerge(geometry amultilinestring);

Descrizione

Returns a (set of) LineString(s) formed by sewing together the constituent line work of a MULTILINESTRING.

[Note]

Only use with MULTILINESTRING/LINESTRINGs. If you feed a polygon or geometry collection into this function, it will return an empty GEOMETRYCOLLECTION

Availability: 1.1.0

[Note]

richiede GEOS >= 2.1.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineMerge(
ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((-29 -27,-30 -29.7,-36 -31,-45 -33),(-45 -33,-46 -32))')
                )
);
st_astext
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LINESTRING(-29 -27,-30 -29.7,-36 -31,-45 -33,-46 -32)
(1 row)

--If can't be merged - original MULTILINESTRING is returned
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_LineMerge(
ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((-29 -27,-30 -29.7,-36 -31,-45 -33),(-45.2 -33.2,-46 -32))')
)
);
st_astext
----------------
MULTILINESTRING((-45.2 -33.2,-46 -32),(-29 -27,-30 -29.7,-36 -31,-45 -33))
                        

Name

ST_CollectionExtract — Given a (multi)geometry, return a (multi)geometry consisting only of elements of the specified type.

Synopsis

geometry ST_CollectionExtract(geometry collection, integer type);

Descrizione

Given a (multi)geometry, returns a (multi)geometry consisting only of elements of the specified type. Sub-geometries that are not the specified type are ignored. If there are no sub-geometries of the right type, an EMPTY geometry will be returned. Only points, lines and polygons are supported. Type numbers are 1 == POINT, 2 == LINESTRING, 3 == POLYGON.

Availability: 1.5.0

[Note]

Prior to 1.5.3 this function returned non-collection inputs untouched, no matter type. In 1.5.3 non-matching single geometries result in a NULL return. In of 2.0.0 every case of missing match results in a typed EMPTY return.

[Warning]

When specifying 3 == POLYGON a multipolygon is returned even when the edges are shared. This results in an invalid multipolygon for many cases such as applying this function on an ST_Split result.

Esempi

-- constanti: 1 == POINT, 2 == LINESTRING, 3 == POLYGON
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionExtract(ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0)))'),1));
st_astext
---------------
MULTIPOINT(0 0)
(1 row)

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionExtract(ST_GeomFromText('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)),LINESTRING(2 2, 3 3))'),2));
st_astext
---------------
MULTILINESTRING((0 0, 1 1), (2 2, 3 3))
(1 row)
                        

Name

ST_CollectionHomogenize — Given a geometry collection, return the "simplest" representation of the contents.

Synopsis

geometry ST_CollectionHomogenize(geometry collection);

Descrizione

Given a geometry collection, returns the "simplest" representation of the contents. Singletons will be returned as singletons. Collections that are homogeneous will be returned as the appropriate multi-type.

[Warning]

When specifying 3 == POLYGON a multipolygon is returned even when the edges are shared. This results in an invalid multipolygon for many cases such as applying this function on an ST_Split result.

Availability: 2.0.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionHomogenize('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0))'));        

        st_astext
        ------------
         POINT(0 0)
        (1 row)

  SELECT ST_AsText(ST_CollectionHomogenize('GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(POINT(0 0),POINT(1 1))'));        

        st_astext
        ---------------------
         MULTIPOINT(0 0,1 1)
        (1 row)

                                

Name

ST_Multi — Return the geometry as a MULTI* geometry.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Multi(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Returns the geometry as a MULTI* geometry. If the geometry is already a MULTI*, it is returned unchanged.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Multi(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450,
                        743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))')));
                        st_astext
                        --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        MULTIPOLYGON(((743238 2967416,743238 2967450,743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,
                        743238 2967416)))
                        (1 row)
                        

Si veda anche

ST_AsText


Name

ST_Normalize — Return the geometry in its canonical form.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Multi(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Returns the geometry in its normalized/canonical form. May reorder vertices in polygon rings, rings in a polygon, elements in a multi-geometry complex.

Mostly only useful for testing purposes (comparing expected and obtained results).

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Translate(ST_Collect('CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(4 3,3.12 0.878,1 0,-1.121 5.1213,6 7, 8 9,4 3))','POINT(1 3)'),1,2));
                                                                                                                 st_astext
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(5 5,4.12 2.878,2 2,-0.121 7.1213,7 9,9 11,5 5)),POINT(2 5))
                        

Si veda anche

ST_Equals,


Name

ST_RemovePoint — Remove point from a linestring.

Synopsis

geometry ST_RemovePoint(geometry linestring, integer offset);

Descrizione

Remove a point from a linestring, given its 0-based index. Useful for turning a closed ring into an open line string

Availability: 1.1.0

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--guarantee no LINESTRINGS are closed
--by removing the end point.  The below assumes the_geom is of type LINESTRING
UPDATE sometable
        SET the_geom = ST_RemovePoint(the_geom, ST_NPoints(the_geom) - 1)
        FROM sometable
        WHERE ST_IsClosed(the_geom) = true;
                

Name

ST_Reverse — Return the geometry with vertex order reversed.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Reverse(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Can be used on any geometry and reverses the order of the vertexes.

Enhanced: 2.4.0 support for curves was introduced.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(the_geom) as line, ST_AsText(ST_Reverse(the_geom)) As reverseline
FROM
(SELECT ST_MakeLine(ST_MakePoint(1,2),
                ST_MakePoint(1,10)) As the_geom) as foo;
--result
                line         |     reverseline
---------------------+----------------------
LINESTRING(1 2,1 10) | LINESTRING(1 10,1 2)

Name

ST_Rotate — Rotate a geometry rotRadians counter-clockwise about an origin.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Rotate(geometry geomA, float rotRadians);

geometry ST_Rotate(geometry geomA, float rotRadians, float x0, float y0);

geometry ST_Rotate(geometry geomA, float rotRadians, geometry pointOrigin);

Descrizione

Rotates geometry rotRadians counter-clockwise about the origin. The rotation origin can be specified either as a POINT geometry, or as x and y coordinates. If the origin is not specified, the geometry is rotated about POINT(0 0).

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 additional parameters for specifying the origin of rotation were added.

Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from Rotate to ST_Rotate in 1.2.2

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

--Rotate 180 degrees
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Rotate('LINESTRING (50 160, 50 50, 100 50)', pi()));
               st_asewkt
---------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(-50 -160,-50 -50,-100 -50)
(1 row)

--Rotate 30 degrees counter-clockwise at x=50, y=160
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Rotate('LINESTRING (50 160, 50 50, 100 50)', pi()/6, 50, 160));
                                 st_asewkt
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(50 160,105 64.7372055837117,148.301270189222 89.7372055837117)
(1 row)

--Rotate 60 degrees clockwise from centroid
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Rotate(geom, -pi()/3, ST_Centroid(geom)))
FROM (SELECT 'LINESTRING (50 160, 50 50, 100 50)'::geometry AS geom) AS foo;
                           st_asewkt
--------------------------------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(116.4225 130.6721,21.1597 75.6721,46.1597 32.3708)
(1 row)
                

Name

ST_RotateX — Rotate a geometry rotRadians about the X axis.

Synopsis

geometry ST_RotateX(geometry geomA, float rotRadians);

Descrizione

Rotate a geometry geomA - rotRadians about the X axis.

[Note]

ST_RotateX(geomA, rotRadians) è l'abbrevizione di ST_Affine(geomA, 1, 0, 0, 0, cos(rotRadians), -sin(rotRadians), 0, sin(rotRadians), cos(rotRadians), 0, 0, 0).

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from RotateX to ST_RotateX in 1.2.2

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

--Rotate a line 90 degrees along x-axis
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_RotateX(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), pi()/2));
                 st_asewkt
---------------------------
 LINESTRING(1 -3 2,1 -1 1)

Name

ST_RotateY — Rotate a geometry rotRadians about the Y axis.

Synopsis

geometry ST_RotateY(geometry geomA, float rotRadians);

Descrizione

Rotate a geometry geomA - rotRadians about the y axis.

[Note]

ST_RotateY(geomA, rotRadians) is short-hand for ST_Affine(geomA, cos(rotRadians), 0, sin(rotRadians), 0, 1, 0, -sin(rotRadians), 0, cos(rotRadians), 0, 0, 0).

Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from RotateY to ST_RotateY in 1.2.2

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

--Rotate a line 90 degrees along y-axis
 SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_RotateY(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), pi()/2));
                 st_asewkt
---------------------------
 LINESTRING(3 2 -1,1 1 -1)

Name

ST_RotateZ — Rotate a geometry rotRadians about the Z axis.

Synopsis

geometry ST_RotateZ(geometry geomA, float rotRadians);

Descrizione

Rotate a geometry geomA - rotRadians about the Z axis.

[Note]

This is a synonym for ST_Rotate

[Note]

ST_RotateZ(geomA, rotRadians) is short-hand for SELECT ST_Affine(geomA, cos(rotRadians), -sin(rotRadians), 0, sin(rotRadians), cos(rotRadians), 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0).

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

Availability: 1.1.2. Name changed from RotateZ to ST_RotateZ in 1.2.2

[Note]

Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

--Rotate a line 90 degrees along z-axis
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_RotateZ(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), pi()/2));
                 st_asewkt
---------------------------
 LINESTRING(-2 1 3,-1 1 1)

 --Rotate a curved circle around z-axis
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_RotateZ(the_geom, pi()/2))
FROM (SELECT ST_LineToCurve(ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(234 567)'), 3)) As the_geom) As foo;

                                                                                                           st_asewkt
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(-567 237,-564.87867965644 236.12132034356,-564 234,-569.12132034356 231.87867965644,-567 237))


Name

ST_Scale — Scale a geometry by given factors.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Scale(geometry geomA, float XFactor, float YFactor, float ZFactor);

geometry ST_Scale(geometry geomA, float XFactor, float YFactor);

geometry ST_Scale(geometry geom, geometry factor);

Descrizione

Scales the geometry to a new size by multiplying the ordinates with the corresponding factor parameters.

The version taking a geometry as the factor parameter allows passing a 2d, 3dm, 3dz or 4d point to set scaling factor for all supported dimensions. Missing dimensions in the factor point are equivalent to no scaling the corresponding dimension.

[Note]

Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+

Availability: 1.1.0.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

Enhanced: 2.2.0 support for scaling all dimension (geometry parameter) was introduced.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This function supports M coordinates.

Esempi

--Version 1: scale X, Y, Z
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Scale(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), 0.5, 0.75, 0.8));
                          st_asewkt
--------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(0.5 1.5 2.4,0.5 0.75 0.8)

--Version 2: Scale X Y
 SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Scale(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), 0.5, 0.75));
                        st_asewkt
----------------------------------
 LINESTRING(0.5 1.5 3,0.5 0.75 1)

--Version 3: Scale X Y Z M
 SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Scale(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3 4, 1 1 1 1)'),
   ST_MakePoint(0.5, 0.75, 2, -1)));
                               st_asewkt
----------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(0.5 1.5 6 -4,0.5 0.75 2 -1)


Si veda anche

ST_Affine, ST_TransScale


Name

ST_Segmentize — Return a modified geometry/geography having no segment longer than the given distance.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Segmentize(geometry geom, float max_segment_length);

geography ST_Segmentize(geography geog, float max_segment_length);

Descrizione

Returns a modified geometry having no segment longer than the given max_segment_length. Distance computation is performed in 2d only. For geometry, length units are in units of spatial reference. For geography, units are in meters.

Availability: 1.2.2

Enhanced: 2.3.0 Segmentize geography now uses equal length segments

Enhanced: 2.1.0 support for geography was introduced.

Changed: 2.1.0 As a result of the introduction of geography support: The construct SELECT ST_Segmentize('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)',0.5); will result in ambiguous function error. You need to have properly typed object e.g. a geometry/geography column, use ST_GeomFromText, ST_GeogFromText or SELECT ST_Segmentize('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4)'::geometry,0.5);

[Note]

This will only increase segments. It will not lengthen segments shorter than max length

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Segmentize(
ST_GeomFromText('MULTILINESTRING((-29 -27,-30 -29.7,-36 -31,-45 -33),(-45 -33,-46 -32))')
                ,5)
);
st_astext
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MULTILINESTRING((-29 -27,-30 -29.7,-34.886615700134 -30.758766735029,-36 -31,
-40.8809353009198 -32.0846522890933,-45 -33),
(-45 -33,-46 -32))
(1 row)

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Segmentize(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((-29 28, -30 40, -29 28))'),10));
st_astext
-----------------------
POLYGON((-29 28,-29.8304547985374 37.9654575824488,-30 40,-29.1695452014626 30.0345424175512,-29 28))
(1 row)

                        

Si veda anche

ST_LineSubstring


Name

ST_SetPoint — Replace point of a linestring with a given point.

Synopsis

geometry ST_SetPoint(geometry linestring, integer zerobasedposition, geometry point);

Descrizione

Replace point N of linestring with given point. Index is 0-based.Negative index are counted backwards, so that -1 is last point. This is especially useful in triggers when trying to maintain relationship of joints when one vertex moves.

Availability: 1.1.0

Updated 2.3.0 : negative indexing

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--Change first point in line string from -1 3 to -1 1
SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SetPoint('LINESTRING(-1 2,-1 3)', 0, 'POINT(-1 1)'));
           st_astext
-----------------------
 LINESTRING(-1 1,-1 3)

---Change last point in a line string (lets play with 3d linestring this time)
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_SetPoint(foo.the_geom, ST_NumPoints(foo.the_geom) - 1, ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(-1 1 3)')))
FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(-1 2 3,-1 3 4, 5 6 7)') As the_geom) As foo;
           st_asewkt
-----------------------
LINESTRING(-1 2 3,-1 3 4,-1 1 3)

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SetPoint(g, -3, p))
FROM ST_GEomFromText('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1, 2 2, 3 3, 4 4)') AS g
        , ST_PointN(g,1) as p;
           st_astext
-----------------------
LINESTRING(0 0,1 1,0 0,3 3,4 4)

                        

Name

ST_SetSRID — Set the SRID on a geometry to a particular integer value.

Synopsis

geometry ST_SetSRID(geometry geom, integer srid);

Descrizione

Sets the SRID on a geometry to a particular integer value. Useful in constructing bounding boxes for queries.

[Note]

This function does not transform the geometry coordinates in any way - it simply sets the meta data defining the spatial reference system the geometry is assumed to be in. Use ST_Transform if you want to transform the geometry into a new projection.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

-- Mark a point as WGS 84 long lat --

SELECT ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(-123.365556, 48.428611),4326) As wgs84long_lat;
-- the ewkt representation (wrap with ST_AsEWKT) -
SRID=4326;POINT(-123.365556 48.428611)
                        

-- Mark a point as WGS 84 long lat and then transform to web mercator (Spherical Mercator) --

SELECT ST_Transform(ST_SetSRID(ST_Point(-123.365556, 48.428611),4326),3785) As spere_merc;
-- the ewkt representation (wrap with ST_AsEWKT) -
SRID=3785;POINT(-13732990.8753491 6178458.96425423)
                        

Name

ST_SnapToGrid — Snap all points of the input geometry to a regular grid.

Synopsis

geometry ST_SnapToGrid(geometry geomA, float originX, float originY, float sizeX, float sizeY);

geometry ST_SnapToGrid(geometry geomA, float sizeX, float sizeY);

geometry ST_SnapToGrid(geometry geomA, float size);

geometry ST_SnapToGrid(geometry geomA, geometry pointOrigin, float sizeX, float sizeY, float sizeZ, float sizeM);

Descrizione

Variant 1,2,3: Snap all points of the input geometry to the grid defined by its origin and cell size. Remove consecutive points falling on the same cell, eventually returning NULL if output points are not enough to define a geometry of the given type. Collapsed geometries in a collection are stripped from it. Useful for reducing precision.

Variant 4: Introduced 1.1.0 - Snap all points of the input geometry to the grid defined by its origin (the second argument, must be a point) and cell sizes. Specify 0 as size for any dimension you don't want to snap to a grid.

[Note]

The returned geometry might lose its simplicity (see ST_IsSimple).

[Note]

Before release 1.1.0 this function always returned a 2d geometry. Starting at 1.1.0 the returned geometry will have same dimensionality as the input one with higher dimension values untouched. Use the version taking a second geometry argument to define all grid dimensions.

Availability: 1.0.0RC1

Availability: 1.1.0 - Z and M support

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

--Snap your geometries to a precision grid of 10^-3
UPDATE mytable
   SET the_geom = ST_SnapToGrid(the_geom, 0.001);

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_SnapToGrid(
                        ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1.1115678 2.123, 4.111111 3.2374897, 4.11112 3.23748667)'),
                        0.001)
                );
                          st_astext
-------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(1.112 2.123,4.111 3.237)
 --Snap a 4d geometry
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_SnapToGrid(
        ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(-1.1115678 2.123 2.3456 1.11111,
                4.111111 3.2374897 3.1234 1.1111, -1.11111112 2.123 2.3456 1.1111112)'),
 ST_GeomFromEWKT('POINT(1.12 2.22 3.2 4.4444)'),
 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.01) );
                                                                  st_asewkt
------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(-1.08 2.12 2.3 1.1144,4.12 3.22 3.1 1.1144,-1.08 2.12 2.3 1.1144)


--With a 4d geometry - the ST_SnapToGrid(geom,size) only touches x and y coords but keeps m and z the same
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_SnapToGrid(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(-1.1115678 2.123 3 2.3456,
                4.111111 3.2374897 3.1234 1.1111)'),
           0.01)      );
                                                st_asewkt
---------------------------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(-1.11 2.12 3 2.3456,4.11 3.24 3.1234 1.1111)

                

Name

ST_Snap — Snap segments and vertices of input geometry to vertices of a reference geometry.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Snap(geometry input, geometry reference, float tolerance);

Descrizione

Snaps the vertices and segments of a geometry another Geometry's vertices. A snap distance tolerance is used to control where snapping is performed. The result geometry is the input geometry with the vertices snapped. If no snapping occurs then the input geometry is returned unchanged.

Snapping one geometry to another can improve robustness for overlay operations by eliminating nearly-coincident edges (which cause problems during noding and intersection calculation).

Too much snapping can result in invalid topology being created, so the number and location of snapped vertices is decided using heuristics to determine when it is safe to snap. This can result in some potential snaps being omitted, however.

[Note]

The returned geometry might lose its simplicity (see ST_IsSimple) and validity (see ST_IsValid).

Availability: 2.0.0 requires GEOS >= 3.3.0.

Esempi

A multipolygon shown with a linestring (before any snapping)

A multipolygon snapped to linestring to tolerance: 1.01 of distance. The new multipolygon is shown with reference linestring

SELECT ST_AsText(
    ST_Snap(poly,line, ST_Distance(poly,line)*1.25)
  ) AS polysnapped
FROM (SELECT 
  ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(
    (( 26 125, 26 200, 126 200, 126 125, 26 125 ),
      ( 51 150, 101 150, 76 175, 51 150 )),
      (( 151 100, 151 200, 176 175, 151 100 )))') As poly,
       ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (5 107, 54 84, 101 100)') As line
                
        ) As foo;

                             polysnapped
---------------------------------------------------------------------
MULTIPOLYGON(((5 107,26 200,126 200,126 125,101 100,54 84,5 107),
(51 150,101 150,76 175,51 150)),((151 100,151 200,176 175,151 100)))
                                

A multipolygon snapped to linestring to tolerance: 1.25 of distance. The new multipolygon is shown with reference linestring

SELECT ST_AsText(
    ST_Snap(poly,line, ST_Distance(poly,line)*1.25)
  ) AS polysnapped
FROM (SELECT 
  ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(
    (( 26 125, 26 200, 126 200, 126 125, 26 125 ),
      ( 51 150, 101 150, 76 175, 51 150 )),
      (( 151 100, 151 200, 176 175, 151 100 )))') As poly,
       ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (5 107, 54 84, 101 100)') As line
                
        ) As foo;

                             polysnapped
---------------------------------------------------------------------
MULTIPOLYGON(((5 107,26 200,126 200,126 125,101 100,54 84,5 107),
(51 150,101 150,76 175,51 150)),((151 100,151 200,176 175,151 100)))
                                

The linestring snapped to the original multipolygon at tolerance 1.01 of distance. The new linestring is shown with reference multipolygon

SELECT ST_AsText(
   ST_Snap(line, poly, ST_Distance(poly,line)*1.01)
  ) AS linesnapped
FROM (SELECT 
  ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(
     ((26 125, 26 200, 126 200, 126 125, 26 125),
      (51 150, 101 150, 76 175, 51 150 )), 
      ((151 100, 151 200, 176 175, 151 100)))') As poly,
       ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (5 107, 54 84, 101 100)') As line
        ) As foo;

              linesnapped
----------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(5 107,26 125,54 84,101 100)
                                

The linestring snapped to the original multipolygon at tolerance 1.25 of distance. The new linestring is shown with reference multipolygon

SELECT ST_AsText(
 ST_Snap(line, poly, ST_Distance(poly,line)*1.25)
  ) AS linesnapped
FROM (SELECT 
  ST_GeomFromText('MULTIPOLYGON(
     (( 26 125, 26 200, 126 200, 126 125, 26 125 ),
      (51 150, 101 150, 76 175, 51 150 )), 
      ((151 100, 151 200, 176 175, 151 100 )))') As poly,
       ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING (5 107, 54 84, 101 100)') As line        
        ) As foo;
              linesnapped
---------------------------------------
LINESTRING(26 125,54 84,101 100)
                                

Si veda anche

ST_SnapToGrid


Name

ST_Transform — Return a new geometry with its coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Rotate(geometry geomA, float rotRadians);

geometry ST_Rotate(geometry geomA, float rotRadians, float x0, float y0);

geometry ST_Rotate(geometry geomA, float rotRadians, geometry pointOrigin);

Descrizione

Returns a new geometry with its coordinates transformed to a different spatial reference system. The destination spatial reference to_srid may be identified by a valid SRID integer parameter (i.e. it must exist in the spatial_ref_sys table). Alternatively, a spatial reference defined as a PROJ.4 string can be used for to_proj and/or from_proj, however these methods are not optimized. If the destination spatial reference system is expressed with a PROJ.4 string instead of an SRID, the SRID of the output geometry will be set to zero. With the exception of functions with from_proj, input geometries must have a defined SRID.

ST_Transform is often confused with ST_SetSRID(). ST_Transform actually changes the coordinates of a geometry from one spatial reference system to another, while ST_SetSRID() simply changes the SRID identifier of the geometry.

[Note]

Requires PostGIS be compiled with Proj support. Use PostGIS_Full_Version to confirm you have proj support compiled in.

[Note]

If using more than one transformation, it is useful to have a functional index on the commonly used transformations to take advantage of index usage.

[Note]

Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces was introduced.

Enhanced: 2.3.0 support for direct PROJ.4 text was introduced.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.6

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

Change Massachusetts state plane US feet geometry to WGS 84 long lat

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450,
        743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))',2249),4326)) As wgs_geom;

 wgs_geom
---------------------------
 POLYGON((-71.1776848522251 42.3902896512902,-71.1776843766326 42.3903829478009,
-71.1775844305465 42.3903826677917,-71.1775825927231 42.3902893647987,-71.177684
8522251 42.3902896512902));
(1 row)

--3D Circular String example
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=2249;CIRCULARSTRING(743238 2967416 1,743238 2967450 2,743265 2967450 3,743265.625 2967416 3,743238 2967416 4)'),4326));

                                 st_asewkt
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SRID=4326;CIRCULARSTRING(-71.1776848522251 42.3902896512902 1,-71.1776843766326 42.3903829478009 2,
 -71.1775844305465 42.3903826677917 3,
 -71.1775825927231 42.3902893647987 3,-71.1776848522251 42.3902896512902 4)

                

Example of creating a partial functional index. For tables where you are not sure all the geometries will be filled in, its best to use a partial index that leaves out null geometries which will both conserve space and make your index smaller and more efficient.

CREATE INDEX idx_the_geom_26986_parcels
  ON parcels
  USING gist
  (ST_Transform(the_geom, 26986))
  WHERE the_geom IS NOT NULL;
                

Examples of using PROJ.4 text to transform with custom spatial references.

-- Find intersection of two polygons near the North pole, using a custom Gnomic projection
-- See http://boundlessgeo.com/2012/02/flattening-the-peel/
 WITH data AS (
   SELECT
     ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((170 50,170 72,-130 72,-130 50,170 50))', 4326) AS p1,
     ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((-170 68,-170 90,-141 90,-141 68,-170 68))', 4326) AS p2,
     '+proj=gnom +ellps=WGS84 +lat_0=70 +lon_0=-160 +no_defs'::text AS gnom
 )
 SELECT ST_AsText(
   ST_Transform(
     ST_Intersection(ST_Transform(p1, gnom), ST_Transform(p2, gnom)),
   gnom, 4326))
 FROM data;
                                          st_astext
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  POLYGON((-170 74.053793645338,-141 73.4268621378904,-141 68,-170 68,-170 74.053793645338))
                

Configurare il comportamento della trasformazione

Sometimes coordinate transformation involving a grid-shift can fail, for example if PROJ.4 has not been built with grid-shift files or the coordinate does not lie within the range for which the grid shift is defined. By default, PostGIS will throw an error if a grid shift file is not present, but this behaviour can be configured on a per-SRID basis either by testing different to_proj values of PROJ.4 text, or altering the proj4text value within the spatial_ref_sys table.

For example, the proj4text parameter +datum=NAD87 is a shorthand form for the following +nadgrids parameter:

+nadgrids=@conus,@alaska,@ntv2_0.gsb,@ntv1_can.dat

The @ prefix means no error is reported if the files are not present, but if the end of the list is reached with no file having been appropriate (ie. found and overlapping) then an error is issued.

If, conversely, you wanted to ensure that at least the standard files were present, but that if all files were scanned without a hit a null transformation is applied you could use:

+nadgrids=@conus,@alaska,@ntv2_0.gsb,@ntv1_can.dat,null

The null grid shift file is a valid grid shift file covering the whole world and applying no shift. So for a complete example, if you wanted to alter PostGIS so that transformations to SRID 4267 that didn't lie within the correct range did not throw an ERROR, you would use the following:

UPDATE spatial_ref_sys SET proj4text = '+proj=longlat +ellps=clrk66 +nadgrids=@conus,@alaska,@ntv2_0.gsb,@ntv1_can.dat,null +no_defs' WHERE srid = 4267;

Name

ST_Translate — Translate a geometry by given offsets.

Synopsis

geometry ST_Translate(geometry g1, float deltax, float deltay);

geometry ST_Translate(geometry g1, float deltax, float deltay, float deltaz);

Descrizione

Returns a new geometry whose coordinates are translated delta x,delta y,delta z units. Units are based on the units defined in spatial reference (SRID) for this geometry.

[Note]

Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+

Availability: 1.2.2

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

Move a point 1 degree longitude

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Translate(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.01 42.37)',4326),1,0)) As wgs_transgeomtxt;

        wgs_transgeomtxt
        ---------------------
        POINT(-70.01 42.37)
                

Move a linestring 1 degree longitude and 1/2 degree latitude

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Translate(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-71.01 42.37,-71.11 42.38)',4326),1,0.5)) As wgs_transgeomtxt;
                   wgs_transgeomtxt
        ---------------------------------------
        LINESTRING(-70.01 42.87,-70.11 42.88)
                

Move a 3d point

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_Translate(CAST('POINT(0 0 0)' As geometry), 5, 12,3));
        st_asewkt
        ---------
        POINT(5 12 3)
                

Move a curve and a point

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Translate(ST_Collect('CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(4 3,3.12 0.878,1 0,-1.121 5.1213,6 7, 8 9,4 3))','POINT(1 3)'),1,2));
                                                                                                                 st_astext
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(5 5,4.12 2.878,2 2,-0.121 7.1213,7 9,9 11,5 5)),POINT(2 5))

Name

ST_TransScale — Translate a geometry by given factors and offsets.

Synopsis

geometry ST_TransScale(geometry geomA, float deltaX, float deltaY, float XFactor, float YFactor);

Descrizione

Translates the geometry using the deltaX and deltaY args, then scales it using the XFactor, YFactor args, working in 2D only.

[Note]

ST_TransScale(geomA, deltaX, deltaY, XFactor, YFactor) is short-hand for ST_Affine(geomA, XFactor, 0, 0, 0, YFactor, 0, 0, 0, 1, deltaX*XFactor, deltaY*YFactor, 0).

[Note]

Prior to 1.3.4, this function crashes if used with geometries that contain CURVES. This is fixed in 1.3.4+

Availability: 1.1.0.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_TransScale(ST_GeomFromEWKT('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 1 1 1)'), 0.5, 1, 1, 2));
                  st_asewkt
-----------------------------
 LINESTRING(1.5 6 3,1.5 4 1)


--Buffer a point to get an approximation of a circle, convert to curve and then translate 1,2 and scale it 3,4
  SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Transscale(ST_LineToCurve(ST_Buffer('POINT(234 567)', 3)),1,2,3,4));
                                                                                                                  st_astext
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 CURVEPOLYGON(CIRCULARSTRING(714 2276,711.363961030679 2267.51471862576,705 2264,698.636038969321 2284.48528137424,714 2276))

Si veda anche

ST_Affine, ST_Translate

8.7. Geometry Outputs

ST_AsBinary — Return the Well-Known Binary (WKB) representation of the geometry/geography without SRID meta data.
ST_AsEncodedPolyline — Returns an Encoded Polyline from a LineString geometry.
ST_AsEWKB — Return the Well-Known Binary (WKB) representation of the geometry with SRID meta data.
ST_AsEWKT — Return the Well-Known Text (WKT) representation of the geometry with SRID meta data.
ST_AsGeoJSON — Restisuisce la geometria come elemento GeoJSON.
ST_AsGML — Return the geometry as a GML version 2 or 3 element.
ST_AsHEXEWKB — Returns a Geometry in HEXEWKB format (as text) using either little-endian (NDR) or big-endian (XDR) encoding.
ST_AsKML — Return the geometry as a KML element. Several variants. Default version=2, default precision=15
ST_AsLatLonText — Return the Degrees, Minutes, Seconds representation of the given point.
ST_AsSVG — Returns a Geometry in SVG path data given a geometry or geography object.
ST_AsText — Return the Well-Known Text (WKT) representation of the geometry/geography without SRID metadata.
ST_AsTWKB — Returns the geometry as TWKB, aka "Tiny Well-Known Binary"
ST_AsX3D — Returns a Geometry in X3D xml node element format: ISO-IEC-19776-1.2-X3DEncodings-XML
ST_GeoHash — Return a GeoHash representation of the geometry.
ST_AsGeoJSON — Return a Geobuf representation of a set of rows.
ST_AsSVG — Transform a geometry into the coordinate space of a Mapbox Vector Tile.
ST_AsGML — Return a Mapbox Vector Tile representation of a set of rows.

Name

ST_AsBinary — Return the Well-Known Binary (WKB) representation of the geometry/geography without SRID meta data.

Synopsis

bytea ST_AsBinary(geometry g1);

bytea ST_AsBinary(geometry g1, text NDR_or_XDR);

bytea ST_AsBinary(geography g1);

bytea ST_AsBinary(geography g1, text NDR_or_XDR);

Descrizione

Returns the Well-Known Binary representation of the geometry. There are 2 variants of the function. The first variant takes no endian encoding parameter and defaults to server machine endian. The second variant takes a second argument denoting the encoding - using little-endian ('NDR') or big-endian ('XDR') encoding.

This is useful in binary cursors to pull data out of the database without converting it to a string representation.

[Note]

The WKB spec does not include the SRID. To get the WKB with SRID format use ST_AsEWKB

[Note]

ST_AsBinary is the reverse of ST_GeomFromWKB for geometry. Use ST_GeomFromWKB to convert to a postgis geometry from ST_AsBinary representation.

[Note]

The default behavior in PostgreSQL 9.0 has been changed to output bytea in hex encoding. ST_AsBinary is the reverse of ST_GeomFromWKB for geometry. If your GUI tools require the old behavior, then SET bytea_output='escape' in your database.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for higher coordinate dimensions was introduced.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for specifying endian with geography was introduced.

Availability: 1.5.0 geography support was introduced.

Changed: 2.0.0 Inputs to this function can not be unknown -- must be geometry. Constructs such as ST_AsBinary('POINT(1 2)') are no longer valid and you will get an n st_asbinary(unknown) is not unique error. Code like that needs to be changed to ST_AsBinary('POINT(1 2)'::geometry);. If that is not possible, then install legacy.sql.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.37

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326));

                   st_asbinary
--------------------------------
\001\003\000\000\000\001\000\000\000\005
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\360?\000\000\000\000\000\000
\360?\000\000\000\000\000\000\360?\000\000
\000\000\000\000\360?\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
(1 row)
SELECT ST_AsBinary(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326), 'XDR');
                   st_asbinary
--------------------------------
\000\000\000\000\003\000\000\000\001\000\000\000\005\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000?\360\000\000\000\000\000\000?\360\000\000\000\000\000\000?\360\000\000
\000\000\000\000?\360\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
(1 row)

Name

ST_AsEncodedPolyline — Returns an Encoded Polyline from a LineString geometry.

Synopsis

text ST_AsEncodedPolyline(geometry geom, integer precision=5);

Descrizione

Returns the geometry as an Encoded Polyline. This is a format very useful if you are using google maps

Availability: 2.2.0

Esempi

Basic

SELECT ST_AsEncodedPolyline(GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-120.2 38.5,-120.95 40.7,-126.453 43.252)'));
        --result--
        |_p~iF~ps|U_ulLnnqC_mqNvxq`@
        

Use in conjunction with geography linestring and geography segmentize, and put on google maps

-- the SQL for Boston to San Francisco, segments every 100 KM
        SELECT ST_AsEncodedPolyline(
                ST_Segmentize(
                        ST_GeogFromText('LINESTRING(-71.0519 42.4935,-122.4483 37.64)'),
                                100000)::geometry) As encodedFlightPath;

javascript will look something like this where $ variable you replace with query result

<script type="text/javascript" src="http://maps.googleapis.com/maps/api/js?libraries=geometry"></script>
<script type="text/javascript">
         flightPath = new google.maps.Polyline({
                        path:  google.maps.geometry.encoding.decodePath("$encodedFlightPath"),
                        map: map,
                        strokeColor: '#0000CC',
                        strokeOpacity: 1.0,
                        strokeWeight: 4
                });
</script>
        

Name

ST_AsEWKB — Return the Well-Known Binary (WKB) representation of the geometry with SRID meta data.

Synopsis

bytea ST_AsEWKB(geometry g1);

bytea ST_AsEWKB(geometry g1, text NDR_or_XDR);

Descrizione

Returns the Well-Known Binary representation of the geometry with SRID metadata. There are 2 variants of the function. The first variant takes no endian encoding parameter and defaults to little endian. The second variant takes a second argument denoting the encoding - using little-endian ('NDR') or big-endian ('XDR') encoding.

This is useful in binary cursors to pull data out of the database without converting it to a string representation.

[Note]

The WKB spec does not include the SRID. To get the OGC WKB format use ST_AsBinary

[Note]

ST_AsEWKB is the reverse of ST_GeomFromEWKB. Use ST_GeomFromEWKB to convert to a postgis geometry from ST_AsEWKB representation.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsEWKB(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326));

                   st_asewkb
--------------------------------
\001\003\000\000 \346\020\000\000\001\000
\000\000\005\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\360?\000\000\000\000\000\000\360?
\000\000\000\000\000\000\360?\000\000\000\000\000
\000\360?\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
(1 row)
SELECT ST_AsEWKB(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326), 'XDR');
                   st_asewkb
--------------------------------
\000 \000\000\003\000\000\020\346\000\000\000\001\000\000\000\005\000\000\000\000\
000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000?
\360\000\000\000\000\000\000?\360\000\000\000\000\000\000?\360\000\000\000\000
\000\000?\360\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000\000
                

Name

ST_AsEWKT — Return the Well-Known Text (WKT) representation of the geometry with SRID meta data.

Synopsis

text ST_AsEWKT(geometry g1);

text ST_AsEWKT(geography g1);

Descrizione

Returns the Well-Known Text representation of the geometry prefixed with the SRID.

[Note]

The WKT spec does not include the SRID. To get the OGC WKT format use ST_AsText

WKT format does not maintain precision so to prevent floating truncation, use ST_AsBinary or ST_AsEWKB format for transport.

[Note]

ST_AsEWKT is the reverse of ST_GeomFromEWKT. Use ST_GeomFromEWKT to convert to a postgis geometry from ST_AsEWKT representation.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Geography, Polyhedral surfaces, Triangles and TIN was introduced.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsEWKT('0103000020E61000000100000005000000000000
                        000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
                        F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03
                        F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000'::geometry);

                   st_asewkt
--------------------------------
SRID=4326;POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))
(1 row)

SELECT ST_AsEWKT('0108000080030000000000000060E30A4100000000785C0241000000000000F03F0000000018
E20A4100000000485F024100000000000000400000000018
E20A4100000000305C02410000000000000840')

--st_asewkt---
CIRCULARSTRING(220268 150415 1,220227 150505 2,220227 150406 3)

Name

ST_AsGeoJSON — Restisuisce la geometria come elemento GeoJSON.

Synopsis

text ST_AsGeoJSON(geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0);

text ST_AsGeoJSON(geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0);

text ST_AsGeoJSON(integer gj_version, geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0);

text ST_AsGeoJSON(integer gj_version, geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0);

Descrizione

Return the geometry as a Geometry Javascript Object Notation (GeoJSON) element. (Cf GeoJSON specifications 1.0). 2D and 3D Geometries are both supported. GeoJSON only support SFS 1.1 geometry type (no curve support for example).

The gj_version parameter is the major version of the GeoJSON spec. If specified, must be 1. This represents the spec version of GeoJSON.

The third argument may be used to reduce the maximum number of decimal places used in output (defaults to 15).

The last 'options' argument could be used to add Bbox or Crs in GeoJSON output:

  • 0: means no option (default value)

  • 1: GeoJSON Bbox

  • 2: GeoJSON Short CRS (e.g EPSG:4326)

  • 4: GeoJSON Long CRS (e.g urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326)

Version 1: ST_AsGeoJSON(geom) / precision=15 version=1 options=0

Version 2: ST_AsGeoJSON(geom, precision) / version=1 options=0

Version 3: ST_AsGeoJSON(geom, precision, options) / version=1

Version 4: ST_AsGeoJSON(gj_version, geom) / precision=15 options=0

Version 5: ST_AsGeoJSON(gj_version, geom, precision) /options=0

Version 6: ST_AsGeoJSON(gj_version, geom, precision,options)

Disponibilità: 1.3.4

Availability: 1.5.0 geography support was introduced.

Changed: 2.0.0 support default args and named args.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

GeoJSON format is generally more efficient than other formats for use in ajax mapping. One popular javascript client that supports this is Open Layers. Example of its use is OpenLayers GeoJSON Example

SELECT ST_AsGeoJSON(the_geom) from fe_edges limit 1;
                                           st_asgeojson
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

{"type":"MultiLineString","coordinates":[[[-89.734634999999997,31.492072000000000],
[-89.734955999999997,31.492237999999997]]]}
(1 row)
--3d point
SELECT ST_AsGeoJSON('LINESTRING(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');

st_asgeojson
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 {"type":"LineString","coordinates":[[1,2,3],[4,5,6]]}


Name

ST_AsGML — Return the geometry as a GML version 2 or 3 element.

Synopsis

text ST_AsGML(geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0);

text ST_AsGML(geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0);

text ST_AsGML(integer version, geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0, text nprefix=null, text id=null);

text ST_AsGML(integer version, geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0, text nprefix=null, text id=null);

Descrizione

Return the geometry as a Geography Markup Language (GML) element. The version parameter, if specified, may be either 2 or 3. If no version parameter is specified then the default is assumed to be 2. The precision argument may be used to reduce the maximum number of decimal places (maxdecimaldigits) used in output (defaults to 15).

GML 2 refer to 2.1.2 version, GML 3 to 3.1.1 version

The 'options' argument is a bitfield. It could be used to define CRS output type in GML output, and to declare data as lat/lon:

  • 0: GML Short CRS (e.g EPSG:4326), default value

  • 1: GML Long CRS (e.g urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326)

  • 2: For GML 3 only, remove srsDimension attribute from output.

  • 4: For GML 3 only, use <LineString> rather than <Curve> tag for lines.

  • 16: Declare that datas are lat/lon (e.g srid=4326). Default is to assume that data are planars. This option is useful for GML 3.1.1 output only, related to axis order. So if you set it, it will swap the coordinates so order is lat lon instead of database lon lat.

  • 32: Output the box of the geometry (envelope).

The 'namespace prefix' argument may be used to specify a custom namespace prefix or no prefix (if empty). If null or omitted 'gml' prefix is used

Disponibilità: 1.3.2

Availability: 1.5.0 geography support was introduced.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 prefix support was introduced. Option 4 for GML3 was introduced to allow using LineString instead of Curve tag for lines. GML3 Support for Polyhedral surfaces and TINS was introduced. Option 32 was introduced to output the box.

Changed: 2.0.0 use default named args

Enhanced: 2.1.0 id support was introduced, for GML 3.

[Note]

Only version 3+ of ST_AsGML supports Polyhedral Surfaces and TINS.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Examples: Version 2

SELECT ST_AsGML(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326));
                st_asgml
                --------
                <gml:Polygon srsName="EPSG:4326"
><gml:outerBoundaryIs
><gml:LinearRing
><gml:coordinates
>0,0 0,1 1,1 1,0 0,0</gml:coordinates
></gml:LinearRing
></gml:outerBoundaryIs
></gml:Polygon
>
                        

Esempi: Versione 3

-- Flip coordinates and output extended EPSG (16 | 1)--
SELECT ST_AsGML(3, ST_GeomFromText('POINT(5.234234233242 6.34534534534)',4326), 5, 17);
                        st_asgml
                        --------
                <gml:Point srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326"><gml:pos>6.34535 5.23423</gml:pos></gml:Point>
                        
-- Output the envelope (32) --
SELECT ST_AsGML(3, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4, 10 20)',4326), 5, 32);
                st_asgml
                --------
        <gml:Envelope srsName="EPSG:4326">
                <gml:lowerCorner>1 2</gml:lowerCorner>
                <gml:upperCorner>10 20</gml:upperCorner>
        </gml:Envelope>
                        
-- Output the envelope (32) , reverse (lat lon instead of lon lat) (16), long srs (1)= 32 | 16 | 1 = 49 --
SELECT ST_AsGML(3, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 2, 3 4, 10 20)',4326), 5, 49);
        st_asgml
        --------
<gml:Envelope srsName="urn:ogc:def:crs:EPSG::4326">
        <gml:lowerCorner>2 1</gml:lowerCorner>
        <gml:upperCorner>20 10</gml:upperCorner>
</gml:Envelope>
                        
-- Polyhedral Example --
SELECT ST_AsGML(3, ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)),
((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)),
((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)),
((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )'));
        st_asgml
        --------
 <gml:PolyhedralSurface>
<gml:polygonPatches>
   <gml:PolygonPatch>
                <gml:exterior>
                          <gml:LinearRing>
                                   <gml:posList srsDimension="3">0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0</gml:posList>
                          </gml:LinearRing>
                </gml:exterior>
   </gml:PolygonPatch>
   <gml:PolygonPatch>
                <gml:exterior>
                          <gml:LinearRing>
                                   <gml:posList srsDimension="3">0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0</gml:posList>
                          </gml:LinearRing>
                </gml:exterior>
   </gml:PolygonPatch>
   <gml:PolygonPatch>
                <gml:exterior>
                          <gml:LinearRing>
                                   <gml:posList srsDimension="3">0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0</gml:posList>
                          </gml:LinearRing>
                </gml:exterior>
   </gml:PolygonPatch>
   <gml:PolygonPatch>
                <gml:exterior>
                          <gml:LinearRing>
                                   <gml:posList srsDimension="3">1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0</gml:posList>
                          </gml:LinearRing>
                </gml:exterior>
   </gml:PolygonPatch>
   <gml:PolygonPatch>
                <gml:exterior>
                          <gml:LinearRing>
                                   <gml:posList srsDimension="3">0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 1 0</gml:posList>
                          </gml:LinearRing>
                </gml:exterior>
   </gml:PolygonPatch>
   <gml:PolygonPatch>
                <gml:exterior>
                          <gml:LinearRing>
                                   <gml:posList srsDimension="3">0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 1</gml:posList>
                          </gml:LinearRing>
                </gml:exterior>
   </gml:PolygonPatch>
</gml:polygonPatches>
</gml:PolyhedralSurface>
                        

Si veda anche

ST_GeomFromGML


Name

ST_AsHEXEWKB — Returns a Geometry in HEXEWKB format (as text) using either little-endian (NDR) or big-endian (XDR) encoding.

Synopsis

text ST_AsHEXEWKB(geometry g1, text NDRorXDR);

text ST_AsHEXEWKB(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Returns a Geometry in HEXEWKB format (as text) using either little-endian (NDR) or big-endian (XDR) encoding. If no encoding is specified, then NDR is used.

[Note]

Availability: 1.2.2

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsHEXEWKB(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326));
                dà la stessa risposta di

                SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326)::text;

                st_ashexewkb
                --------
                0103000020E6100000010000000500
                00000000000000000000000000000000
                00000000000000000000000000000000F03F
                000000000000F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03
                F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000

Name

ST_AsKML — Return the geometry as a KML element. Several variants. Default version=2, default precision=15

Synopsis

text ST_AsKML(geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15);

text ST_AsKML(geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15);

text ST_AsKML(integer version, geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, text nprefix=NULL);

text ST_AsKML(integer version, geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, text nprefix=NULL);

Descrizione

Return the geometry as a Keyhole Markup Language (KML) element. There are several variants of this function. maximum number of decimal places used in output (defaults to 15), version default to 2 and default namespace is no prefix.

Version 1: ST_AsKML(geom_or_geog, maxdecimaldigits) / version=2 / maxdecimaldigits=15

Version 2: ST_AsKML(version, geom_or_geog, maxdecimaldigits, nprefix) maxdecimaldigits=15 / nprefix=NULL

[Note]

Requires PostGIS be compiled with Proj support. Use PostGIS_Full_Version to confirm you have proj support compiled in.

[Note]

Availability: 1.2.2 - later variants that include version param came in 1.3.2

[Note]

Enhanced: 2.0.0 - Add prefix namespace. Default is no prefix

[Note]

Changed: 2.0.0 - uses default args and supports named args

[Note]

AsKML output will not work with geometries that do not have an SRID

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsKML(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326));

                st_askml
                --------
                <Polygon
><outerBoundaryIs
><LinearRing
><coordinates
>0,0 0,1 1,1 1,0 0,0</coordinates
></LinearRing
></outerBoundaryIs
></Polygon>

                --3d linestring
                SELECT ST_AsKML('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(1 2 3, 4 5 6)');
                <LineString
><coordinates
>1,2,3 4,5,6</coordinates
></LineString>
                
                

Si veda anche

ST_AsSVG, ST_AsGML


Name

ST_AsLatLonText — Return the Degrees, Minutes, Seconds representation of the given point.

Synopsis

text ST_AsLatLonText(geometry pt, text format='');

Descrizione

Returns the Degrees, Minutes, Seconds representation of the point.

[Note]

It is assumed the point is in a lat/lon projection. The X (lon) and Y (lat) coordinates are normalized in the output to the "normal" range (-180 to +180 for lon, -90 to +90 for lat).

The text parameter is a format string containing the format for the resulting text, similar to a date format string. Valid tokens are "D" for degrees, "M" for minutes, "S" for seconds, and "C" for cardinal direction (NSEW). DMS tokens may be repeated to indicate desired width and precision ("SSS.SSSS" means " 1.0023").

"M", "S", and "C" are optional. If "C" is omitted, degrees are shown with a "-" sign if south or west. If "S" is omitted, minutes will be shown as decimal with as many digits of precision as you specify. If "M" is also omitted, degrees are shown as decimal with as many digits precision as you specify.

If the format string is omitted (or zero-length) a default format will be used.

Availability: 2.0

Esempi

Default format.

SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)'));
      st_aslatlontext       
----------------------------
 2°19'29.928"S 3°14'3.243"W

Providing a format (same as the default).

SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)', 'D°M''S.SSS"C'));
      st_aslatlontext       
----------------------------
 2°19'29.928"S 3°14'3.243"W

Characters other than D, M, S, C and . are just passed through.

SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)', 'D degrees, M minutes, S seconds to the C'));
                                   st_aslatlontext                                    
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 2 degrees, 19 minutes, 30 seconds to the S 3 degrees, 14 minutes, 3 seconds to the W

Signed degrees instead of cardinal directions.

SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)', 'D°M''S.SSS"'));
      st_aslatlontext       
----------------------------
 -2°19'29.928" -3°14'3.243"

Decimal degrees.

SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-3.2342342 -2.32498)', 'D.DDDD degrees C'));
          st_aslatlontext          
-----------------------------------
 2.3250 degrees S 3.2342 degrees W

Excessively large values are normalized.

SELECT (ST_AsLatLonText('POINT (-302.2342342 -792.32498)'));
        st_aslatlontext        
-------------------------------
 72°19'29.928"S 57°45'56.757"E

Name

ST_AsSVG — Returns a Geometry in SVG path data given a geometry or geography object.

Synopsis

text ST_AsSVG(geometry geom, integer rel=0, integer maxdecimaldigits=15);

text ST_AsSVG(geography geog, integer rel=0, integer maxdecimaldigits=15);

Descrizione

Return the geometry as Scalar Vector Graphics (SVG) path data. Use 1 as second argument to have the path data implemented in terms of relative moves, the default (or 0) uses absolute moves. Third argument may be used to reduce the maximum number of decimal digits used in output (defaults to 15). Point geometries will be rendered as cx/cy when 'rel' arg is 0, x/y when 'rel' is 1. Multipoint geometries are delimited by commas (","), GeometryCollection geometries are delimited by semicolons (";").

[Note]

Availability: 1.2.2. Availability: 1.4.0 Changed in PostGIS 1.4.0 to include L command in absolute path to conform to http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG/paths.html#PathDataBNF

Changed: 2.0.0 to use default args and support named args

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsSVG(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))',4326));

                st_assvg
                --------
                M 0 0 L 0 -1 1 -1 1 0 Z

Name

ST_AsText — Return the Well-Known Text (WKT) representation of the geometry/geography without SRID metadata.

Synopsis

text ST_AsText(geometry g1);

text ST_AsText(geography g1);

Descrizione

Returns the Well-Known Text representation of the geometry/geography.

[Note]

The WKT spec does not include the SRID. To get the SRID as part of the data, use the non-standard PostGIS ST_AsEWKT

WKT format does not maintain precision so to prevent floating truncation, use ST_AsBinary or ST_AsEWKB format for transport.

[Note]

ST_AsText is the reverse of ST_GeomFromText. Use ST_GeomFromText to convert to a postgis geometry from ST_AsText representation.

Availability: 1.5 - support for geography was introduced.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.1

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.25

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText('01030000000100000005000000000000000000
000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03F000000000000F03
F000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000');

                   st_astext
--------------------------------
 POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))
(1 row)

Name

ST_AsTWKB — Returns the geometry as TWKB, aka "Tiny Well-Known Binary"

Synopsis

bytea ST_AsTWKB(geometry g1, integer decimaldigits_xy=0, integer decimaldigits_z=0, integer decimaldigits_m=0, boolean include_sizes=false, boolean include_bounding boxes=false);

bytea ST_AsTWKB(geometry[] geometries, bigint[] unique_ids, integer decimaldigits_xy=0, integer decimaldigits_z=0, integer decimaldigits_m=0, boolean include_sizes=false, boolean include_bounding_boxes=false);

Descrizione

Returns the geometry in TWKB (Tiny Well-Known Binary) format. TWKB is a compressed binary format with a focus on minimizing the size of the output.

The decimal digits parameters control how much precision is stored in the output. By default, values are rounded to the nearest unit before encoding. If you want to transfer more precision, increase the number. For example, a value of 1 implies that the first digit to the right of the decimal point will be preserved.

The sizes and bounding boxes parameters control whether optional information about the encoded length of the object and the bounds of the object are included in the output. By default they are not. Do not turn them on unless your client software has a use for them, as they just use up space (and saving space is the point of TWKB).

The array-input form of the function is used to convert a collection of geometries and unique identifiers into a TWKB collection that preserves the identifiers. This is useful for clients that expect to unpack a collection and then access further information about the objects inside. You can create the arrays using the array_agg function. The other parameters operate the same as for the simple form of the function.

[Note]

The format specification is available online at https://github.com/TWKB/Specification, and code for building a JavaScript client can be found at https://github.com/TWKB/twkb.js.

Enhanced: 2.4.0 memory and speed improvements.

Availability: 2.2.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsTWKB('LINESTRING(1 1,5 5)'::geometry);
                 st_astwkb
--------------------------------------------
\x02000202020808

To create an aggregate TWKB object including identifiers aggregate the desired geometries and objects first, using "array_agg()", then call the appropriate TWKB function.

SELECT ST_AsTWKB(array_agg(geom), array_agg(gid)) FROM mytable;
                 st_astwkb
--------------------------------------------
\x040402020400000202

Name

ST_AsX3D — Returns a Geometry in X3D xml node element format: ISO-IEC-19776-1.2-X3DEncodings-XML

Synopsis

text ST_AsX3D(geometry g1, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, integer options=0);

Descrizione

Returns a geometry as an X3D xml formatted node element http://www.web3d.org/standards/number/19776-1. If maxdecimaldigits (precision) is not specified then defaults to 15.

[Note]

There are various options for translating PostGIS geometries to X3D since X3D geometry types don't map directly to PostGIS geometry types and some newer X3D types that might be better mappings we have avoided since most rendering tools don't currently support them. These are the mappings we have settled on. Feel free to post a bug ticket if you have thoughts on the idea or ways we can allow people to denote their preferred mappings.

Below is how we currently map PostGIS 2D/3D types to X3D types

The 'options' argument is a bitfield. For PostGIS 2.2+, this is used to denote whether to represent coordinates with X3D GeoCoordinates Geospatial node and also whether to flip the x/y axis. By default, ST_AsX3D outputs in database form (long,lat or X,Y), but X3D default of lat/lon, y/x may be preferred.

  • 0: X/Y in database order (e.g. long/lat = X,Y is standard database order), default value, and non-spatial coordinates (just regular old Coordinate tag).

  • 1: Flip X and Y. If used in conjunction with the GeoCoordinate option switch, then output will be default "latitude_first" and coordinates will be flipped as well.

  • 2: Output coordinates in GeoSpatial GeoCoordinates. This option will throw an error if geometries are not in WGS 84 long lat (srid: 4326). This is currently the only GeoCoordinate type supported. Refer to X3D specs specifying a spatial reference system.. Default output will be GeoCoordinate geoSystem='"GD" "WE" "longitude_first"'. If you prefer the X3D default of GeoCoordinate geoSystem='"GD" "WE" "latitude_first"' use (2 + 1) = 3

PostGIS Type2D X3D Type3D X3D Type
LINESTRINGnot yet implemented - will be PolyLine2DLineSet
MULTILINESTRINGnot yet implemented - will be PolyLine2DIndexedLineSet
MULTIPOINTPolypoint2DPointSet
POINToutputs the space delimited coordinatesoutputs the space delimited coordinates
(MULTI) POLYGON, POLYHEDRALSURFACEInvalid X3D markupIndexedFaceSet (inner rings currently output as another faceset)
TINTriangleSet2D (Not Yet Implemented)IndexedTriangleSet
[Note]

2D geometry support not yet complete. Inner rings currently just drawn as separate polygons. We are working on these.

Lots of advancements happening in 3D space particularly with X3D Integration with HTML5

There is also a nice open source X3D viewer you can use to view rendered geometries. Free Wrl http://freewrl.sourceforge.net/ binaries available for Mac, Linux, and Windows. Use the FreeWRL_Launcher packaged to view the geometries.

Also check out PostGIS minimalist X3D viewer that utilizes this function and x3dDom html/js open source toolkit.

Availability: 2.0.0: ISO-IEC-19776-1.2-X3DEncodings-XML

Enhanced: 2.2.0: Support for GeoCoordinates and axis (x/y, long/lat) flipping. Look at options for details.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

Example: Create a fully functional X3D document - This will generate a cube that is viewable in FreeWrl and other X3D viewers.

SELECT '<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE X3D PUBLIC "ISO//Web3D//DTD X3D 3.0//EN" "http://www.web3d.org/specifications/x3d-3.0.dtd">
<X3D>
  <Scene>
    <Transform>
      <Shape>
       <Appearance>
            <Material emissiveColor=''0 0 1''/>   
       </Appearance
> ' || 
       ST_AsX3D( ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYHEDRALSURFACE( ((0 0 0, 0 0 1, 0 1 1, 0 1 0, 0 0 0)), 
((0 0 0, 0 1 0, 1 1 0, 1 0 0, 0 0 0)), ((0 0 0, 1 0 0, 1 0 1, 0 0 1, 0 0 0)), 
((1 1 0, 1 1 1, 1 0 1, 1 0 0, 1 1 0)), 
((0 1 0, 0 1 1, 1 1 1, 1 1 0, 0 1 0)), ((0 0 1, 1 0 1, 1 1 1, 0 1 1, 0 0 1)) )')) ||
      '</Shape>
    </Transform>
  </Scene>
</X3D
>' As x3ddoc;

                x3ddoc
                --------
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE X3D PUBLIC "ISO//Web3D//DTD X3D 3.0//EN" "http://www.web3d.org/specifications/x3d-3.0.dtd">
<X3D>
  <Scene>
    <Transform>
      <Shape>
       <Appearance>
            <Material emissiveColor='0 0 1'/>   
       </Appearance
> 
       <IndexedFaceSet  coordIndex='0 1 2 3 -1 4 5 6 7 -1 8 9 10 11 -1 12 13 14 15 -1 16 17 18 19 -1 20 21 22 23'>
            <Coordinate point='0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 0 1 1' />
      </IndexedFaceSet>
      </Shape>
    </Transform>
  </Scene>
</X3D
>

Example: An Octagon elevated 3 Units and decimal precision of 6

SELECT ST_AsX3D(
ST_Translate(
    ST_Force_3d(
        ST_Buffer(ST_Point(10,10),5, 'quad_segs=2')), 0,0,
    3)
  ,6) As x3dfrag;

x3dfrag
--------
<IndexedFaceSet coordIndex="0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7">
    <Coordinate point="15 10 3 13.535534 6.464466 3 10 5 3 6.464466 6.464466 3 5 10 3 6.464466 13.535534 3 10 15 3 13.535534 13.535534 3 " />
</IndexedFaceSet
>

Esempio: TIN

SELECT ST_AsX3D(ST_GeomFromEWKT('TIN (((
                0 0 0, 
                0 0 1, 
                0 1 0, 
                0 0 0
            )), ((
                0 0 0, 
                0 1 0, 
                1 1 0, 
                0 0 0
            ))
            )')) As x3dfrag;

                x3dfrag
                --------
<IndexedTriangleSet  index='0 1 2 3 4 5'
><Coordinate point='0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 0'/></IndexedTriangleSet
>

Example: Closed multilinestring (the boundary of a polygon with holes)

SELECT ST_AsX3D(
                    ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((20 0 10,16 -12 10,0 -16 10,-12 -12 10,-20 0 10,-12 16 10,0 24 10,16 16 10,20 0 10),
  (12 0 10,8 8 10,0 12 10,-8 8 10,-8 0 10,-8 -4 10,0 -8 10,8 -4 10,12 0 10))') 
) As x3dfrag;

                x3dfrag
                --------
<IndexedLineSet  coordIndex='0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 -1 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8'>
    <Coordinate point='20 0 10 16 -12 10 0 -16 10 -12 -12 10 -20 0 10 -12 16 10 0 24 10 16 16 10 12 0 10 8 8 10 0 12 10 -8 8 10 -8 0 10 -8 -4 10 0 -8 10 8 -4 10 ' />
 </IndexedLineSet
>

Name

ST_GeoHash — Return a GeoHash representation of the geometry.

Synopsis

text ST_GeoHash(geometry geom, integer maxchars=full_precision_of_point);

Descrizione

Return a GeoHash representation (http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Geohash) of the geometry. A GeoHash encodes a point into a text form that is sortable and searchable based on prefixing. A shorter GeoHash is a less precise representation of a point. It can also be thought of as a box, that contains the actual point.

If no maxchars is specified ST_GeoHash returns a GeoHash based on full precision of the input geometry type. Points return a GeoHash with 20 characters of precision (about enough to hold the full double precision of the input). Other types return a GeoHash with a variable amount of precision, based on the size of the feature. Larger features are represented with less precision, smaller features with more precision. The idea is that the box implied by the GeoHash will always contain the input feature.

If maxchars is specified ST_GeoHash returns a GeoHash with at most that many characters so a possibly lower precision representation of the input geometry. For non-points, the starting point of the calculation is the center of the bounding box of the geometry.

Disponibilità: 1.4.0

[Note]

ST_GeoHash will not work with geometries that are not in geographic (lon/lat) coordinates.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

Esempi

SELECT ST_GeoHash(ST_SetSRID(ST_MakePoint(-126,48),4326));

         st_geohash
----------------------
 c0w3hf1s70w3hf1s70w3

SELECT ST_GeoHash(ST_SetSRID(ST_MakePoint(-126,48),4326),5);

 st_geohash
------------
 c0w3h
                
                

Si veda anche

ST_GeomFromGeoHash


Name

ST_AsGeoJSON — Return a Geobuf representation of a set of rows.

Synopsis

bytea ST_AsEWKB(geometry g1);

bytea ST_AsEWKB(geometry g1, text NDR_or_XDR);

Descrizione

Return a Geobuf representation (https://github.com/mapbox/geobuf) of a set of rows corresponding to a FeatureCollection. Every input geometry is analyzed to determine maximum precision for optimal storage. Note that Geobuf in its current form cannot be streamed so the full output will be assembled in memory.

row row data with at least a geometry column.

geom_name is the name of the geometry column in the row data. If NULL it will default to the first found geometry column.

Disponibilità: 1.4.0

Esempi

SELECT encode(ST_AsGeobuf(q, 'geom'), 'base64')
    FROM (SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((0 0,0 1,1 1,1 0,0 0))') AS geom) AS q;
 st_asgeobuf
----------------------------------
 GAAiEAoOCgwIBBoIAAAAAgIAAAE=

                
                

Name

ST_AsSVG — Transform a geometry into the coordinate space of a Mapbox Vector Tile.

Synopsis

text ST_AsHEXEWKB(geometry g1, text NDRorXDR);

text ST_AsHEXEWKB(geometry g1);

Descrizione

Transform a geometry into the coordinate space of a Mapbox Vector Tile of a set of rows corresponding to a Layer. Makes best effort to keep and even correct validity and might collapse geometry into a lower dimension in the process.

geom is the geometry to transform.

bounds is the geometric bounds of the tile contents without buffer.

extent is the tile extent in tile coordinate space as defined by the specification. If NULL it will default to 4096.

buffer is the buffer distance in tile coordinate space to optionally clip geometries. If NULL it will default to 256.

clip_geom is a boolean to control if geometries should be clipped or encoded as is. If NULL it will default to true.

Disponibilità: 1.4.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_AsMVTGeom(
        ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON ((0 0, 10 0, 10 5, 0 -5, 0 0))'),
        ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0, 0), ST_Point(4096, 4096)),
        4096, 0, false));
                              st_astext
--------------------------------------------------------------------
 MULTIPOLYGON(((5 4096,10 4096,10 4091,5 4096)),((5 4096,0 4096,0 4101,5 4096)))

                
                

Name

ST_AsGML — Return a Mapbox Vector Tile representation of a set of rows.

Synopsis

text ST_AsKML(geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15);

text ST_AsKML(geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15);

text ST_AsKML(integer version, geometry geom, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, text nprefix=NULL);

text ST_AsKML(integer version, geography geog, integer maxdecimaldigits=15, text nprefix=NULL);

Descrizione

Return a Mapbox Vector Tile representation of a set of rows corresponding to a Layer. Multiple calls can be concatenated to a tile with multiple Layers. Geometry is assumed to be in tile coordinate space and valid as per specification. Typically ST_AsSVG can be used to transform geometry into tile coordinate space. Other row data will be encoded as attributes.

The Mapbox Vector Tile format can store features with a different set of attributes per feature. To make use of this feature supply a JSONB column in the row data containing Json objects one level deep. The keys and values in the object will be parsed into feature attributes.

[Important]

Do not call with a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION as an element in the row. However you can use ST_AsSVG to prep a geometry collection for inclusion.

row row data with at least a geometry column.

name is the name of the Layer. If NULL it will use the string "default".

extent is the tile extent in screen space as defined by the specification. If NULL it will default to 4096.

geom_name is the name of the geometry column in the row data. If NULL it will default to the first found geometry column.

Disponibilità: 1.4.0

Esempi

SELECT ST_AsMVT(q, 'test', 4096, 'geom') FROM (SELECT 1 AS c1,
    ST_AsMVTGeom(ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON ((35 10, 45 45, 15 40, 10 20, 35 10), (20 30, 35 35, 30 20, 20 30))'),
    ST_MakeBox2D(ST_Point(0, 0), ST_Point(4096, 4096)), 4096, 0, false) AS geom) AS q;
                              st_asmvt
--------------------------------------------------------------------
 \x1a320a0474657374121d12020000180322150946ec3f1a14453b0a09280f091413121e09091e0f1a026331220228012880207802

                
                

Si veda anche

ST_AsSVG

8.8. Operatori

&& — Returns TRUE if A's 2D bounding box intersects B's 2D bounding box.
&&(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a geometry's (cached) 2D bounding box intersects a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).
&&(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) intersects a geometry's (cached) 2D bounding box.
&&(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE if two 2D float precision bounding boxes (BOX2DF) intersect each other.
&&& — Returns TRUE if A's n-D bounding box intersects B's n-D bounding box.
&&& — Returns TRUE if a geometry's (cached) n-D bounding box intersects a n-D float precision bounding box (GIDX).
&&& — Returns TRUE if a n-D float precision bounding box (GIDX) intersects a geometry's (cached) n-D bounding box.
&&& — Returns TRUE if two n-D float precision bounding boxes (GIDX) intersect each other.
&< — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box overlaps or is to the left of B's.
&<| — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box overlaps or is below B's.
&> — Returns TRUE if A' bounding box overlaps or is to the right of B's.
<< — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is strictly to the left of B's.
<<| — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is strictly below B's.
= — Returns TRUE if the coordinates and coordinate order geometry/geography A are the same as the coordinates and coordinate order of geometry/geography B.
>> — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is strictly to the right of B's.
@ — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is contained by B's.
@(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a geometry's 2D bounding box is contained into a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).
@(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) is contained into a geometry's 2D bounding box.
@(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) is contained into another 2D float precision bounding box.
|&> — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box overlaps or is above B's.
|>> — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is strictly above B's.
~ — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box contains B's.
~(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a geometry's 2D bonding box contains a 2D float precision bounding box (GIDX).
~(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) contains a geometry's 2D bonding box.
~(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) contains another 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).
~= — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is the same as B's.
<-> — Returns the 2D distance between A and B.
|=| — Returns the distance between A and B trajectories at their closest point of approach.
<#> — Returns the 2D distance between A and B bounding boxes.
<<->> — Returns the n-D distance between the centroids of A and B bounding boxes.
<<#>> — Returns the n-D distance between A and B bounding boxes.

Name

&& — Returns TRUE if A's 2D bounding box intersects B's 2D bounding box.

Synopsis

boolean &&( geometry A , geometry B );

boolean &&( geography A , geography B );

Descrizione

The && operator returns TRUE if the 2D bounding box of geometry A intersects the 2D bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for Polyhedral surfaces was introduced.

Availability: 1.5.0 support for geography was introduced.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 && tbl2.column2 AS overlaps
FROM ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry),
        (2, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
( VALUES
        (3, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | overlaps
---------+---------+----------
           1 |       3 | t
           2 |       3 | f
(2 rows)

Si veda anche

|&>, &>, &<|, &<, ~, @


Name

&&(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a geometry's (cached) 2D bounding box intersects a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).

Synopsis

boolean &<( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The && operator returns TRUE if the cached 2D bounding box of geometry A intersects the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_MakePoint(1,1) && ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2)) AS overlaps;

 overlaps
----------
 t
(1 row)

Name

&&(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) intersects a geometry's (cached) 2D bounding box.

Synopsis

boolean &<( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The && operator returns TRUE if the 2D bounding box A intersects the cached 2D bounding box of geometry B, using float precision. This means that if A is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2)) && ST_MakePoint(1,1) AS overlaps;

 overlaps
----------
 t
(1 row)

Name

&&(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE if two 2D float precision bounding boxes (BOX2DF) intersect each other.

Synopsis

boolean &<( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The && operator returns TRUE if two 2D bounding boxes A and B intersect each other, using float precision. This means that if A (or B) is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operator is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2)) && ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(1,1), ST_MakePoint(3,3)) AS overlaps;

 overlaps
----------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

&&(geometry,box2df), &>, &<|, &<, ~, @


Name

&&& — Returns TRUE if A's n-D bounding box intersects B's n-D bounding box.

Synopsis

boolean &&&( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The &&& operator returns TRUE if the n-D bounding box of geometry A intersects the n-D bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Disponibilità: 2.0

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Examples: 3D LineStrings

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &&& tbl2.column2 AS overlaps_3d, 
                                    tbl1.column2 && tbl2.column2 AS overlaps_2d
FROM ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING Z(0 0 1, 3 3 2)'::geometry),
        (2, 'LINESTRING Z(1 2 0, 0 5 -1)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
( VALUES
        (3, 'LINESTRING Z(1 2 1, 4 6 1)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | overlaps_3d | overlaps_2d
---------+---------+-------------+-------------
       1 |       3 | t           | t
       2 |       3 | f           | t

Examples: 3M LineStrings

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &&& tbl2.column2 AS overlaps_3zm, 
                                    tbl1.column2 && tbl2.column2 AS overlaps_2d
FROM ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING M(0 0 1, 3 3 2)'::geometry),
        (2, 'LINESTRING M(1 2 0, 0 5 -1)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
( VALUES
        (3, 'LINESTRING M(1 2 1, 4 6 1)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | overlaps_3zm | overlaps_2d
---------+---------+-------------+-------------
       1 |       3 | t           | t
       2 |       3 | f           | t

Si veda anche

&&


Name

&&& — Returns TRUE if a geometry's (cached) n-D bounding box intersects a n-D float precision bounding box (GIDX).

Synopsis

boolean &<( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The &&& operator returns TRUE if the cached n-D bounding box of geometry A intersects the n-D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box3d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 3D bounding box (GIDX)

[Note]

This operator is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_MakePoint(1,1,1) &&& ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(0,0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2,2)) AS overlaps;

 overlaps
----------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

&&&, &&


Name

&&& — Returns TRUE if a n-D float precision bounding box (GIDX) intersects a geometry's (cached) n-D bounding box.

Synopsis

boolean &<( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The &&& operator returns TRUE if the n-D bounding box A intersects the cached n-D bounding box of geometry B, using float precision. This means that if A is a (double precision) box3d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 3D bounding box (GIDX)

[Note]

This operator is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(0,0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2,2)) &&& ST_MakePoint(1,1,1) AS overlaps;

 overlaps
----------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

&&&, &&


Name

&&& — Returns TRUE if two n-D float precision bounding boxes (GIDX) intersect each other.

Synopsis

boolean &<( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The &&& operator returns TRUE if two n-D bounding boxes A and B intersect each other, using float precision. This means that if A (or B) is a (double precision) box3d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 3D bounding box (GIDX)

[Note]

This operator is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

Esempi

SELECT ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(0,0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2,2)) &&& ST_3DMakeBox(ST_MakePoint(1,1,1), ST_MakePoint(3,3,3)) AS overlaps;

 overlaps
----------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

&&&, &&


Name

&< — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box overlaps or is to the left of B's.

Synopsis

boolean &<( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The &< operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A overlaps or is to the left of the bounding box of geometry B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT to the right of the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &< tbl2.column2 AS overleft
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING(6 0, 6 1)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | overleft
---------+---------+----------
           1 |       2 | f
           1 |       3 | f
           1 |       4 | t
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

&&, |&>, &>, &<|


Name

&<| — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box overlaps or is below B's.

Synopsis

boolean &<|( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The &<| operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A overlaps or is below of the bounding box of geometry B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT above the bounding box of geometry B.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &<| tbl2.column2 AS overbelow
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING(6 0, 6 4)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | overbelow
---------+---------+-----------
           1 |       2 | f
           1 |       3 | t
           1 |       4 | t
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

&&, |&>, &>, &<


Name

&> — Returns TRUE if A' bounding box overlaps or is to the right of B's.

Synopsis

boolean &>( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The &> operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A overlaps or is to the right of the bounding box of geometry B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT to the left of the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 &> tbl2.column2 AS overright
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING(6 0, 6 1)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | overright
---------+---------+-----------
           1 |       2 | t
           1 |       3 | t
           1 |       4 | f
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

&&, |&>, &<|, &<


Name

<< — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is strictly to the left of B's.

Synopsis

boolean <<( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The << operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A is strictly to the left of the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 << tbl2.column2 AS left
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING (1 2, 1 5)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 3)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING (6 0, 6 5)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING (2 2, 5 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | left
---------+---------+------
           1 |       2 | f
           1 |       3 | t
           1 |       4 | t
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

>>, |>>, <<|


Name

<<| — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is strictly below B's.

Synopsis

boolean <<|( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The <<| operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A is strictly below the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 <<| tbl2.column2 AS below
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING (1 4, 1 7)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING (6 1, 6 5)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING (2 3, 5 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | below
---------+---------+-------
           1 |       2 | t
           1 |       3 | f
           1 |       4 | f
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

<<, >>, |>>


Name

= — Returns TRUE if the coordinates and coordinate order geometry/geography A are the same as the coordinates and coordinate order of geometry/geography B.

Synopsis

boolean =( geometry A , geometry B );

boolean =( geography A , geography B );

Descrizione

The = operator returns TRUE if the coordinates and coordinate order geometry/geography A are the same as the coordinates and coordinate order of geometry/geography B. PostgreSQL uses the =, <, and > operators defined for geometries to perform internal orderings and comparison of geometries (ie. in a GROUP BY or ORDER BY clause).

[Note]

Only geometry/geography that are exactly equal in all respects, with the same coordinates, in the same order, are considered equal by this operator. For "spatial equality", that ignores things like coordinate order, and can detect features that cover the same spatial area with different representations, use ST_OrderingEquals or ST_Equals

[Caution]

This operand will NOT make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. For an index assisted exact equality test, combine = with &&.

Changed: 2.4.0, in prior versions this was bounding box equality not a geometric equality. If you need bounding box equality, use ~= instead.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT 'LINESTRING(0 0, 0 1, 1 0)'::geometry = 'LINESTRING(1 1, 0 0)'::geometry;
 ?column?
----------
 t
(1 row)

SELECT ST_AsText(column1)
FROM ( VALUES
        ('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry),
        ('LINESTRING(1 1, 0 0)'::geometry)) AS foo;
          st_astext
---------------------
 LINESTRING(0 0,1 1)
 LINESTRING(1 1,0 0)
(2 rows)

-- Nota: il GROUP BY usa lo "=" per confrontare l'equivalenza delle geometrie
SELECT ST_AsText(column1)
FROM ( VALUES
        ('LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry),
        ('LINESTRING(1 1, 0 0)'::geometry)) AS foo
GROUP BY column1;
          st_astext
---------------------
 LINESTRING(0 0,1 1)
(1 row)

-- In versions prior to 2.0, this used to return true --
 SELECT ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1707296.37 4820536.77)') =
        ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1707296.27 4820536.87)') As pt_intersect;
        
--pt_intersect --
f

Si veda anche

ST_Equals, ST_OrderingEquals, =


Name

>> — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is strictly to the right of B's.

Synopsis

boolean >>( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The >> operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A is strictly to the right of the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 >> tbl2.column2 AS right
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING (2 3, 5 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING (1 4, 1 7)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING (6 1, 6 5)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | right
---------+---------+-------
           1 |       2 | t
           1 |       3 | f
           1 |       4 | f
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

<<, |>>, <<|


Name

@ — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is contained by B's.

Synopsis

boolean @( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The @ operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A is completely contained by the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 @ tbl2.column2 AS contained
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING (1 1, 3 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 4)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING (2 2, 4 4)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING (1 1, 3 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | contained
---------+---------+-----------
           1 |       2 | t
           1 |       3 | f
           1 |       4 | t
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

~, &&


Name

@(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a geometry's 2D bounding box is contained into a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).

Synopsis

boolean @( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The @ operator returns TRUE if the A geometry's 2D bounding box is contained the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(2 2)'), 1) @ ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(0,0), ST_MakePoint(5,5)) AS is_contained;

 is_contained
--------------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

&&(geometry,box2df), &>, &<|, &<, ~, @


Name

@(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) is contained into a geometry's 2D bounding box.

Synopsis

boolean @( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The @ operator returns TRUE if the 2D bounding box A is contained into the B geometry's 2D bounding box, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(2,2), ST_MakePoint(3,3)) @ ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 1)'), 10) AS is_contained;

 is_contained
--------------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

&&(geometry,box2df), &>, &<|, &<, ~, @


Name

@(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) is contained into another 2D float precision bounding box.

Synopsis

boolean @( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The @ operator returns TRUE if the 2D bounding box A is contained into the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if A (or B) is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(2,2), ST_MakePoint(3,3)) @ ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(0,0), ST_MakePoint(5,5)) AS is_contained;

 is_contained
--------------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

&&(geometry,box2df), &>, &<|, &<, ~, @


Name

|&> — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box overlaps or is above B's.

Synopsis

boolean |&>( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The |&> operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A overlaps or is above the bounding box of geometry B, or more accurately, overlaps or is NOT below the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 |&> tbl2.column2 AS overabove
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING(6 0, 6 4)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING(0 0, 3 3)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING(0 1, 0 5)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING(1 2, 4 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | overabove
---------+---------+-----------
           1 |       2 | t
           1 |       3 | f
           1 |       4 | f
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

&&, &>, &<|, &<


Name

|>> — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is strictly above B's.

Synopsis

boolean |>>( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The |>> operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A is strictly above the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 |>> tbl2.column2 AS above
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING (1 4, 1 7)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 2)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING (6 1, 6 5)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING (2 3, 5 6)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | above
---------+---------+-------
           1 |       2 | t
           1 |       3 | f
           1 |       4 | f
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

<<, >>, <<|


Name

~ — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box contains B's.

Synopsis

boolean ~( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The ~ operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry A completely contains the bounding box of geometry B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Esempi

SELECT tbl1.column1, tbl2.column1, tbl1.column2 ~ tbl2.column2 AS contains
FROM
  ( VALUES
        (1, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 3 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl1,
  ( VALUES
        (2, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 4 4)'::geometry),
        (3, 'LINESTRING (1 1, 2 2)'::geometry),
        (4, 'LINESTRING (0 0, 3 3)'::geometry)) AS tbl2;

 column1 | column1 | contains
---------+---------+----------
           1 |       2 | f
           1 |       3 | t
           1 |       4 | t
(3 rows)

Si veda anche

@, &&


Name

~(geometry,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a geometry's 2D bonding box contains a 2D float precision bounding box (GIDX).

Synopsis

boolean ~( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The ~ operator returns TRUE if the 2D bounding box of a geometry A contains the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if B is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 1)'), 10) ~ ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(0,0), ST_MakePoint(2,2)) AS contains;

 contains
----------
 t
(1 row)

Name

~(box2df,geometry) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) contains a geometry's 2D bonding box.

Synopsis

boolean ~( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The ~ operator returns TRUE if the 2D bounding box A contains the B geometry's bounding box, using float precision. This means that if A is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(0,0), ST_MakePoint(5,5)) ~ ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(2 2)'), 1) AS contains;

 contains
----------
 t
(1 row)

Name

~(box2df,box2df) — Returns TRUE if a 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF) contains another 2D float precision bounding box (BOX2DF).

Synopsis

boolean ~( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The ~ operator returns TRUE if the 2D bounding box A contains the 2D bounding box B, using float precision. This means that if A is a (double precision) box2d, it will be internally converted to a float precision 2D bounding box (BOX2DF)

[Note]

This operand is intended to be used internally by BRIN indexes, more than by users.

Availability: 2.3.0 support for Block Range INdexes (BRIN) was introduced. Requires PostgreSQL 9.5+.

This method supports Circular Strings and Curves

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

SELECT ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(0,0), ST_MakePoint(5,5)) ~ ST_MakeBox2D(ST_MakePoint(2,2), ST_MakePoint(3,3)) AS contains;

 contains
----------
 t
(1 row)

Si veda anche

&&(geometry,box2df), &>, &<|, &<, ~, @


Name

~= — Returns TRUE if A's bounding box is the same as B's.

Synopsis

boolean ~=( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The ~= operator returns TRUE if the bounding box of geometry/geography A is the same as the bounding box of geometry/geography B.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries.

Availability: 1.5.0 changed behavior

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

[Warning]

This operator has changed behavior in PostGIS 1.5 from testing for actual geometric equality to only checking for bounding box equality. To complicate things it also depends on if you have done a hard or soft upgrade which behavior your database has. To find out which behavior your database has you can run the query below. To check for true equality use ST_OrderingEquals or ST_Equals.

Esempi

select 'LINESTRING(0 0, 1 1)'::geometry ~= 'LINESTRING(0 1, 1 0)'::geometry as equality;
 equality   |
-----------------+
          t    |
                        

Name

<-> — Returns the 2D distance between A and B.

Synopsis

double precision <->( geometry A , geometry B );

double precision <->( geography A , geography B );

Descrizione

The <-> operator returns the 2D distance between two geometries. Used in the "ORDER BY" clause provides index-assisted nearest-neighbor result sets. For PostgreSQL below 9.5 only gives centroid distance of bounding boxes and for PostgreSQL 9.5+, does true KNN distance search giving true distance between geometries, and distance sphere for geographies.

[Note]

This operand will make use of 2D GiST indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause.

[Note]

Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant (not in a subquery/cte). e.g. 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry instead of a.geom

Refer to OpenGeo workshop: Nearest-Neighbour Searching for real live example.

Enhanced: 2.2.0 -- True KNN ("K nearest neighbor") behavior for geometry and geography for PostgreSQL 9.5+. Note for geography KNN is based on sphere rather than spheroid. For PostgreSQL 9.4 and below, geography support is new but only supports centroid box.

Changed: 2.2.0 -- For PostgreSQL 9.5 users, old Hybrid syntax may be slower, so you'll want to get rid of that hack if you are running your code only on PostGIS 2.2+ 9.5+. See examples below.

Availability: 2.0.0 -- Weak KNN provides nearest neighbors based on geometry centroid distances instead of true distances. Exact results for points, inexact for all other types. Available for PostgreSQL 9.1+

Esempi

SELECT ST_Distance(geom, 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry) as d,edabbr, vaabbr 
FROM va2005 
ORDER BY d limit 10;

        d         | edabbr | vaabbr
------------------+--------+--------
                0 | ALQ    | 128
 5541.57712511724 | ALQ    | 129A
 5579.67450712005 | ALQ    | 001
  6083.4207708641 | ALQ    | 131
  7691.2205404848 | ALQ    | 003
 7900.75451037313 | ALQ    | 122
 8694.20710669982 | ALQ    | 129B
 9564.24289057111 | ALQ    | 130
  12089.665931705 | ALQ    | 127
 18472.5531479404 | ALQ    | 002
(10 rows)

Then the KNN raw answer:

SELECT ST_Distance(geom, 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry) as d,edabbr, vaabbr 
FROM va2005 
ORDER BY d limit 10;

        d         | edabbr | vaabbr
------------------+--------+--------
                0 | ALQ    | 128
 5541.57712511724 | ALQ    | 129A
 5579.67450712005 | ALQ    | 001
  6083.4207708641 | ALQ    | 131
  7691.2205404848 | ALQ    | 003
 7900.75451037313 | ALQ    | 122
 8694.20710669982 | ALQ    | 129B
 9564.24289057111 | ALQ    | 130
  12089.665931705 | ALQ    | 127
 18472.5531479404 | ALQ    | 002
(10 rows)

If you run "EXPLAIN ANALYZE" on the two queries you would see a performance improvement for the second.

For users running with PostgreSQL < 9.5, use a hybrid query to find the true nearest neighbors. First a CTE query using the index-assisted KNN, then an exact query to get correct ordering:

WITH index_query AS (
  SELECT ST_Distance(geom, 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry) as d,edabbr, vaabbr
          FROM va2005
  ORDER BY geom <-> 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry LIMIT 100) 
  SELECT * 
          FROM index_query 
  ORDER BY d limit 10;

        d         | edabbr | vaabbr
------------------+--------+--------
                0 | ALQ    | 128
 5541.57712511724 | ALQ    | 129A
 5579.67450712005 | ALQ    | 001
  6083.4207708641 | ALQ    | 131
  7691.2205404848 | ALQ    | 003
 7900.75451037313 | ALQ    | 122
 8694.20710669982 | ALQ    | 129B
 9564.24289057111 | ALQ    | 130
  12089.665931705 | ALQ    | 127
 18472.5531479404 | ALQ    | 002
(10 rows)

                        

Si veda anche

ST_DWithin, ST_Distance, <#>


Name

|=| — Returns the distance between A and B trajectories at their closest point of approach.

Synopsis

double precision |=|( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The |=| operator returns the 3D distance between two trajectories (See ST_IsValidTrajectory). This is the same as ST_DistanceCPA but as an operator it can be used for doing nearest neightbor searches using an N-dimensional index (requires PostgreSQL 9.5.0 or higher).

[Note]

This operand will make use of ND GiST indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause.

[Note]

Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant (not in a subquery/cte). e.g. 'SRID=3005;LINESTRINGM(0 0 0,0 0 1)'::geometry instead of a.geom

Availability: 2.2.0. Index-supported only available for PostgreSQL 9.5+

Esempi

-- Save a literal query trajectory in a psql variable...
\set qt 'ST_AddMeasure(ST_MakeLine(ST_MakePointM(-350,300,0),ST_MakePointM(-410,490,0)),10,20)'
-- Run the query !
SELECT track_id, dist FROM (
  SELECT track_id, ST_DistanceCPA(tr,:qt) dist
  FROM trajectories
  ORDER BY tr |=| :qt
  LIMIT 5
) foo;
 track_id        dist
----------+-------------------
      395 | 0.576496831518066
      380 |  5.06797130410151
      390 |  7.72262293958322
      385 |   9.8004461358071
      405 |  10.9534397988433
(5 rows)

Name

<#> — Returns the 2D distance between A and B bounding boxes.

Synopsis

double precision <#>( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The <#> operator returns distance between two floating point bounding boxes, possibly reading them from a spatial index (PostgreSQL 9.1+ required). Useful for doing nearest neighbor approximate distance ordering.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause.

[Note]

Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant e.g. ORDER BY (ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)') <#> geom) instead of g1.geom <#>.

Availability: 2.0.0 -- KNN only available for PostgreSQL 9.1+

Esempi

SELECT *
FROM (
SELECT b.tlid, b.mtfcc, 
        b.geom <#
> ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(746149 2948672,745954 2948576,
                745787 2948499,745740 2948468,745712 2948438,
                745690 2948384,745677 2948319)',2249) As b_dist, 
                ST_Distance(b.geom, ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(746149 2948672,745954 2948576,
                745787 2948499,745740 2948468,745712 2948438,
                745690 2948384,745677 2948319)',2249)) As act_dist
    FROM bos_roads As b 
    ORDER BY b_dist, b.tlid
    LIMIT 100) As foo
    ORDER BY act_dist, tlid LIMIT 10;

   tlid    | mtfcc |      b_dist      |     act_dist
-----------+-------+------------------+------------------
  85732027 | S1400 |                0 |                0
  85732029 | S1400 |                0 |                0
  85732031 | S1400 |                0 |                0
  85734335 | S1400 |                0 |                0
  85736037 | S1400 |                0 |                0
 624683742 | S1400 |                0 | 128.528874268666
  85719343 | S1400 | 260.839270432962 | 260.839270432962
  85741826 | S1400 | 164.759294123275 | 260.839270432962
  85732032 | S1400 |           277.75 | 311.830282365264
  85735592 | S1400 |           222.25 | 311.830282365264
(10 rows)

Si veda anche

ST_DWithin, ST_Distance, <->


Name

<<->> — Returns the n-D distance between the centroids of A and B bounding boxes.

Synopsis

double precision <<->>( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The <<->> operator returns the n-D (euclidean) distance between the centroids of the bounding boxes of two geometries. Useful for doing nearest neighbor approximate distance ordering.

[Note]

This operand will make use of n-D GiST indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause.

[Note]

Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant (not in a subquery/cte). e.g. 'SRID=3005;POINT(1011102 450541)'::geometry instead of a.geom

Availability: 2.2.0 -- KNN only available for PostgreSQL 9.1+

Si veda anche

<<#>>, <->


Name

<<#>> — Returns the n-D distance between A and B bounding boxes.

Synopsis

double precision <<#>>( geometry A , geometry B );

Descrizione

The <<#>> operator returns distance between two floating point bounding boxes, possibly reading them from a spatial index (PostgreSQL 9.1+ required). Useful for doing nearest neighbor approximate distance ordering.

[Note]

This operand will make use of any indexes that may be available on the geometries. It is different from other operators that use spatial indexes in that the spatial index is only used when the operator is in the ORDER BY clause.

[Note]

Index only kicks in if one of the geometries is a constant e.g. ORDER BY (ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)') <<#>> geom) instead of g1.geom <<#>>.

Availability: 2.2.0 -- KNN only available for PostgreSQL 9.1+

Si veda anche

<<->>, <#>

8.9. Relazioni e misure spaziali

ST_3DClosestPoint — Returns the 3-dimensional point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the 3D shortest line.
ST_3DDistance — For geometry type Returns the 3-dimensional cartesian minimum distance (based on spatial ref) between two geometries in projected units.
ST_3DDWithin — For 3d (z) geometry type Returns true if two geometries 3d distance is within number of units.
ST_3DDFullyWithin — Returns true if all of the 3D geometries are within the specified distance of one another.
ST_3DIntersects — Returns TRUE if the Geometries "spatially intersect" in 3d - only for points, linestrings, polygons, polyhedral surface (area). With SFCGAL backend enabled also supports TINS
ST_3DLongestLine — Returns the 3-dimensional longest line between two geometries
ST_3DMaxDistance — For geometry type Returns the 3-dimensional cartesian maximum distance (based on spatial ref) between two geometries in projected units.
ST_3DShortestLine — Returns the 3-dimensional shortest line between two geometries
ST_Area — Returns the area of the surface if it is a Polygon or MultiPolygon. For geometry, a 2D Cartesian area is determined with units specified by the SRID. For geography, area is determined on a curved surface with units in square meters.
ST_Azimuth — Returns the north-based azimuth as the angle in radians measured clockwise from the vertical on pointA to pointB.
ST_Centroid — Returns the geometric center of a geometry.
ST_ClosestPoint — Returns the 2-dimensional point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the shortest line.
ST_ClusterDBSCAN — Windowing function that returns integer id for the cluster each input geometry is in based on 2D implementation of Density-based spatial clustering of applications with noise (DBSCAN) algorithm.
ST_3DIntersects — Aggregate. Returns an array with the connected components of a set of geometries
ST_ClusterKMeans — Windowing function that returns integer id for the cluster each input geometry is in.
ST_Within — Aggregate. Returns an array of GeometryCollections, where each GeometryCollection represents a set of geometries separated by no more than the specified distance.
ST_Contains — Returns true if and only if no points of B lie in the exterior of A, and at least one point of the interior of B lies in the interior of A.
ST_ContainsProperly — Returns true if B intersects the interior of A but not the boundary (or exterior). A does not contain properly itself, but does contain itself.
ST_Covers — Returns 1 (TRUE) if no point in Geometry B is outside Geometry A
ST_CoveredBy — Returns 1 (TRUE) if no point in Geometry/Geography A is outside Geometry/Geography B
ST_Crosses — Returns TRUE if the supplied geometries have some, but not all, interior points in common.
ST_LineCrossingDirection — Given 2 linestrings, returns a number between -3 and 3 denoting what kind of crossing behavior. 0 is no crossing.
ST_Disjoint — Returns TRUE if the Geometries do not "spatially intersect" - if they do not share any space together.
ST_Distance — For geometry type Returns the 2D Cartesian distance between two geometries in projected units (based on spatial ref). For geography type defaults to return minimum geodesic distance between two geographies in meters.
ST_MinimumClearance — Returns the minimum clearance of a geometry, a measure of a geometry's robustness.
ST_MinimumClearanceLine — Returns the two-point LineString spanning a geometry's minimum clearance.
ST_HausdorffDistance — Returns the Hausdorff distance between two geometries. Basically a measure of how similar or dissimilar 2 geometries are. Units are in the units of the spatial reference system of the geometries.
ST_Distance — Returns the Fréchet distance between two geometries. This is a measure of similarity between curves that takes into account the location and ordering of the points along the curves. Units are in the units of the spatial reference system of the geometries.
ST_MaxDistance — Returns the 2-dimensional largest distance between two geometries in projected units.
ST_DistanceSphere — Returns minimum distance in meters between two lon/lat geometries. Uses a spherical earth and radius derived from the spheroid defined by the SRID. Faster than ST_DistanceSpheroid ST_DistanceSpheroid, but less accurate. PostGIS versions prior to 1.5 only implemented for points.
ST_DistanceSpheroid — Returns the minimum distance between two lon/lat geometries given a particular spheroid. PostGIS versions prior to 1.5 only support points.
ST_DFullyWithin — Returns true if all of the geometries are within the specified distance of one another
ST_DWithin — Returns true if the geometries are within the specified distance of one another. For geometry units are in those of spatial reference and For geography units are in meters and measurement is defaulted to use_spheroid=true (measure around spheroid), for faster check, use_spheroid=false to measure along sphere.
ST_Equals — Returns true if the given geometries represent the same geometry. Directionality is ignored.
ST_GeometricMedian — Returns the geometric median of a MultiPoint.
ST_HasArc — Returns true if a geometry or geometry collection contains a circular string
ST_Intersects — Returns TRUE if the Geometries/Geography "spatially intersect in 2D" - (share any portion of space) and FALSE if they don't (they are Disjoint). For geography -- tolerance is 0.00001 meters (so any points that close are considered to intersect)
ST_Length — Returns the 2D length of the geometry if it is a LineString or MultiLineString. geometry are in units of spatial reference and geography are in meters (default spheroid)
ST_Length2D — Returns the 2-dimensional length of the geometry if it is a linestring or multi-linestring. This is an alias for ST_Length
ST_3DLength — Returns the 3-dimensional or 2-dimensional length of the geometry if it is a linestring or multi-linestring.
ST_LengthSpheroid — Calculates the 2D or 3D length/perimeter of a geometry on an ellipsoid. This is useful if the coordinates of the geometry are in longitude/latitude and a length is desired without reprojection.
ST_Length2D_Spheroid — Calculates the 2D length/perimeter of a geometry on an ellipsoid. This is useful if the coordinates of the geometry are in longitude/latitude and a length is desired without reprojection.
ST_LongestLine — Returns the 2-dimensional longest line points of two geometries. The function will only return the first longest line if more than one, that the function finds. The line returned will always start in g1 and end in g2. The length of the line this function returns will always be the same as st_maxdistance returns for g1 and g2.
ST_OrderingEquals — Returns true if the given geometries represent the same geometry and points are in the same directional order.
ST_Overlaps — Returns TRUE if the Geometries share space, are of the same dimension, but are not completely contained by each other.
ST_Perimeter — Return the length measurement of the boundary of an ST_Surface or ST_MultiSurface geometry or geography. (Polygon, MultiPolygon). geometry measurement is in units of spatial reference and geography is in meters.
ST_Perimeter2D — Returns the 2-dimensional perimeter of the geometry, if it is a polygon or multi-polygon. This is currently an alias for ST_Perimeter.
ST_3DPerimeter — Returns the 3-dimensional perimeter of the geometry, if it is a polygon or multi-polygon.
ST_PointOnSurface — Returns a POINT guaranteed to lie on the surface.
ST_Project — Returns a POINT projected from a start point using a distance in meters and bearing (azimuth) in radians.
ST_Relate — Returns true if this Geometry is spatially related to anotherGeometry, by testing for intersections between the Interior, Boundary and Exterior of the two geometries as specified by the values in the intersectionMatrixPattern. If no intersectionMatrixPattern is passed in, then returns the maximum intersectionMatrixPattern that relates the 2 geometries.
ST_RelateMatch — Returns true if intersectionMattrixPattern1 implies intersectionMatrixPattern2
ST_ShortestLine — Returns the 2-dimensional shortest line between two geometries
ST_Touches — Returns TRUE if the geometries have at least one point in common, but their interiors do not intersect.
ST_Within — Returns true if the geometry A is completely inside geometry B

Name

ST_3DClosestPoint — Returns the 3-dimensional point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the 3D shortest line.

Synopsis

geometry ST_3DClosestPoint(geometry g1, geometry g2);

Descrizione

Returns the 3-dimensional point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the 3D shortest line. The 3D length of the 3D shortest line is the 3D distance.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Disponibilità: 2.0

Changed: 2.2.0 - if 2 2D geometries are input, a 2D point is returned (instead of old behavior assuming 0 for missing Z). In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.

Esempi

linestring and point -- both 3d and 2d closest point

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DClosestPoint(line,pt)) AS cp3d_line_pt, 
                ST_AsEWKT(ST_ClosestPoint(line,pt)) As cp2d_line_pt
        FROM (SELECT 'POINT(100 100 30)'::geometry As pt, 
                        'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 1000)'::geometry As line
                ) As foo;
        
                
 cp3d_line_pt                                                                        |               cp2d_line_pt
-----------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------
 POINT(54.6993798867619 128.935022917228 11.5475869506606) | POINT(73.0769230769231 115.384615384615)
                                        

linestring and multipoint -- both 3d and 2d closest point

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DClosestPoint(line,pt)) AS cp3d_line_pt, 
                ST_AsEWKT(ST_ClosestPoint(line,pt)) As cp2d_line_pt
        FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOINT(100 100 30, 50 74 1000)'::geometry As pt, 
                        'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 900)'::geometry As line
                ) As foo;
        
                
                       cp3d_line_pt                        | cp2d_line_pt
-----------------------------------------------------------+--------------
 POINT(54.6993798867619 128.935022917228 11.5475869506606) | POINT(50 75)
                                        

Multilinestring and polygon both 3d and 2d closest point

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DClosestPoint(poly, mline)) As cp3d,
    ST_AsEWKT(ST_ClosestPoint(poly, mline)) As cp2d 
        FROM (SELECT  ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((175 150 5, 20 40 5, 35 45 5, 50 60 5, 100 100 5, 175 150 5))') As poly,
                ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((175 155 2, 20 40 20, 50 60 -2, 125 100 1, 175 155 1),
                (1 10 2, 5 20 1))') As mline ) As foo;
                   cp3d                    |     cp2d
-------------------------------------------+--------------
 POINT(39.993580415989 54.1889925532825 5) | POINT(20 40)
             


Name

ST_3DDistance — For geometry type Returns the 3-dimensional cartesian minimum distance (based on spatial ref) between two geometries in projected units.

Synopsis

float ST_3DDistance(geometry g1, geometry g2);

Descrizione

For geometry type returns the 3-dimensional minimum cartesian distance between two geometries in projected units (spatial ref units).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM ?

This method is also provided by SFCGAL backend.

Disponibilità: 2.0

Changed: 2.2.0 - In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.

Esempi

-- Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 2163 US National Atlas Equal area) (3D point and line compared 2D point and line)
-- Note: currently no vertical datum support so Z is not transformed and assumed to be same units as final.
SELECT ST_3DDistance(
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 4)'),2163),
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163)
                ) As dist_3d,
                ST_Distance(
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-72.1235 42.3521)',4326),2163),
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45, -72.123 42.1546)', 4326),2163)
                ) As dist_2d;

     dist_3d      |     dist_2d
------------------+-----------------
 127.295059324629 | 126.66425605671
SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DLongestLine(poly, mline)) As lol3d,
    ST_AsEWKT(ST_LongestLine(poly, mline)) As lol2d 
        FROM (SELECT  ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((175 150 5, 20 40 5, 35 45 5, 50 60 5, 100 100 5, 175 150 5))') As poly,
                ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((175 155 2, 20 40 20, 50 60 -2, 125 100 1, 175 155 1),
                (1 10 2, 5 20 1))') As mline ) As foo;
            lol3d             |          lol2d
------------------------------+--------------------------
 LINESTRING(175 150 5,1 10 2) | LINESTRING(175 150,1 10)

Name

ST_3DDWithin — For 3d (z) geometry type Returns true if two geometries 3d distance is within number of units.

Synopsis

boolean ST_3DDWithin(geometry g1, geometry g2, double precision distance_of_srid);

Descrizione

For geometry type returns true if the 3d distance between two objects is within distance_of_srid specified projected units (spatial ref units).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM ?

Disponibilità: 2.0

Esempi

-- Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 2163 US National Atlas Equal area) (3D point and line compared 2D point and line)
-- Note: currently no vertical datum support so Z is not transformed and assumed to be same units as final.
SELECT ST_3DDWithin(
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 4)'),2163),
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163),
                        126.8
                ) As within_dist_3d,
ST_DWithin(
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 4)'),2163),
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163),
                        126.8
                ) As within_dist_2d;

 within_dist_3d | within_dist_2d
----------------+----------------
 f              | t

Name

ST_3DDFullyWithin — Returns true if all of the 3D geometries are within the specified distance of one another.

Synopsis

boolean ST_3DDFullyWithin(geometry g1, geometry g2, double precision distance);

Descrizione

Returns true if the 3D geometries are fully within the specified distance of one another. The distance is specified in units defined by the spatial reference system of the geometries. For this function to make sense, the source geometries must both be of the same coordinate projection, having the same SRID.

[Note]

This function call will automatically include a bounding box comparison that will make use of any indexes that are available on the geometries.

Disponibilità: 2.0

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

postgis=# SELECT ST_DFullyWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 10) as DFullyWithin10, ST_DWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 10) as DWithin10, ST_DFullyWithin(geom_a, geom_b, 20) as DFullyWithin20 from 
                (select ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 1)') as geom_a,ST_GeomFromText('LINESTRING(1 5, 2 7, 1 9, 14 12)') as geom_b) t1;
   
-----------------
 DFullyWithin10 | DWithin10 | DFullyWithin20 |
---------------+----------+---------------+
 f             | t        | t             | 

Name

ST_3DIntersects — Returns TRUE if the Geometries "spatially intersect" in 3d - only for points, linestrings, polygons, polyhedral surface (area). With SFCGAL backend enabled also supports TINS

Synopsis

boolean ST_3DIntersects( geometry geomA , geometry geomB );

Descrizione

Overlaps, Touches, Within all imply spatial intersection. If any of the aforementioned returns true, then the geometries also spatially intersect. Disjoint implies false for spatial intersection.

Disponibilità: 2.0

[Note]

This function call will automatically include a bounding box comparison that will make use of any indexes that are available on the geometries.

[Note]

In order to take advantage of support for TINS, you need to enable the SFCGAL backend. This can be done at session time with: set postgis.backend = sfcgal; or at the database or system level. Database level can be done with ALTER DATABASE gisdb SET postgis.backend = sfcgal;.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

This function supports Triangles and Triangulated Irregular Network Surfaces (TIN).

This method is also provided by SFCGAL backend.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: ?

Geometry Examples

SELECT ST_3DIntersects(pt, line), ST_Intersects(pt,line) 
        FROM (SELECT 'POINT(0 0 2)'::geometry As pt, 
                'LINESTRING (0 0 1, 0 2 3 )'::geometry As line) As foo;
 st_3dintersects | st_intersects
-----------------+---------------
 f               | t
(1 row)
                

TIN Examples

set postgis.backend = sfcgal;
SELECT ST_3DIntersects('TIN(((0 0,1 0,0 1,0 0)))'::geometry, 'POINT(.1 .1)'::geometry);
 st_3dintersects
-----------------
 t

Si veda anche

ST_Intersects


Name

ST_3DLongestLine — Returns the 3-dimensional longest line between two geometries

Synopsis

geometry ST_3DLongestLine(geometry g1, geometry g2);

Descrizione

Returns the 3-dimensional longest line between two geometries. The function will only return the first longest line if more than one. The line returned will always start in g1 and end in g2. The 3D length of the line this function returns will always be the same as ST_3DMaxDistance returns for g1 and g2.

Disponibilità: 2.0

Changed: 2.2.0 - if 2 2D geometries are input, a 2D point is returned (instead of old behavior assuming 0 for missing Z). In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

linestring and point -- both 3d and 2d longest line

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DLongestLine(line,pt)) AS lol3d_line_pt, 
                ST_AsEWKT(ST_LongestLine(line,pt)) As lol2d_line_pt
        FROM (SELECT 'POINT(100 100 30)'::geometry As pt, 
                        'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 1000)'::geometry As line
                ) As foo;
        
                
           lol3d_line_pt           |       lol2d_line_pt
-----------------------------------+----------------------------
 LINESTRING(50 75 1000,100 100 30) | LINESTRING(98 190,100 100)
                                        

linestring and multipoint -- both 3d and 2d longest line

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DLongestLine(line,pt)) AS lol3d_line_pt, 
                ST_AsEWKT(ST_LongestLine(line,pt)) As lol2d_line_pt
        FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOINT(100 100 30, 50 74 1000)'::geometry As pt, 
                        'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 900)'::geometry As line
                ) As foo;
        
                
          lol3d_line_pt          |      lol2d_line_pt
---------------------------------+--------------------------
 LINESTRING(98 190 1,50 74 1000) | LINESTRING(98 190,50 74)
                                        

Multilinestring and polygon both 3d and 2d longest line

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DLongestLine(poly, mline)) As lol3d,
    ST_AsEWKT(ST_LongestLine(poly, mline)) As lol2d 
        FROM (SELECT  ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((175 150 5, 20 40 5, 35 45 5, 50 60 5, 100 100 5, 175 150 5))') As poly,
                ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((175 155 2, 20 40 20, 50 60 -2, 125 100 1, 175 155 1),
                (1 10 2, 5 20 1))') As mline ) As foo;
            lol3d             |          lol2d
------------------------------+--------------------------
 LINESTRING(175 150 5,1 10 2) | LINESTRING(175 150,1 10)
             


Name

ST_3DMaxDistance — For geometry type Returns the 3-dimensional cartesian maximum distance (based on spatial ref) between two geometries in projected units.

Synopsis

float ST_3DMaxDistance(geometry g1, geometry g2);

Descrizione

For geometry type returns the 3-dimensional maximum cartesian distance between two geometries in projected units (spatial ref units).

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Disponibilità: 2.0

Changed: 2.2.0 - In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.

Esempi

-- Geometry example - units in meters (SRID: 2163 US National Atlas Equal area) (3D point and line compared 2D point and line)
-- Note: currently no vertical datum support so Z is not transformed and assumed to be same units as final.
SELECT ST_3DMaxDistance(
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 10000)'),2163),
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163)
                ) As dist_3d,
                ST_MaxDistance(
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;POINT(-72.1235 42.3521 10000)'),2163),
                        ST_Transform(ST_GeomFromEWKT('SRID=4326;LINESTRING(-72.1260 42.45 15, -72.123 42.1546 20)'),2163)
                ) As dist_2d;

     dist_3d      |     dist_2d
------------------+------------------
 24383.7467488441 | 22247.8472107251

Name

ST_3DShortestLine — Returns the 3-dimensional shortest line between two geometries

Synopsis

geometry ST_3DShortestLine(geometry g1, geometry g2);

Descrizione

Returns the 3-dimensional shortest line between two geometries. The function will only return the first shortest line if more than one, that the function finds. If g1 and g2 intersects in just one point the function will return a line with both start and end in that intersection-point. If g1 and g2 are intersecting with more than one point the function will return a line with start and end in the same point but it can be any of the intersecting points. The line returned will always start in g1 and end in g2. The 3D length of the line this function returns will always be the same as ST_3DDistance returns for g1 and g2.

Disponibilità: 2.0

Changed: 2.2.0 - if 2 2D geometries are input, a 2D point is returned (instead of old behavior assuming 0 for missing Z). In case of 2D and 3D, Z is no longer assumed to be 0 for missing Z.

This function supports 3d and will not drop the z-index.

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

Esempi

linestring and point -- both 3d and 2d shortest line

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DShortestLine(line,pt)) AS shl3d_line_pt, 
                ST_AsEWKT(ST_ShortestLine(line,pt)) As shl2d_line_pt
        FROM (SELECT 'POINT(100 100 30)'::geometry As pt, 
                        'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 1000)'::geometry As line
                ) As foo;
        
                
 shl3d_line_pt                                                                                         |               shl2d_line_pt
----------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------------------------------------
 LINESTRING(54.6993798867619 128.935022917228 11.5475869506606,100 100 30)  | LINESTRING(73.0769230769231 115.384615384615,100 100)
                                        

linestring and multipoint -- both 3d and 2d shortest line

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DShortestLine(line,pt)) AS shl3d_line_pt, 
                ST_AsEWKT(ST_ShortestLine(line,pt)) As shl2d_line_pt
        FROM (SELECT 'MULTIPOINT(100 100 30, 50 74 1000)'::geometry As pt, 
                        'LINESTRING (20 80 20, 98 190 1, 110 180 3, 50 75 900)'::geometry As line
                ) As foo;
        
                
                       shl3d_line_pt                                       | shl2d_line_pt
---------------------------------------------------------------------------+------------------------
 LINESTRING(54.6993798867619 128.935022917228 11.5475869506606,100 100 30) | LINESTRING(50 75,50 74)
                                        

Multilinestring and polygon both 3d and 2d shortest line

SELECT ST_AsEWKT(ST_3DClosestPoint(poly, mline)) As cp3d,
    ST_AsEWKT(ST_ClosestPoint(poly, mline)) As cp2d 
        FROM (SELECT  ST_GeomFromEWKT('POLYGON((175 150 5, 20 40 5, 35 45 5, 50 60 5, 100 100 5, 175 150 5))') As poly,
                ST_GeomFromEWKT('MULTILINESTRING((175 155 2, 20 40 20, 50 60 -2, 125 100 1, 175 155 1),
                (1 10 2, 5 20 1))') As mline ) As foo;
                   cp3d                    |     cp2d
-------------------------------------------+--------------
 POINT(39.993580415989 54.1889925532825 5) | POINT(20 40)
             


Name

ST_Area — Returns the area of the surface if it is a Polygon or MultiPolygon. For geometry, a 2D Cartesian area is determined with units specified by the SRID. For geography, area is determined on a curved surface with units in square meters.

Synopsis

float ST_Area(geometry g1);

float ST_Area(geography geog, boolean use_spheroid=true);

Descrizione

Returns the area of the geometry if it is a Polygon or MultiPolygon. Return the area measurement of an ST_Surface or ST_MultiSurface value. For geometry, a 2D Cartesian area is determined with units specified by the SRID. For geography, by default area is determined on a spheroid with units in square meters. To measure around the faster but less accurate sphere, use ST_Area(geog,false).

Enhanced: 2.0.0 - support for 2D polyhedral surfaces was introduced.

Enhanced: 2.2.0 - measurement on spheroid performed with GeographicLib for improved accuracy and robustness. Requires Proj >= 4.9.0 to take advantage of the new feature.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 8.1.2, 9.5.3

This function supports Polyhedral surfaces.

[Note]

For polyhedral surfaces, only supports 2D polyhedral surfaces (not 2.5D). For 2.5D, may give a non-zero answer, but only for the faces that sit completely in XY plane.

This method is also provided by SFCGAL backend.

Esempi

Return area in square feet for a plot of Massachusetts land and multiply by conversion to get square meters. Note this is in square feet because EPSG:2249 is Massachusetts State Plane Feet

SELECT ST_Area(the_geom) As sqft, ST_Area(the_geom)*POWER(0.3048,2) As sqm
                FROM (SELECT
                ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450,
                        743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))',2249) ) As foo(the_geom);
  sqft   |     sqm
---------+-------------
 928.625 | 86.27208552

Return area square feet and transform to Massachusetts state plane meters (EPSG:26986) to get square meters. Note this is in square feet because 2249 is Massachusetts State Plane Feet and transformed area is in square meters since EPSG:26986 is state plane Massachusetts meters

SELECT ST_Area(the_geom) As sqft, ST_Area(ST_Transform(the_geom,26986)) As sqm
                FROM (SELECT
                ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450,
                        743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))',2249) ) As foo(the_geom);
  sqft   |       sqm
---------+------------------
 928.625 | 86.2724304199219
                        

Return area square feet and square meters using geography data type. Note that we transform to our geometry to geography (before you can do that make sure your geometry is in WGS 84 long lat 4326). Geography always measures in meters. This is just for demonstration to compare. Normally your table will be stored in geography data type already.

SELECT ST_Area(the_geog)/POWER(0.3048,2) As sqft_spheroid,  ST_Area(the_geog,false)/POWER(0.3048,2) As sqft_sphere, ST_Area(the_geog) As sqm_spheroid
                FROM (SELECT
                geography(
                ST_Transform(
                        ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((743238 2967416,743238 2967450,743265 2967450,743265.625 2967416,743238 2967416))',
                                2249
                                ) ,4326
                        )
                )
        ) As foo(the_geog);
  sqft_spheroid   |   sqft_sphere    |   sqm_spheroid
------------------+------------------+------------------
 928.684403538925 | 927.049336105925 | 86.2776042893529

 --if your data is in geography already
 SELECT ST_Area(the_geog)/POWER(0.3048,2) As  sqft, ST_Area(the_geog) As sqm
        FROM somegeogtable;

Name

ST_Azimuth — Returns the north-based azimuth as the angle in radians measured clockwise from the vertical on pointA to pointB.

Synopsis

float ST_Azimuth(geometry pointA, geometry pointB);

float ST_Azimuth(geography pointA, geography pointB);

Descrizione

Returns the azimuth in radians of the segment defined by the given point geometries, or NULL if the two points are coincident. The azimuth is angle is referenced from north, and is positive clockwise: North = 0; East = π/2; South = π; West = 3π/2.

For the geography type, the forward azimuth is solved as part of the inverse geodesic problem.

The azimuth is mathematical concept defined as the angle between a reference plane and a point, with angular units in radians. Units can be converted to degrees using a built-in PostgreSQL function degrees(), as shown in the example.

Disponibilità: 1.1.0

Enhanced: 2.0.0 support for geography was introduced.

Enhanced: 2.2.0 measurement on spheroid performed with GeographicLib for improved accuracy and robustness. Requires Proj >= 4.9.0 to take advantage of the new feature.

Azimuth is especially useful in conjunction with ST_Translate for shifting an object along its perpendicular axis. See upgis_lineshift Plpgsqlfunctions PostGIS wiki section for example of this.

Esempi

Geometry Azimuth in degrees

SELECT degrees(ST_Azimuth(ST_Point(25, 45), ST_Point(75, 100))) AS degA_B,
            degrees(ST_Azimuth(ST_Point(75, 100), ST_Point(25, 45))) AS degB_A;

      dega_b       |     degb_a
------------------+------------------
 42.2736890060937 | 222.273689006094

Green: the start Point(25,45) with its vertical. Yellow: degA_B as the path to travel (azimuth).

Green: the start Point(75,100) with its vertical. Yellow: degB_A as the path to travel (azimuth).


Name

ST_Centroid — Returns the geometric center of a geometry.

Synopsis

float ST_Length(geometry a_2dlinestring);

float ST_Length(geography geog, boolean use_spheroid=true);

Descrizione

Computes the geometric center of a geometry, or equivalently, the center of mass of the geometry as a POINT. For [MULTI]POINTs, this is computed as the arithmetic mean of the input coordinates. For [MULTI]LINESTRINGs, this is computed as the weighted length of each line segment. For [MULTI]POLYGONs, "weight" is thought in terms of area. If an empty geometry is supplied, an empty GEOMETRYCOLLECTION is returned. If NULL is supplied, NULL is returned. If CIRCULARSTRING or COMPOUNDCURVE are supplied, they are converted to linestring wtih CurveToLine first, then same than for LINESTRING

New in 2.3.0 : support CIRCULARSTRING and COMPOUNDCURVE (using CurveToLine)

Availability: 2.4.0 support for geography was introduced.

The centroid is equal to the centroid of the set of component Geometries of highest dimension (since the lower-dimension geometries contribute zero "weight" to the centroid).

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1.

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 8.1.4, 9.5.5

Esempi

In each of the following illustrations, the green dot represents the centroid of the source geometry.

Centroide di un MULTIPOINT

Centroide di una LINESTRING

Centroide di un POLYGON

Centroide di una GEOMETRYCOLLECTION

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_Centroid('MULTIPOINT ( -1 0, -1 2, -1 3, -1 4, -1 7, 0 1, 0 3, 1 1, 2 0, 6 0, 7 8, 9 8, 10 6 )'));
                                st_astext
------------------------------------------
 POINT(2.30769230769231 3.30769230769231)
(1 row)

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_centroid(g))
FROM  ST_GeomFromText('CIRCULARSTRING(0 2, -1 1,0 0, 0.5 0, 1 0, 2 1, 1 2, 0.5 2, 0 2)')  AS g ;
------------------------------------------
POINT(0.5 1)


SELECT ST_AsText(ST_centroid(g))
FROM  ST_GeomFromText('COMPOUNDCURVE(CIRCULARSTRING(0 2, -1 1,0 0),(0 0, 0.5 0, 1 0),CIRCULARSTRING( 1 0, 2 1, 1 2),(1 2, 0.5 2, 0 2))' ) AS g;
------------------------------------------
POINT(0.5 1)

Si veda anche

ST_PointOnSurface


Name

ST_ClosestPoint — Returns the 2-dimensional point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the shortest line.

Synopsis

geometry ST_ClosestPoint(geometry g1, geometry g2);

Descrizione

Returns the 2-dimensional point on g1 that is closest to g2. This is the first point of the shortest line.

[Note]

If you have a 3D Geometry, you may prefer to use ST_3DClosestPoint.

Disponibilità: 1.5.0

Esempi

Closest between point and linestring is the point itself, but closest point between a linestring and point is the point on line string that is closest.

SELECT ST_AsText(ST_ClosestPoint(pt,line)) AS cp_pt_line, 
        ST_AsText(ST_ClosestPoint(line,pt)) As cp_line_pt
FROM (SELECT 'POINT(100 100)'::geometry As pt, 
                'LINESTRING (20 80, 98 190, 110 180, 50 75 )'::geometry As line
        ) As foo;

        
   cp_pt_line   |                cp_line_pt
----------------+------------------------------------------
 POINT(100 100) | POINT(73.0769230769231 115.384615384615)
                                

closest point on polygon A to polygon B

SELECT ST_AsText(
                ST_ClosestPoint(
                        ST_GeomFromText('POLYGON((175 150, 20 40, 50 60, 125 100, 175 150))'),
                        ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(110 170)'), 20)
                        ) 
                ) As ptwkt;
                
                  ptwkt
------------------------------------------
 POINT(140.752120669087 125.695053378061)
                                


Name

ST_ClusterDBSCAN — Windowing function that returns integer id for the cluster each input geometry is in based on 2D implementation of Density-based spatial clustering of applications with noise (DBSCAN) algorithm.

Synopsis

geography ST_Project(geography g1, float distance, float azimuth);

Descrizione

Returns cluster number for each input geometry, based on a 2D implementation of the Density-based spatial clustering of applications with noise (DBSCAN) algorithm. Unlike ST_ClusterKMeans, it does not require the number of clusters to be specified, but instead uses the desired distance (eps) and density(minpoints) parameters to construct each cluster.

An input geometry will be added to a cluster if it is either:

  • A "core" geometry, that is within eps distance (Cartesian) of at least minpoints input geometries (including itself) or

  • A "border" geometry, that is within eps distance of a core geometry.

Note that border geometries may be within eps distance of core geometries in more than one cluster; in this case, either assignment would be correct, and the border geometry will be arbitrarily asssigned to one of the available clusters. In these cases, it is possible for a correct cluster to be generated with fewer than minpoints geometries. When assignment of a border geometry is ambiguous, repeated calls to ST_ClusterDBSCAN will produce identical results if an ORDER BY clause is included in the window definition, but cluster assignments may differ from other implementations of the same algorithm.

[Note]

Input geometries that do not meet the criteria to join any other cluster will be assigned a cluster number of NULL.

Disponibilità: 2.0

Esempi

Assigning a cluster number to each polygon within 50 meters of each other. Require at least 2 polygons per cluster

within 50 meters at least 2 per cluster. singletons have NULL for cid

SELECT name, ST_ClusterDBSCAN(geom, eps := 50, minpoints := 2) over () AS cid
FROM boston_polys
WHERE name > '' AND building > ''
        AND ST_DWithin(geom,
        ST_Transform(
            ST_GeomFromText('POINT(-71.04054 42.35141)', 4326), 26986),
           500);

                name                 | bucket
-------------------------------------+--------
 Manulife Tower                      |      0
 Park Lane Seaport I                 |      0
 Park Lane Seaport II                |      0
 Renaissance Boston Waterfront Hotel |      0
 Seaport Boston Hotel                |      0
 Seaport Hotel & World Trade Center  |      0
 Waterside Place                     |      0
 World Trade Center East             |      0
 100 Northern Avenue                 |      1
 100 Pier 4                          |      1
 The Institute of Contemporary Art   |      1
 101 Seaport                         |      2
 District Hall                       |      2
 One Marina Park Drive               |      2
 Twenty Two Liberty                  |      2
 Vertex                              |      2
 Vertex                              |      2
 Watermark Seaport                   |      2
 Blue Hills Bank Pavilion            |   NULL
 World Trade Center West             |   NULL
(20 rows)

Combining parcels with the same cluster number into a single geometry. This uses named argument calling

SELECT cid, ST_Collect(geom) AS cluster_geom, array_agg(parcel_id) AS ids_in_cluster FROM (
    SELECT parcel_id, ST_ClusterDBSCAN(geom, eps := 0.5, minpoints := 5) over () AS cid, geom
    FROM parcels) sq
GROUP BY cid;
    

Name

ST_3DIntersects — Aggregate. Returns an array with the connected components of a set of geometries

Synopsis

geometry ST_Centroid(geometry g1);

Descrizione

ST_ClusterIntersecting is an aggregate function that returns an array of GeometryCollections, where each GeometryCollection represents an interconnected set of geometries.

Disponibilità: 2.0

Esempi

WITH testdata AS
  (SELECT unnest(ARRAY['LINESTRING (0 0, 1 1)'::geometry,
                       'LINESTRING (5 5, 4 4)'::geometry,
                       'LINESTRING (6 6, 7 7)'::geometry,
                       'LINESTRING (0 0, -1 -1)'::geometry,
                       'POLYGON ((0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0))'::geometry]) AS geom)

SELECT ST_AsText(unnest(ST_ClusterIntersecting(geom))) FROM testdata;

--result

st_astext
---------
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(0 0,1 1),LINESTRING(5 5,4 4),LINESTRING(0 0,-1 -1),POLYGON((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0)))
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(6 6,7 7))
        

Name

ST_ClusterKMeans — Windowing function that returns integer id for the cluster each input geometry is in.

Synopsis

boolean ST_Contains(geometry geomA, geometry geomB);

Descrizione

Returns 2D distance based k-means cluster number for each input geometry. The distance used for clustering is the distance between the centroids of the geometries.

Disponibilità: 2.0

Esempi

Generate dummy set of parcels for examples

CREATE TABLE parcels AS
SELECT lpad((row_number() over())::text,3,'0') As parcel_id, geom,
('{residential, commercial}'::text[])[1 + mod(row_number()OVER(),2)] As type
FROM
    ST_Subdivide(ST_Buffer('LINESTRING(40 100, 98 100, 100 150, 60 90)'::geometry,
    40, 'endcap=square'),12) As geom;

Original Parcels

Parcels color-coded by cluster number (cid)

SELECT ST_ClusterKMeans(geom, 5) OVER() AS cid, parcel_id, geom
FROM parcels;
-- result
 cid | parcel_id |   geom
-----+-----------+---------------
   0 | 001       | 0103000000...
   0 | 002       | 0103000000...
   1 | 003       | 0103000000...
   0 | 004       | 0103000000...
   1 | 005       | 0103000000...
   2 | 006       | 0103000000...
   2 | 007       | 0103000000...
(7 rows)

-- Partitioning parcel clusters by type
SELECT ST_ClusterKMeans(geom,3) over (PARTITION BY type) AS cid, parcel_id, type
FROM parcels;
-- result
 cid | parcel_id |    type
-----+-----------+-------------
   1 | 005       | commercial
   1 | 003       | commercial
   2 | 007       | commercial
   0 | 001       | commercial
   1 | 004       | residential
   0 | 002       | residential
   2 | 006       | residential
(7 rows)

Name

ST_Within — Aggregate. Returns an array of GeometryCollections, where each GeometryCollection represents a set of geometries separated by no more than the specified distance.

Synopsis

geometry ST_ClosestPoint(geometry g1, geometry g2);

Descrizione

ST_ClusterWithin is an aggregate function that returns an array of GeometryCollections, where each GeometryCollection represents a set of geometries separated by no more than the specified distance. (Distances are Cartesian distances in the units of the SRID.)

Disponibilità: 2.0

Esempi

WITH testdata AS
  (SELECT unnest(ARRAY['LINESTRING (0 0, 1 1)'::geometry,
                       'LINESTRING (5 5, 4 4)'::geometry,
                       'LINESTRING (6 6, 7 7)'::geometry,
                       'LINESTRING (0 0, -1 -1)'::geometry,
                       'POLYGON ((0 0, 4 0, 4 4, 0 4, 0 0))'::geometry]) AS geom)

SELECT ST_AsText(unnest(ST_ClusterWithin(geom, 1.4))) FROM testdata;

--result

st_astext
---------
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(0 0,1 1),LINESTRING(5 5,4 4),LINESTRING(0 0,-1 -1),POLYGON((0 0,4 0,4 4,0 4,0 0)))
GEOMETRYCOLLECTION(LINESTRING(6 6,7 7))
        

Name

ST_Contains — Returns true if and only if no points of B lie in the exterior of A, and at least one point of the interior of B lies in the interior of A.

Synopsis

boolean ST_Contains(geometry geomA, geometry geomB);

Descrizione

Geometry A contains Geometry B if and only if no points of B lie in the exterior of A, and at least one point of the interior of B lies in the interior of A. An important subtlety of this definition is that A does not contain its boundary, but A does contain itself. Contrast that to ST_ContainsProperly where geometry A does not Contain Properly itself.

Returns TRUE if geometry B is completely inside geometry A. For this function to make sense, the source geometries must both be of the same coordinate projection, having the same SRID. ST_Contains is the inverse of ST_Within. So ST_Contains(A,B) implies ST_Within(B,A) except in the case of invalid geometries where the result is always false regardless or not defined.

Eseguito dal modulo GEOS

Enhanced: 2.3.0 Enhancement to PIP short-circuit extended to support MultiPoints with few points. Prior versions only supported point in polygon.

[Important]

Do not call with a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION as an argument

[Important]

Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results.

This function call will automatically include a bounding box comparison that will make use of any indexes that are available on the geometries. To avoid index use, use the function _ST_Contains.

NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.1.2 // s2.1.13.3 - same as within(geometry B, geometry A)

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.31

There are certain subtleties to ST_Contains and ST_Within that are not intuitively obvious. For details check out Subtleties of OGC Covers, Contains, Within

Esempi

The ST_Contains predicate returns TRUE in all the following illustrations.

LINESTRING / MULTIPOINT

POLYGON / POINT

POLYGON / LINESTRING

POLYGON / POLYGON

The ST_Contains predicate returns FALSE in all the following illustrations.

POLYGON / MULTIPOINT

POLYGON / LINESTRING

-- A circle within a circle
SELECT ST_Contains(smallc, bigc) As smallcontainsbig,
           ST_Contains(bigc,smallc) As bigcontainssmall,
           ST_Contains(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigcontainsunion,
           ST_Equals(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigisunion,
           ST_Covers(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcoversexterior,
           ST_Contains(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcontainsexterior
FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 10) As smallc,
                         ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 20) As bigc) As foo;

-- Result
  smallcontainsbig | bigcontainssmall | bigcontainsunion | bigisunion | bigcoversexterior | bigcontainsexterior
------------------+------------------+------------------+------------+-------------------+---------------------
 f                | t                | t                | t          | t        | f

-- Example demonstrating difference between contains and contains properly
SELECT ST_GeometryType(geomA) As geomtype, ST_Contains(geomA,geomA) AS acontainsa, ST_ContainsProperly(geomA, geomA) AS acontainspropa,
   ST_Contains(geomA, ST_Boundary(geomA)) As acontainsba, ST_ContainsProperly(geomA, ST_Boundary(geomA)) As acontainspropba
FROM (VALUES ( ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,1), 5,1) ),
                         ( ST_MakeLine(ST_Point(1,1), ST_Point(-1,-1) ) ),
                         ( ST_Point(1,1) )
          ) As foo(geomA);

  geomtype    | acontainsa | acontainspropa | acontainsba | acontainspropba
--------------+------------+----------------+-------------+-----------------
ST_Polygon    | t          | f              | f           | f
ST_LineString | t          | f              | f           | f
ST_Point      | t          | t              | f           | f

 

Name

ST_ContainsProperly — Returns true if B intersects the interior of A but not the boundary (or exterior). A does not contain properly itself, but does contain itself.

Synopsis

boolean ST_ContainsProperly(geometry geomA, geometry geomB);

Descrizione

Returns true if B intersects the interior of A but not the boundary (or exterior).

A does not contain properly itself, but does contain itself.

Every point of the other geometry is a point of this geometry's interior. The DE-9IM Intersection Matrix for the two geometries matches [T**FF*FF*] used in ST_Relate

[Note]

From JTS docs slightly reworded: The advantage to using this predicate over ST_Contains and ST_Intersects is that it can be computed efficiently, with no need to compute topology at individual points.

An example use case for this predicate is computing the intersections of a set of geometries with a large polygonal geometry. Since intersection is a fairly slow operation, it can be more efficient to use containsProperly to filter out test geometries which lie wholly inside the area. In these cases the intersection is known a priori to be exactly the original test geometry.

Availability: 1.4.0 - requires GEOS >= 3.1.0.

[Important]

Do not call with a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION as an argument

[Important]

Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results.

This function call will automatically include a bounding box comparison that will make use of any indexes that are available on the geometries. To avoid index use, use the function _ST_ContainsProperly.

Esempi

--a circle within a circle
        SELECT ST_ContainsProperly(smallc, bigc) As smallcontainspropbig,
        ST_ContainsProperly(bigc,smallc) As bigcontainspropsmall,
        ST_ContainsProperly(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigcontainspropunion,
        ST_Equals(bigc, ST_Union(smallc, bigc)) as bigisunion,
        ST_Covers(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcoversexterior,
        ST_ContainsProperly(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcontainsexterior
        FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 10) As smallc,
        ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 20) As bigc) As foo;
        --Result
  smallcontainspropbig | bigcontainspropsmall | bigcontainspropunion | bigisunion | bigcoversexterior | bigcontainsexterior
------------------+------------------+------------------+------------+-------------------+---------------------
 f                     | t                    | f                    | t          | t                 | f

 --example demonstrating difference between contains and contains properly
 SELECT ST_GeometryType(geomA) As geomtype, ST_Contains(geomA,geomA) AS acontainsa, ST_ContainsProperly(geomA, geomA) AS acontainspropa,
 ST_Contains(geomA, ST_Boundary(geomA)) As acontainsba, ST_ContainsProperly(geomA, ST_Boundary(geomA)) As acontainspropba
 FROM (VALUES ( ST_Buffer(ST_Point(1,1), 5,1) ),
                  ( ST_MakeLine(ST_Point(1,1), ST_Point(-1,-1) ) ),
                  ( ST_Point(1,1) )
        ) As foo(geomA);

  geomtype    | acontainsa | acontainspropa | acontainsba | acontainspropba
--------------+------------+----------------+-------------+-----------------
ST_Polygon    | t          | f              | f           | f
ST_LineString | t          | f              | f           | f
ST_Point      | t          | t              | f           | f
 

Name

ST_Covers — Returns 1 (TRUE) if no point in Geometry B is outside Geometry A

Synopsis

boolean ST_Covers(geometry geomA, geometry geomB);

boolean ST_Covers(geography geogpolyA, geography geogpointB);

Descrizione

Returns 1 (TRUE) if no point in Geometry/Geography B is outside Geometry/Geography A

Eseguito dal modulo GEOS

[Important]

Do not call with a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION as an argument

[Important]

Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results.

This function call will automatically include a bounding box comparison that will make use of any indexes that are available on the geometries. To avoid index use, use the function _ST_Covers.

Enhanced: 2.4.0 Support for polygon in polygon and line in polygon added for geography type

Enhanced: 2.3.0 Enhancement to PIP short-circuit for geometry extended to support MultiPoints with few points. Prior versions only supported point in polygon.

Availability: 1.5 - support for geography was introduced.

Availability: 1.2.2 - requires GEOS >= 3.0

NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer.

Non è uno standard OGC, ma è presente anche in Oracle.

There are certain subtleties to ST_Contains and ST_Within that are not intuitively obvious. For details check out Subtleties of OGC Covers, Contains, Within

Esempi

Geometry example

--a circle covering a circle
SELECT ST_Covers(smallc,smallc) As smallinsmall,
        ST_Covers(smallc, bigc) As smallcoversbig,
        ST_Covers(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcoversexterior,
        ST_Contains(bigc, ST_ExteriorRing(bigc)) As bigcontainsexterior
FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 10) As smallc,
        ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 20) As bigc) As foo;
        --Result
 smallinsmall | smallcoversbig | bigcoversexterior | bigcontainsexterior
--------------+----------------+-------------------+---------------------
 t            | f              | t                 | f
(1 row)        

Geeography Example

-- a point with a 300 meter buffer compared to a point, a point and its 10 meter buffer
SELECT ST_Covers(geog_poly, geog_pt) As poly_covers_pt,
        ST_Covers(ST_Buffer(geog_pt,10), geog_pt) As buff_10m_covers_cent
        FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeogFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(-99.327 31.4821)'), 300) As geog_poly,
                                ST_GeogFromText('SRID=4326;POINT(-99.33 31.483)') As geog_pt ) As foo;

 poly_covers_pt | buff_10m_covers_cent
----------------+------------------
 f              | t
                

Name

ST_CoveredBy — Returns 1 (TRUE) if no point in Geometry/Geography A is outside Geometry/Geography B

Synopsis

boolean ST_CoveredBy(geometry geomA, geometry geomB);

boolean ST_CoveredBy(geography geogA, geography geogB);

Descrizione

Returns 1 (TRUE) if no point in Geometry/Geography A is outside Geometry/Geography B

Eseguito dal modulo GEOS

[Important]

Do not call with a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION as an argument

[Important]

Do not use this function with invalid geometries. You will get unexpected results.

Availability: 1.2.2 - requires GEOS >= 3.0

This function call will automatically include a bounding box comparison that will make use of any indexes that are available on the geometries. To avoid index use, use the function _ST_CoveredBy.

NOTE: this is the "allowable" version that returns a boolean, not an integer.

Non è uno standard OGC, ma è presente anche in Oracle.

There are certain subtleties to ST_Contains and ST_Within that are not intuitively obvious. For details check out Subtleties of OGC Covers, Contains, Within

Esempi

--a circle coveredby a circle
SELECT ST_CoveredBy(smallc,smallc) As smallinsmall,
        ST_CoveredBy(smallc, bigc) As smallcoveredbybig,
        ST_CoveredBy(ST_ExteriorRing(bigc), bigc) As exteriorcoveredbybig,
        ST_Within(ST_ExteriorRing(bigc),bigc) As exeriorwithinbig
FROM (SELECT ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 10) As smallc,
        ST_Buffer(ST_GeomFromText('POINT(1 2)'), 20) As bigc) As foo;
        --Result
 smallinsmall | smallcoveredbybig | exteriorcoveredbybig | exeriorwithinbig
--------------+-------------------+----------------------+------------------
 t            | t                 | t                    | f
(1 row)        

Name

ST_Crosses — Returns TRUE if the supplied geometries have some, but not all, interior points in common.

Synopsis

boolean ST_Crosses(geometry g1, geometry g2);

Descrizione

ST_Crosses takes two geometry objects and returns TRUE if their intersection "spatially cross", that is, the geometries have some, but not all interior points in common. The intersection of the interiors of the geometries must not be the empty set and must have a dimensionality less than the maximum dimension of the two input geometries. Additionally, the intersection of the two geometries must not equal either of the source geometries. Otherwise, it returns FALSE.

In mathematical terms, this is expressed as:

TODO: Insert appropriate MathML markup here or use a gif. Simple HTML markup does not work well in both IE and Firefox.

The DE-9IM Intersection Matrix for the two geometries is:

  • T*T****** (per casi Point/Line, Point/Area, e Line/Area)

  • T*****T** (for Line/Point, Area/Point, and Area/Line situations)

  • 0******** (for Line/Line situations)

For any other combination of dimensions this predicate returns false.

The OpenGIS Simple Features Specification defines this predicate only for Point/Line, Point/Area, Line/Line, and Line/Area situations. JTS / GEOS extends the definition to apply to Line/Point, Area/Point and Area/Line situations as well. This makes the relation symmetric.

[Important]

Do not call with a GEOMETRYCOLLECTION as an argument

[Note]

This function call will automatically include a bounding box comparison that will make use of any indexes that are available on the geometries.

This method implements the OpenGIS Simple Features Implementation Specification for SQL 1.1. s2.1.13.3

This method implements the SQL/MM specification. SQL-MM 3: 5.1.29

Esempi

The following illustrations all return TRUE.

MULTIPOINT / LINESTRING